Mathematical Methods Handbook

Integral transforms

Fourier, Laplace and related transforms and their discrete versions.

In this chapter 12

Tick a unit to add it to your PDF basket.

  1. The Fourier transform
  2. Laplace and discrete transforms

The Fourier transform

7

Definition

The Fourier transform

Adapted

Defines the Fourier transform of an integrable function on the line in the handbook's convention, records the six conventions used by the cited books and the dictionary between them, proves the operational rules for translation, modulation, dilation, reflection, conjugation, differentiation and multiplication by the variable, and tabulates the standard transform pairs.

Prerequisites: Fourier series, Dominated convergence

Definition(The Fourier transform)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §12.3, (3)–(4), p. 344; Folland (1999), §8.3, p. 249; Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.1–§1.2, pp. 131–134

Let f:R→Cf:\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{C} be integrable, written f∈L1(R)f \in L^1(\mathbb{R}), meaning that ff is measurable and ∥f∥1=∫−∞∞∣f(x)∣ dx\lVert f\rVert_1 = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\lvert f(x)\rvert\,dx is finite. The Fourier transform of ff is the function

f^(k)  =  F[f](k)  =  ∫−∞∞f(x) e−ikx dx,k∈R,\hat f(k) \;=\; \mathcal{F}[f](k) \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} f(x)\,e^{-ikx}\,dx , \qquad k \in \mathbb{R} ,

and the associated inverse transform of a function g∈L1(R)g\in L^1(\mathbb{R}) is

F−1[g](x)  =  12π∫−∞∞g(k) eikx dk.\mathcal{F}^{-1}[g](x) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} g(k)\,e^{ikx}\,dk .

That the second really inverts the first is the inversion theorem; nothing below depends on it. The integral defining f^\hat f converges absolutely for every kk, since ∣f(x)e−ikx∣=∣f(x)∣\lvert f(x)e^{-ikx}\rvert = \lvert f(x)\rvert, and three properties follow at once:

  • Boundedness. ∣f^(k)∣≤∥f∥1\lvert\hat f(k)\rvert \le \lVert f\rVert_1 for every kk, so f^\hat f is a bounded function with sup⁡k∣f^(k)∣≤∥f∥1\sup_k\lvert\hat f(k)\rvert \le \lVert f\rVert_1.
  • Continuity. f^\hat f is continuous on R\mathbb{R}, by dominated convergence (Dominated convergence) with the fixed integrable majorant ∣f∣\lvert f\rvert.
  • Decay. f^(k)→0\hat f(k)\to 0 as ∣k∣→∞\lvert k\rvert\to\infty. This is the Riemann-Lebesgue lemma; Folland (Folland (1999), Thm 8.22(f), p. 250) states it as F(L1)⊂C0\mathcal{F}(L^1)\subset C_0, the continuous functions vanishing at infinity. Its Fourier-series counterpart is proved in Mean-square convergence and Parseval's identity.

Nothing more is true in general. Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.2, p. 134) emphasise that integrability of ff guarantees no rate of decay for f^\hat f, so the inverse integral above need not converge; this is the reason the inversion theorem carries an extra hypothesis and the reason the Schwartz class is introduced there. Two convenient sufficient conditions for membership of L1(R)L^1(\mathbb{R}) are used throughout: ff continuous with ∣f(x)∣≤A/(1+x2)\lvert f(x)\rvert \le A/(1+x^2), which Stein and Shakarchi call moderate decrease, and ff piecewise continuous with compact support.

The transform is linear: F[αf+βg]=αf^+βg^\mathcal{F}[\alpha f + \beta g] = \alpha\hat f + \beta\hat g for α,β∈C\alpha,\beta\in\mathbb{C} and f,g∈L1f,g\in L^1. It is one instance of the general integral transform g(x)=∫abf(t)K(x,t) dtg(x) = \int_a^b f(t)K(x,t)\,dt that Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.1, Eq. (20.1), p. 963) take as the organising idea of their chapter, with kernel K(k,x)=e−ikxK(k,x)=e^{-ikx} and (a,b)=(−∞,∞)(a,b)=(-\infty,\infty); the Laplace transform and the Hankel and Mellin transforms are others.

Where the definition comes from. Take the Fourier series of Fourier series on (−l,l)(-l,l), substitute the coefficient integral into the series, and write kn=nπ/lk_n = n\pi/l, so that successive knk_n are spaced Δk=π/l\Delta k = \pi/l apart:

f(x)  =  12π∑n=−∞∞(∫−llf(y) e−ikny dy)eiknx Δk.f(x) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty}\left(\int_{-l}^{l} f(y)\,e^{-ik_n y}\,dy\right) e^{ik_n x}\,\Delta k .

The sum is a Riemann sum in kk. Letting l→∞l\to\infty turns Δk\Delta k into dkdk, the inner integral into f^(k)\hat f(k), and the sum into 12π∫f^(k)eikxdk\frac{1}{2\pi}\int \hat f(k)e^{ikx}dk. Strauss (Strauss (2008), §12.3, pp. 343–344) warns that this limit is delicate, because the interval grows while the terms change; Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1, p. 435) and Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2, pp. 277–278) run the same argument and both state that the existence of the limit is assumed, not proved, at that point. The argument is a derivation of the form of the pair, not of its validity.

Note(Six conventions, and the dictionary between them)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §12.3, (3)–(4), p. 344; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1, (13.5)–(13.6), p. 435; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Eq. (20.6), p. 965 and (20.25)–(20.26), p. 971; Hassani (2013), §9.2, (9.20)–(9.21), p. 278; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, p. 318; Folland (1999), §8.3, p. 249; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.4, (2.4.3)–(2.4.4), p. 146 and §10.3, (10.3.13)–(10.3.14), p. 701

Only the product of the two prefactors is fixed, at 1/2π1/2\pi; the split between the forward and the inverse transform, and the sign in the exponent, are free. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1, p. 435) say this explicitly, and Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, p. 965) add the practical warning that formulas taken from different books differ by powers of 2π2\pi and must be checked before being combined. Writing f^(k)=∫f(x)e−ikxdx\hat f(k)=\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx for our transform, the library divides as follows.

Convention Forward Inverse Books In terms of f^\hat f
Ours ∫f(x)e−ikxdx\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx 12π∫F(k)eikxdk\frac{1}{2\pi}\int F(k)e^{ikx}dk Strauss §12.3 f^(k)\hat f(k)
2π2\pi in the exponent ∫f(x)e−2πixξdx\int f(x)e^{-2\pi i x\xi}dx ∫f^(ξ)e2πixξdξ\int \hat f(\xi)e^{2\pi i x\xi}d\xi Stein and Shakarchi Ch. 5; Folland §8.3 f^(2πξ)\hat f(2\pi\xi)
Symmetric, physics sign 12π∫f(x)e−ikxdx\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx 12π∫f~(k)eikxdk\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\int \tilde f(k)e^{ikx}dk Riley, Hobson and Bence §13.1; Hassani §9.2; Reed and Simon §IX.1 12πf^(k)\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\hat f(k)
Symmetric, opposite sign 12π∫f(t)e+iωtdt\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\int f(t)e^{+i\omega t}dt 12π∫g(ω)e−iωtdω\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\int g(\omega)e^{-i\omega t}d\omega Arfken, Weber and Harris §20.2 12πf^(−ω)\frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\hat f(-\omega)
Asymmetric, opposite sign ∫f(x)e+iωxdx\int f(x)e^{+i\omega x}dx 12π∫f∧(ω)e−iωxdω\frac{1}{2\pi}\int f^{\wedge}(\omega)e^{-i\omega x}d\omega Stakgold and Holst §2.4 f^(−ω)\hat f(-\omega)
Symmetric, nn dimensions (2π)−n/2∫u(x)e−ix⋅ydnx(2\pi)^{-n/2}\int u(x)e^{-ix\cdot y}d^nx (2π)−n/2∫u^(y)eix⋅ydny(2\pi)^{-n/2}\int \hat u(y)e^{ix\cdot y}d^ny Stakgold and Holst §10.3 (2π)−n/2f^(y)(2\pi)^{-n/2}\hat f(y) at n=1n=1

Two remarks on the table. First, Stakgold and Holst use the fifth line in Chapter 2 and the sixth in Chapter 10, so a formula of theirs must be matched to its chapter; we have followed each where we cite it, and the two are not interchangeable. Second, the entries in the last column are the whole dictionary: a sign change in the exponent replaces kk by −k-k and nothing else, and a prefactor cc on the forward transform multiplies the result by cc. Three consequences are worth memorising, since they are where conventions bite.

Identity Ours 2π2\pi in exponent Symmetric
Derivative f′^=ik f^\widehat{f'} = ik\,\hat f f′^=2πiξ f^\widehat{f'} = 2\pi i\xi\,\hat f f′~=ik f~\widetilde{f'} = ik\,\tilde f
Convolution f∗g^=f^ g^\widehat{f*g} = \hat f\,\hat g f∗g^=f^ g^\widehat{f*g} = \hat f\,\hat g f∗g~=2π f~ g~\widetilde{f*g} = \sqrt{2\pi}\,\tilde f\,\tilde g
Plancherel ∥f∥22=12π∥f^∥22\lVert f\rVert_2^2 = \frac{1}{2\pi}\lVert\hat f\rVert_2^2 ∥f∥2=∥f^∥2\lVert f\rVert_2 = \lVert\hat f\rVert_2 ∥f∥2=∥f~∥2\lVert f\rVert_2 = \lVert\tilde f\rVert_2

In Arfken's opposite-sign convention the derivative rule reads F[f′](ω)=−iω g(ω)\mathcal{F}[f'](\omega) = -i\omega\,g(\omega), their Eq. (20.55): the sign of the exponent and the sign in the derivative rule always travel together. The symmetric convention is the only one in which the forward and inverse transforms differ solely by the sign of the exponent, which is why books that stress the duality of xx and kk prefer it; the 2π2\pi-in-the-exponent convention is the only one with no stray constants anywhere, which is why books that stress convolution and L2L^2 prefer it. We follow Strauss because it keeps the exponent clean and puts every factor of 2π2\pi in one place, on the inverse transform, where a reader can see it.

Definition(Operational rules)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §12.3, properties (i)–(vi), p. 346; Folland (1999), Thm 8.22(a),(b),(d),(e), pp. 249–250; Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Prop. 1.2, p. 136; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.5, (13.28)–(13.32), p. 444; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.3, (20.48)–(20.51) and (20.55)–(20.56), pp. 980–981

Let f∈L1(R)f \in L^1(\mathbb{R}), let a∈Ra\in\mathbb{R} and let c∈R∖{0}c\in\mathbb{R}\setminus\{0\}. Then each function on the left is in L1(R)L^1(\mathbb{R}) and

# Function of xx Its transform at kk Extra hypothesis
1 f(x−a)f(x-a) (translation) e−ika f^(k)e^{-ika}\,\hat f(k) none
2 eiaxf(x)e^{iax}f(x) (modulation) f^(k−a)\hat f(k-a) none
3 f(cx)f(cx) (dilation) 1∣c∣ f^ ⁣(kc)\dfrac{1}{\lvert c\rvert}\,\hat f\!\left(\dfrac{k}{c}\right) none
4 f(−x)f(-x) (reflection) f^(−k)\hat f(-k) none
5 f(x)‾\overline{f(x)} (conjugation) f^(−k)‾\overline{\hat f(-k)} none
6 f′(x)f'(x) (differentiation) ik f^(k)ik\,\hat f(k) ff absolutely continuous, f′∈L1f'\in L^1
7 x f(x)x\,f(x) (multiplication) i ddkf^(k)i\,\dfrac{d}{dk}\hat f(k) xf(x)∈L1x f(x)\in L^1

Rules 6 and 7 iterate: if ff is mm times differentiable with f,f′,…,f(m)f,f',\dots,f^{(m)} all in L1L^1 then f(m)^(k)=(ik)mf^(k)\widehat{f^{(m)}}(k) = (ik)^m\hat f(k), and if xmf(x)∈L1x^m f(x)\in L^1 then f^\hat f is mm times continuously differentiable with xmf^(k)=im dmf^/dkm\widehat{x^m f}(k) = i^m\,d^m\hat f/dk^m. Two corollaries are used constantly:

  • Smoothness of ff forces decay of f^\hat f. If f,…,f(m)∈L1f,\dots,f^{(m)}\in L^1 then ∣k∣m∣f^(k)∣=∣f(m)^(k)∣≤∥f(m)∥1\lvert k\rvert^m\lvert\hat f(k)\rvert = \lvert\widehat{f^{(m)}}(k)\rvert \le \lVert f^{(m)}\rVert_1, so f^(k)=O(∣k∣−m)\hat f(k) = O(\lvert k\rvert^{-m}). Decay of ff likewise forces smoothness of f^\hat f. This is the continuous form of the smoothness-decay correspondence.
  • Symmetry. If ff is real then f^(−k)=f^(k)‾\hat f(-k) = \overline{\hat f(k)}, by rule 5; if ff is real and even, f^\hat f is real and even; if ff is real and odd, f^\hat f is purely imaginary and odd. In the even and odd cases the transform collapses to the cosine and sine transforms f^(k)=2∫0∞fcos⁡kx dx\hat f(k) = 2\int_0^\infty f\cos kx\,dx and f^(k)=−2i∫0∞fsin⁡kx dx\hat f(k)=-2i\int_0^\infty f\sin kx\,dx, which Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, (20.27)–(20.30), p. 971) normalise as separate transforms with factor 2/π\sqrt{2/\pi} and treat as the natural tools on the half-line.
Note(Standard transform pairs)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §12.3, table (5)–(11), p. 345; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Example 20.2.1 (20.13)–(20.17) and Example 20.2.2 (20.19), pp. 966–969; Hassani (2013), Examples 9.2.1–9.2.2, pp. 279–280; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1, p. 435

All in our convention f^(k)=∫f(x)e−ikxdx\hat f(k)=\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx, with a>0a>0. Each is an ordinary convergent integral; the entries for δ\delta, for the constant function and for the Heaviside step belong to Fourier transforms of distributions and are not repeated here.

f(x)f(x) f^(k)\hat f(k) Check
χ[−a,a](x)\chi_{[-a,a]}(x) (square pulse) 2sin⁡akk\dfrac{2\sin ak}{k} value 2a2a at k=0k=0
(1−∣x∣/a)+\bigl(1-\lvert x\rvert/a\bigr)_{+} (triangle) 4sin⁡2(ak/2)ak2\dfrac{4\sin^2(ak/2)}{a k^2} value aa at k=0k=0
e−a∣x∣e^{-a\lvert x\rvert} 2aa2+k2\dfrac{2a}{a^2+k^2} real and even
1a2+x2\dfrac{1}{a^2+x^2} πa e−a∣k∣\dfrac{\pi}{a}\,e^{-a\lvert k\rvert} dual of the previous line
e−ax2e^{-ax^2} πa  e−k2/4a\sqrt{\dfrac{\pi}{a}}\;e^{-k^2/4a} a=12a=\tfrac12 gives 2πe−k2/2\sqrt{2\pi}e^{-k^2/2}
H(x) e−axH(x)\,e^{-ax} 1a+ik\dfrac{1}{a+ik} modulus (a2+k2)−1/2(a^2+k^2)^{-1/2}

The Gaussian line is the only self-reciprocal family: at a=12a=\tfrac12 the pair is e−x2/2↔2π e−k2/2e^{-x^2/2}\leftrightarrow\sqrt{2\pi}\,e^{-k^2/2}, the same shape in both variables. The square pulse illustrates the opposite extreme. Both show the reciprocity Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2, pp. 279–280) draws out: the pulse of half-width aa has a transform whose first zeros are at k=±π/ak=\pm\pi/a, so halving the width of ff doubles the width of f^\hat f, and in the Gaussian line a↦λaa\mapsto\lambda a scales the two widths by λ−1/2\lambda^{-1/2} and λ1/2\lambda^{1/2}. The uncertainty principle makes this exact.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Every rule in the table is the same two-line calculation: substitute the new function into the defining integral, then move the change from ff onto the exponential and read off what the exponential has become. A translation of ff turns into a phase, because e−ik(y+a)=e−ikae−ikye^{-ik(y+a)} = e^{-ika}e^{-iky} splits; a dilation turns into a dilation the other way, because the substitution u=cxu=cx rescales both the exponent and dxdx; and differentiation turns into multiplication by ikik, because an integration by parts transfers the derivative onto e−ikxe^{-ikx}, which reproduces itself times −ik-ik, with a second sign change from moving the derivative across. The whole content of the transform is that e−ikxe^{-ikx} is an eigenfunction of d/dxd/dx.

Proof(Operational rules)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.5, the integration-by-parts proof of (13.28) and the modulation calculation (13.33)–(13.34), pp. 444–445; Folland (1999), Thm 8.22(a),(b),(d),(e), pp. 249–250; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, the Lemma on p. 319

Throughout, every integral converges absolutely because ∣eiθ∣=1\lvert e^{i\theta}\rvert=1 and the stated hypothesis puts the relevant function in L1L^1.

Rules 1, 4 and 5: a substitution or a conjugation. For rule 1 substitute y=x−ay = x-a, so dx=dydx = dy and e−ikx=e−ikae−ikye^{-ikx} = e^{-ika}e^{-iky}:

∫f(x−a)e−ikxdx=e−ika∫f(y)e−ikydy=e−ikaf^(k).\int f(x-a)e^{-ikx}dx = e^{-ika}\int f(y)e^{-iky}dy = e^{-ika}\hat f(k) .

Rule 4 is the substitution y=−xy=-x, which reverses the limits and supplies a second sign from dx=−dydx=-dy, leaving ∫f(y)eikydy=f^(−k)\int f(y)e^{iky}dy = \hat f(-k). For rule 5, conjugation passes under the integral sign:

∫f(x)‾ e−ikxdx=∫f(x) eikxdx‾=f^(−k)‾.\int \overline{f(x)}\,e^{-ikx}dx = \overline{\int f(x)\,e^{ikx}dx} = \overline{\hat f(-k)} .

Rule 2: no substitution at all. The two exponentials combine, eiaxe−ikx=e−i(k−a)xe^{iax}e^{-ikx} = e^{-i(k-a)x}, so the integral is by definition f^(k−a)\hat f(k-a). This is the one rule that needs nothing; it is the dual of rule 1, and it is the calculation Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.5, (13.33)–(13.34), p. 445) perform to show that modulating a signal onto a carrier frequency ωc\omega_c shifts its whole spectrum by ωc\omega_c.

Rule 3: the substitution u=cxu=cx. Take c>0c>0 first. Then x=u/cx=u/c, dx=du/cdx = du/c, and the exponent becomes −i(k/c)u-i(k/c)u:

∫f(cx)e−ikxdx=1c∫f(u)e−i(k/c)udu=1cf^ ⁣(kc).\int f(cx)e^{-ikx}dx = \frac{1}{c}\int f(u)e^{-i(k/c)u}du = \frac{1}{c}\hat f\!\left(\frac{k}{c}\right).

For c<0c<0 the same substitution reverses the limits of integration, which contributes one further minus sign, and the two combine into 1/∣c∣1/\lvert c\rvert. The factor 1/∣c∣1/\lvert c\rvert is forced by the case k=0k=0: both sides must then equal ∫f(cx) dx\int f(cx)\,dx, which is ∣c∣−1∫f(u) du=∣c∣−1f^(0)\lvert c\rvert^{-1}\int f(u)\,du = \lvert c\rvert^{-1}\hat f(0).

Rule 6: integration by parts. Let ff be absolutely continuous with f′∈L1f'\in L^1. Integrating by parts on [−N,N][-N,N],

∫−NNf′(x)e−ikxdx  =  [f(x)e−ikx]−NN  +  ik∫−NNf(x)e−ikxdx,\int_{-N}^{N} f'(x)e^{-ikx}dx \;=\; \Bigl[f(x)e^{-ikx}\Bigr]_{-N}^{N} \;+\; ik\int_{-N}^{N} f(x)e^{-ikx}dx ,

the +ik+ik arising because ddxe−ikx=−ike−ikx\frac{d}{dx}e^{-ikx} = -ike^{-ikx} and the parts formula supplies a further minus sign. For the boundary term: since f′∈L1f'\in L^1, f(N)=f(0)+∫0Nf′f(N) = f(0)+\int_0^N f' has a limit L+L_+ as N→∞N\to\infty, and L+L_+ must be 00, because a non-zero limit would make ∫∞∣f∣\int^\infty\lvert f\rvert diverge, contradicting f∈L1f\in L^1. The same argument at −∞-\infty gives L−=0L_-=0. Hence the boundary term vanishes in the limit and f′^(k)=ikf^(k)\widehat{f'}(k) = ik\hat f(k). This is the argument Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.5, p. 444) give, with the vanishing of ff at ±∞\pm\infty justified from the finiteness of ∫∣f∣\int\lvert f\rvert; Folland (Folland (1999), Thm 8.22(e), p. 250) states it with the explicit hypothesis that ff and its derivatives up to order k−1k-1 lie in C0C_0, which is what the limit argument establishes here.

Rule 7: differentiation under the integral sign. Suppose xf(x)∈L1xf(x)\in L^1. For h≠0h\ne 0,

f^(k+h)−f^(k)h  =  ∫f(x) e−ikx e−ihx−1h  dx.\frac{\hat f(k+h)-\hat f(k)}{h} \;=\; \int f(x)\,e^{-ikx}\,\frac{e^{-ihx}-1}{h}\;dx .

The bracket tends pointwise to −ix-ix as h→0h\to0, and ∣e−ihx−1∣≤∣hx∣\lvert e^{-ihx}-1\rvert \le \lvert hx\rvert by the mean value theorem applied to t↦e−itxt\mapsto e^{-itx}, so the integrand is dominated by ∣xf(x)∣∈L1\lvert x f(x)\rvert \in L^1 uniformly in hh. Dominated convergence (Dominated convergence) gives

ddkf^(k)  =  ∫(−ix)f(x)e−ikxdx  =  −i xf^(k),\frac{d}{dk}\hat f(k) \;=\; \int (-ix)f(x)e^{-ikx}dx \;=\; -i\,\widehat{xf}(k) ,

and multiplying by ii gives rule 7. Continuity of df^/dkd\hat f/dk follows by applying the continuity statement of the definition to xf∈L1xf \in L^1. Iterating rules 6 and 7 gives the mm-fold versions; Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, Lemma, p. 319) package both directions as one identity on multi-indices, which is the form in which the two rules are plainly dual. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Integrability is used for everything, and it is all that rules 1–5 use. Those five are substitutions in an absolutely convergent integral; they would fail for a merely conditionally convergent integral, where a change of variable can change the value.
  • Rule 6 needs f′∈L1f'\in L^1, not merely that f′f' exists. The hypothesis enters twice: to make f′^\widehat{f'} defined at all, and to force f(±∞)=0f(\pm\infty)=0 so that the boundary term dies. Without the second, the rule acquires a boundary term. Take f=H(x)e−xf = H(x)e^{-x}, which is in L1L^1 with f^(k)=1/(1+ik)\hat f(k)=1/(1+ik) but is not absolutely continuous at 00: its pointwise derivative off the origin is −f-f, whose transform is −1/(1+ik)-1/(1+ik), whereas ikf^(k)=ik/(1+ik)ik\hat f(k) = ik/(1+ik). The two differ by exactly 11, the size of the jump, which is the delta that the pointwise derivative omits (The Heaviside step and related functions).
  • Rule 7 needs xf(x)∈L1xf(x)\in L^1, which is strictly stronger than f∈L1f\in L^1. For f(x)=(1+x2)−1f(x) = (1+x^2)^{-1} we have f∈L1f\in L^1 but xf∉L1xf\notin L^1, and indeed f^(k)=πe−∣k∣\hat f(k)=\pi e^{-\lvert k\rvert} is not differentiable at k=0k=0. The failure is exactly at the one point the hypothesis was needed for.
  • Nothing here needs f^\hat f to be integrable, and in general it is not. The square pulse has f^(k)=2sin⁡ak/k\hat f(k)=2\sin ak/k, which decays like 1/∣k∣1/\lvert k\rvert and so is not in L1L^1. Riemann-Lebesgue gives decay but never a rate; a rate costs smoothness of ff, by the first corollary to the rules.
  • The Riemann-Lebesgue lemma is not reversible. F\mathcal{F} maps L1L^1 into C0C_0 but not onto it, as Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.2, Thm IX.7 and the remark following it, p. 327) note; there are continuous functions vanishing at infinity that are the transform of no integrable function.
  • At a jump the transform cannot see which value ff takes. Changing ff at finitely many points changes no integral, so f^\hat f is unchanged; correspondingly the inversion integral returns the midpoint 12[f(x+)+f(x−)]\tfrac12[f(x^+)+f(x^-)] rather than any particular value, as Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2, Eq. (9.22), p. 280) records.
Method(Computing a Fourier transform)Original
  1. Fix the convention before writing anything. Decide where the 2π2\pi sits and which sign the exponent carries, and if a formula is being imported, convert it using the last column of the conventions table. Almost every discrepancy between a textbook answer and a computed one is a factor of 2π\sqrt{2\pi} or a sign of kk.
  2. Check integrability. If ∫∣f∣=∞\int\lvert f\rvert = \infty the transform is not defined by the integral; move to Fourier transforms of distributions, where 11, HH and δ\delta acquire transforms.
  3. Exploit symmetry first. If ff is even, write f^(k)=2∫0∞fcos⁡kx dx\hat f(k)=2\int_0^\infty f\cos kx\,dx; if odd, f^(k)=−2i∫0∞fsin⁡kx dx\hat f(k)=-2i\int_0^\infty f\sin kx\,dx. This halves the work and tells you in advance whether the answer is real or imaginary.
  4. Try to reach a tabulated pair by the operational rules. Translation, modulation, dilation and the two differentiation rules generate a large family from each entry of the table; this is almost always faster than integrating.
  5. Otherwise integrate directly. Split the range at any point where the formula for ff changes (typically at 00 for anything involving ∣x∣\lvert x\rvert or HH). For a Gaussian exponent, complete the square and quote Gaussian integrals; the resulting shift of the contour into the complex plane is justified by Cauchy's theorem, as Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Example 20.2.2 and Fig. 20.3, pp. 968–969) set out. For a rational ff, close the contour in the half-plane where e−ikxe^{-ikx} decays — the lower one for k>0k>0, the upper one for k<0k<0 — and use The residue theorem.
  6. Check three things. The value at k=0k=0 must be ∫f\int f. If ff is real, f^(−k)\hat f(-k) must equal f^(k)‾\overline{\hat f(k)}. And f^\hat f must tend to 00 at ±∞\pm\infty at the rate the smoothness of ff predicts: a jump in ff gives 1/∣k∣1/\lvert k\rvert, a kink gives 1/k21/k^2.
Example(A modulated, shifted exponential)Original

Compute the transform of

f(x)  =  e−2∣x−3∣ cos⁡(5(x−3)),f(x) \;=\; e^{-2\lvert x-3\rvert}\,\cos\bigl(5(x-3)\bigr) ,

a damped oscillation of decay rate 22 and angular frequency 55, centred at x=3x=3. It is continuous and ∣f(x)∣≤e−2∣x−3∣\lvert f(x)\rvert\le e^{-2\lvert x-3\rvert}, so f∈L1(R)f\in L^1(\mathbb{R}) with ∥f∥1≤1\lVert f\rVert_1 \le 1, and the transform is defined.

Step 1: the base pair. From the table, g(x)=e−2∣x∣g(x) = e^{-2\lvert x\rvert} has g^(k)=4/(4+k2)\hat g(k) = 4/(4+k^2). Derived directly: gg is even, so g^(k)=2∫0∞e−2xcos⁡kx dx\hat g(k)=2\int_0^\infty e^{-2x}\cos kx\,dx, and integrating by parts twice (or taking the real part of ∫0∞e−(2+ik)xdx=1/(2+ik)\int_0^\infty e^{-(2+ik)x}dx = 1/(2+ik)) gives 2Re⁡12+ik=44+k22\operatorname{Re}\frac{1}{2+ik} = \frac{4}{4+k^2}.

Step 2: the modulation. Write cos⁡5y=12(e5iy+e−5iy)\cos 5y = \tfrac12(e^{5iy}+e^{-5iy}), so that g(y)cos⁡5y=12e5iyg(y)+12e−5iyg(y)g(y)\cos 5y = \tfrac12 e^{5iy}g(y) + \tfrac12 e^{-5iy}g(y). Rule 2 applied to each term, with a=5a=5 and a=−5a=-5, gives for h(y)=e−2∣y∣cos⁡5yh(y) = e^{-2\lvert y\rvert}\cos 5y

h^(k)  =  12g^(k−5)+12g^(k+5)  =  24+(k−5)2+24+(k+5)2.\hat h(k) \;=\; \tfrac12\hat g(k-5) + \tfrac12\hat g(k+5) \;=\; \frac{2}{4+(k-5)^2} + \frac{2}{4+(k+5)^2} .

Two Lorentzian peaks of half-width 22 sit at k=±5k=\pm5: the oscillation has put the energy at the carrier frequency, and the damping has given each line a width.

Step 3: the translation. f(x)=h(x−3)f(x) = h(x-3), so rule 1 with a=3a=3 multiplies by the phase e−3ike^{-3ik}:

  f^(k)  =  e−3ik[24+(k−5)2+24+(k+5)2].\boxed{\;\hat f(k) \;=\; e^{-3ik}\left[\frac{2}{4+(k-5)^2} + \frac{2}{4+(k+5)^2}\right].}

The shift changes only the phase, never ∣f^∣\lvert\hat f\rvert — the physical reading is that moving a pulse in time does not change its power spectrum.

Step 4: a number. At k=1k=1 the bracket is 24+16+24+36=110+120=320=0.15\dfrac{2}{4+16}+\dfrac{2}{4+36} = \dfrac{1}{10}+\dfrac{1}{20} = \dfrac{3}{20} = 0.15, so

f^(1)  =  0.15 e−3i  =  0.15cos⁡3  −  0.15 isin⁡3  =  −0.1484988745  −  0.0211680012 i.\hat f(1) \;=\; 0.15\,e^{-3i} \;=\; 0.15\cos 3 \;-\; 0.15\,i\sin 3 \;=\; -0.1484988745 \;-\; 0.0211680012\,i .

Numerical integration of ∫−∞∞e−2∣x−3∣cos⁡(5(x−3)) e−ix dx\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} e^{-2\lvert x-3\rvert}\cos(5(x-3))\,e^{-ix}\,dx, split at x=3x=3, returns −0.1484988745−0.0211680012 i-0.1484988745 - 0.0211680012\,i, agreeing to ten decimal places.

Step 5: the checks of the method. f^(0)=229+229=429=0.137931\hat f(0) = \tfrac{2}{29}+\tfrac{2}{29} = \tfrac{4}{29} = 0.137931, which must equal ∫f\int f; direct integration of ∫e−2∣y∣cos⁡5y dy=2⋅24+25\int e^{-2\lvert y\rvert}\cos 5y\,dy = 2\cdot\frac{2}{4+25} confirms it. And ff is real, so f^(−k)=f^(k)‾\hat f(-k)=\overline{\hat f(k)} must hold: at k=−1k=-1 the bracket is unchanged (it is even in kk) and the phase conjugates, as required.

ApplicationOriginal

Spectroscopy and line shapes. The example above is the standard model of a radiating atom: an oscillation at the transition frequency ω0\omega_0, damped at rate γ\gamma by spontaneous emission. Its transform is a pair of Lorentzians of half-width γ\gamma centred at ±ω0\pm\omega_0, and the measured line width is therefore the inverse lifetime. Nothing but the operational rules is needed to get there, and the same calculation with a Gaussian damping — Doppler broadening instead of radiative damping — gives a Gaussian line, which is how the two broadening mechanisms are told apart in a spectrum.

Fraunhofer diffraction. For a slit of half-width YY illuminated normally by light of wave number KK, the amplitude observed at angle θ\theta is, in the far field, the Fourier transform of the aperture function f(y)f(y) evaluated at the spatial frequency k=Ksin⁡θk = K\sin\theta; Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.2, pp. 437–439) derive this from the superposition of Huygens wavelets. A uniform slit is the square pulse of the table, so the amplitude is 2sin⁡(kY)/k2\sin(kY)/k and the intensity the familiar sinc⁡2\operatorname{sinc}^2 pattern, with first zeros at sin⁡θ=±π/(KY)\sin\theta = \pm\pi/(KY). Rule 1 says that displacing the slit changes only a phase, so the intensity pattern is independent of where the aperture sits; rule 3 says that a narrower slit diffracts more widely.

Solving differential equations. Rule 6 turns d/dxd/dx into multiplication by ikik, so a linear constant-coefficient differential equation on the line becomes an algebraic equation for u^\hat u, which is why the transform is the standard tool for the heat, wave and Poisson equations on unbounded domains; Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2.1, pp. 284–285) works this through for a general second-order ordinary differential equation and obtains y~(k)=f~(k)/(−C2k2+iC1k+C0)\tilde y(k) = \tilde f(k)/(-C_2k^2+iC_1k+C_0). The cost, as Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.3, pp. 984–985) note, is that the method presupposes the solution is unique and decays at infinity, which is really a boundary condition in disguise.

Momentum space in quantum mechanics. For a wave function ψ(x)\psi(x), ψ^(k)\hat\psi(k) is the amplitude for the particle to be found with momentum ℏk\hbar k. Rule 6 is then the statement that the momentum operator −iℏ d/dx-i\hbar\,d/dx acts as multiplication by ℏk\hbar k in the transform variable, and rule 7 that position acts as i d/dki\,d/dk; the two rules together are the canonical commutation relation. Rule 3, read with the Gaussian line of the table, is already the statement that a narrow wave packet has a broad momentum distribution, made quantitative in The uncertainty principle.

Theorem

Fourier inversion

Adapted

Proves that a rapidly decreasing function is recovered from its Fourier transform by the inverse integral, using the Gaussian as an approximate identity and the multiplication formula, shows that the transform is a bijection of the Schwartz class whose square is reflection times a constant, and records the weaker versions that hold when the transform is merely integrable or the function merely piecewise smooth.

Prerequisites: The Fourier transform, Gaussian integrals, Dominated convergence, Fubini and Tonelli theorems

Definition(Rapidly decreasing functions)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.3, pp. 134–135; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, p. 318

The Schwartz space S(R)\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}) consists of the functions f:R→Cf:\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{C} that are infinitely differentiable and satisfy

sup⁡x∈R  ∣x∣ m ∣f(n)(x)∣  <  ∞for all integers m,n≥0.\sup_{x\in\mathbb{R}}\;\bigl\lvert x\bigr\rvert^{\,m}\,\bigl\lvert f^{(n)}(x)\bigr\rvert \;<\; \infty \qquad\text{for all integers } m,n \ge 0 .

Equivalently: ff and every derivative decay faster than any power of 1/∣x∣1/\lvert x\rvert. Such ff are called rapidly decreasing. The Gaussians e−ax2e^{-ax^2} with a>0a>0 are in S\mathcal{S}, as is any smooth compactly supported function; e−∣x∣e^{-\lvert x\rvert} is not (it is not differentiable at 00) and neither is (1+x2)−1(1+x^2)^{-1} (it decays too slowly).

Three facts are used below and all follow directly from the definition.

  1. S⊂L1\mathcal{S}\subset L^1. Taking n=0n=0 with m=0m=0 and with m=2m=2 gives two bounds, ∣f(x)∣≤C0\lvert f(x)\rvert\le C_0 everywhere and ∣f(x)∣≤C2/x2\lvert f(x)\rvert\le C_2/x^2 for x≠0x\ne0. Put C=2max⁡(C0,C2)C=2\max(C_0,C_2): for ∣x∣≤1\lvert x\rvert\le1 the first bound gives ∣f(x)∣≤C0≤C/2≤C/(1+x2)\lvert f(x)\rvert\le C_0\le C/2\le C/(1+x^2), and for ∣x∣≥1\lvert x\rvert\ge1 the second gives ∣f(x)∣≤C2/x2≤C/(2x2)≤C/(1+x2)\lvert f(x)\rvert\le C_2/x^2\le C/(2x^2)\le C/(1+x^2). So ∣f(x)∣≤C/(1+x2)\lvert f(x)\rvert\le C/(1+x^2), which is integrable. Every f∈Sf\in\mathcal{S} therefore has a Fourier transform in the sense of The Fourier transform.
  2. S\mathcal{S} is stable under differentiation and under multiplication by a polynomial, directly from the definition, hence under any operator xm(d/dx)nx^{m}(d/dx)^{n}.
  3. Every f∈Sf\in\mathcal{S} is bounded and uniformly continuous, since ff and f′f' are bounded.

The two Gaussian kernels used in the proof are, for ε>0\varepsilon>0,

Gε(k)  =  e−εk2/2,Kε(u)  =  12πε  e−u2/(2ε).G_\varepsilon(k) \;=\; e^{-\varepsilon k^2/2} , \qquad K_\varepsilon(u) \;=\; \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi\varepsilon}}\;e^{-u^2/(2\varepsilon)} .

GεG_\varepsilon is a convergence factor that tends to 11 pointwise as ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^{+}; KεK_\varepsilon is a probability density of variance ε\varepsilon that concentrates at the origin. Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 1.6, p. 139) call a family with the properties of KεK_\varepsilon a family of good kernels.

Theorem(Fourier inversion on the Schwartz class)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 1.3, p. 137, Thm 1.9 and Cor. 1.10, pp. 141–142; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, Thm IX.1, p. 320; Folland (1999), §8.3, Cor. 8.28, p. 252

Let f∈S(R)f\in\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}) and let f^(k)=∫f(x)e−ikxdx\hat f(k)=\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx. Then

  1. The class is preserved. f^∈S(R)\hat f\in\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}). In particular f^∈L1\hat f\in L^1, so the integral in part 2 converges absolutely.
  2. Inversion. For every x∈Rx\in\mathbb{R}, f(x)  =  12π∫−∞∞f^(k) eikx dk.f(x) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\hat f(k)\,e^{ikx}\,dk .
  3. Bijectivity. F:S→S\mathcal{F}:\mathcal{S}\to\mathcal{S} is a linear bijection, with inverse F−1[g](x)=12π∫g(k)eikxdk\mathcal{F}^{-1}[g](x) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\int g(k)e^{ikx}dk. Writing (Rf)(x)=f(−x)(Rf)(x)=f(-x) for reflection, F2=2πR,F4=(2π)2I,\mathcal{F}^2 = 2\pi R , \qquad \mathcal{F}^4 = (2\pi)^2 I , so up to the constant the transform has order four, and its only possible eigenvalues on S\mathcal{S} are the fourth roots of (2π)2(2\pi)^2, namely ±2π\pm\sqrt{2\pi} and ±i2π\pm i\sqrt{2\pi}.
Theorem(Two weaker versions)AdaptedAdapted from Folland (1999), §8.3, Thm 8.26 and Cor. 8.27, pp. 251–252; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.3, p. 130 and §2.4, (2.4.5) and the Fourier Integral Theorem (2.4.6), pp. 146–147; Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.7, p. 144; Hassani (2013), §9.2, (9.22), p. 280
  1. The integrable version. If f∈L1(R)f\in L^1(\mathbb{R}) and f^∈L1(R)\hat f\in L^1(\mathbb{R}), then some continuous f0f_0 satisfies f=f0f=f_0 off a set of measure zero, and for every xx

    f0(x)  =  12π∫−∞∞f^(k) eikx dk.f_0(x) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\hat f(k)\,e^{ikx}\,dk .

    Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.7, p. 144) record the same extension for functions of moderate decrease whose transforms also have moderate decrease, and remark that it needs no new ideas.

    Uniqueness. In particular, if f∈L1f\in L^1 and f^≡0\hat f\equiv 0 then f=0f=0 almost everywhere: two integrable functions with the same transform are equal almost everywhere.

  2. The piecewise-smooth version. Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.4, Fourier Integral Theorem (2.4.6), p. 146) ask for no smoothness beyond piecewise regularity, and for no decay of f^\hat f at all. A function obeys their Dirichlet conditions (Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.3, p. 130)) when it is piecewise continuous and the interval admits a finite subdivision inside each piece of which ff has a continuous derivative, with one-sided derivatives at the subdivision points; this is the same hypothesis under which the Fourier series of a periodic function converges, treated in Pointwise convergence of Fourier series. If f∈L1(−∞,∞)f\in L_1(-\infty,\infty) and ff satisfies Dirichlet conditions, then for every xx

    f(x+)+f(x−)2  =  lim⁡R→∞  12π∫−RRf^(k) eikx dk,\frac{f(x^{+})+f(x^{-})}{2} \;=\; \lim_{R\to\infty}\;\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-R}^{R}\hat f(k)\,e^{ikx}\,dk ,

    the limit being over symmetric intervals, which they stress is how the integral must be read. Their statement is written with the kernel e+iωξe^{+i\omega\xi} and the inverse kernel e−iωxe^{-i\omega x}; substituting ω=−k\omega=-k turns it into the display above, with no other change. Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2, Eq. (9.22), p. 280) states the same midpoint rule for piecewise continuous ff and f^\hat f in the symmetric convention.

Idea of the proofOriginal

We would like to substitute the definition of f^\hat f into the inversion integral and exchange the two integrations, whereupon 12π∫eik(x−y)dk\frac{1}{2\pi}\int e^{ik(x-y)}dk would act as a delta function and pick out f(x)f(x). That is exactly the calculation Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2, pp. 280–281) performs, and it is the right picture; but the exchange is illegitimate, because the double integrand has modulus ∣f(y)∣\lvert f(y)\rvert, which is not integrable over the whole plane. Folland (Folland (1999), §8.3, p. 251) names this as precisely the obstruction.

The repair is to insert a convergence factor e−εk2/2e^{-\varepsilon k^2/2}, which makes the double integral absolutely convergent so that Fubini applies, and then to let ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^{+}. The Gaussian is the right factor for two reasons: it is its own transform up to scaling, so inserting it in the kk integral produces a Gaussian in the yy integral, and that Gaussian is positive with total mass one, so as ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^{+} it concentrates at y=xy=x and reproduces f(x)f(x). In short, the unproved delta function of the formal calculation is replaced by an honest, explicitly computable approximation to it.

Proof(Part 1: the transform preserves S\mathcal{S})AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 1.3, p. 137; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, the Lemma, pp. 319–320

Let f∈Sf\in\mathcal{S} and fix integers m,n≥0m,n\ge0. By item 2 of the definition, xnf(x)x^{n}f(x) lies in S\mathcal{S}, hence in L1L^1, so rule 7 of The Fourier transform may be applied nn times:

d ndk nf^(k)  =   (−ix)nf ^(k).\frac{d^{\,n}}{dk^{\,n}}\hat f(k) \;=\; \widehat{\,(-ix)^{n}f\,}(k) .

Put g(x)=(−ix)nf(x)g(x)=(-ix)^{n}f(x), again in S\mathcal{S}, so gg and all its derivatives are in L1L^1. Rule 6 applied mm times gives g(m)^(k)=(ik)mg^(k)\widehat{g^{(m)}}(k) = (ik)^{m}\hat g(k), that is

km d ndk nf^(k)  =  (−i)m   d mdx m[(−ix)nf(x)]  ^(k).k^{m}\,\frac{d^{\,n}}{dk^{\,n}}\hat f(k) \;=\; (-i)^{m}\,\widehat{\;\frac{d^{\,m}}{dx^{\,m}}\bigl[(-ix)^{n}f(x)\bigr]\;}(k) .

The function being transformed on the right is in S\mathcal{S}, hence in L1L^1, so by the boundedness statement of The Fourier transform the right-hand side is bounded by ∥dmdxm[xnf]∥1<∞\bigl\lVert \frac{d^{m}}{dx^{m}}[x^{n}f]\bigr\rVert_1 < \infty, uniformly in kk. As mm and nn were arbitrary, f^∈S\hat f\in\mathcal{S}. The only two inputs are the two operational rules, and they enter in opposite directions: rule 7 converts derivatives in kk into powers of xx, rule 6 converts powers of kk into derivatives in xx. □\square

Proof(Part 2: inversion)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 1.4, pp. 138–139, Thm 1.6 and Cor. 1.7, pp. 139–140, Prop. 1.8, pp. 140–141, and Thm 1.9, p. 141; Folland (1999), §8.3, Lemma 8.25 and Thm 8.26, pp. 251–252

Step 1: the Gaussian transform. For a>0a>0, completing the square as in Gaussian integrals and shifting the contour gives

∫−∞∞e−ax2e−ikx dx  =  πa  e−k2/(4a).\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} e^{-ax^2}e^{-ikx}\,dx \;=\; \sqrt{\frac{\pi}{a}}\;e^{-k^2/(4a)} .

Specialising to a=ε/2a=\varepsilon/2 and writing the transform variable as uu,

Gε^(u)  =  ∫e−εk2/2e−iku dk  =  2πε  e−u2/(2ε)  =  2π Kε(u).\widehat{G_\varepsilon}(u) \;=\; \int e^{-\varepsilon k^2/2}e^{-iku}\,dk \;=\; \sqrt{\frac{2\pi}{\varepsilon}}\;e^{-u^2/(2\varepsilon)} \;=\; 2\pi\,K_\varepsilon(u) .

This is the one place a specific function is computed, and it is why the Gaussian is used: it is the only elementary family that reproduces itself. (Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 1.4, p. 138) obtain it instead from the differential equation F′(ξ)=−2πξF(ξ)F'(\xi)=-2\pi\xi F(\xi) satisfied by the transform of e−πx2e^{-\pi x^2}, which avoids the contour shift.)

Step 2: KεK_\varepsilon is an approximate identity. Three properties, all immediate from step 1 and the substitution u=ε vu=\sqrt{\varepsilon}\,v:

  • Kε≥0K_\varepsilon\ge0;
  • ∫Kε(u) du=12π∫e−v2/2 dv=1\displaystyle\int K_\varepsilon(u)\,du = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\int e^{-v^2/2}\,dv = 1, by the substitution u=ε vu=\sqrt{\varepsilon}\,v and the normalisation of Gaussian integrals;
  • for each fixed η>0\eta>0, ∫∣u∣>ηKε(u) du=12π∫∣v∣>η/εe−v2/2 dv⟶0\displaystyle\int_{\lvert u\rvert>\eta}K_\varepsilon(u)\,du = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\int_{\lvert v\rvert>\eta/\sqrt{\varepsilon}}e^{-v^2/2}\,dv \longrightarrow 0 as ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^{+}, since the region of integration escapes to infinity.

Claim. If hh is bounded and continuous at xx, then ∫h(y)Kε(y−x) dy→h(x)\int h(y)K_\varepsilon(y-x)\,dy \to h(x) as ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^{+}.

Proof of the claim. Let B=sup⁡∣h∣B=\sup\lvert h\rvert and let σ>0\sigma>0. Using the second property to write h(x)=∫h(x)Kε(y−x)dyh(x)=\int h(x)K_\varepsilon(y-x)dy,

∣∫h(y)Kε(y−x) dy−h(x)∣  ≤  ∫∣y−x∣≤η∣h(y)−h(x)∣Kε(y−x) dy  +  2B∫∣y−x∣>ηKε(y−x) dy,\left\lvert \int h(y)K_\varepsilon(y-x)\,dy - h(x)\right\rvert \;\le\; \int_{\lvert y-x\rvert\le\eta} \lvert h(y)-h(x)\rvert K_\varepsilon(y-x)\,dy \;+\; 2B\int_{\lvert y-x\rvert>\eta} K_\varepsilon(y-x)\,dy ,

where positivity of KεK_\varepsilon was used to take the modulus inside. Continuity of hh at xx lets us choose η\eta so that the first integrand is at most σ\sigma on its range, making the first term at most σ\sigma; the third property then makes the second term at most σ\sigma for all small enough ε\varepsilon. As σ\sigma was arbitrary, the claim follows. This is the argument Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Cor. 1.7, p. 140) give for uniform convergence when hh is uniformly continuous; we need it only at a single point.

Step 3: the multiplication formula. For p,q∈L1(R)p,q\in L^1(\mathbb{R}),

∫p(y) q^(y) dy  =  ∫p^(k) q(k) dk.\int p(y)\,\hat q(y)\,dy \;=\; \int \hat p(k)\,q(k)\,dk .

Both sides are the double integral ∬p(y)q(k)e−iky dk dy\iint p(y)q(k)e^{-iky}\,dk\,dy, taken in the two possible orders. The double integrand has modulus ∣p(y)∣ ∣q(k)∣\lvert p(y)\rvert\,\lvert q(k)\rvert, whose integral over R2\mathbb{R}^2 is ∥p∥1∥q∥1<∞\lVert p\rVert_1\lVert q\rVert_1<\infty, so Tonelli's theorem licenses Fubini's theorem (Fubini and Tonelli theorems) and the two orders agree. This is Folland's (Folland (1999), Lemma 8.25, p. 251) lemma; note that it needs nothing beyond integrability, because the Gaussian is not yet present.

Step 4: putting them together. Fix x∈Rx\in\mathbb{R} and ε>0\varepsilon>0, and apply step 3 with p=fp=f and q(k)=eikxGε(k)q(k)=e^{ikx}G_\varepsilon(k), both in L1L^1. By rule 2 of The Fourier transform (modulation, with the roles of the variables exchanged) and step 1,

q^(y)  =  ∫eikxe−εk2/2e−iky dk  =  Gε^(y−x)  =  2πKε(y−x).\hat q(y) \;=\; \int e^{ikx}e^{-\varepsilon k^2/2}e^{-iky}\,dk \;=\; \widehat{G_\varepsilon}(y-x) \;=\; 2\pi K_\varepsilon(y-x) .

The multiplication formula therefore reads

2π∫f(y) Kε(y−x) dy  =  ∫f^(k) eikx e−εk2/2 dk.2\pi\int f(y)\,K_\varepsilon(y-x)\,dy \;=\; \int \hat f(k)\,e^{ikx}\,e^{-\varepsilon k^2/2}\,dk .

Now let ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^{+} on both sides.

  • On the left, ff is bounded and continuous (item 3 of the definition), so the claim of step 2 gives 2πf(x)2\pi f(x).
  • On the right, the integrand tends pointwise to f^(k)eikx\hat f(k)e^{ikx} and is dominated in modulus by ∣f^(k)∣\lvert\hat f(k)\rvert, which is integrable by part 1. Dominated convergence (Dominated convergence) gives ∫f^(k)eikxdk\int\hat f(k)e^{ikx}dk.

Equating the two limits and dividing by 2π2\pi proves part 2. □\square

Proof(Part 3: bijectivity and the order-four identity)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.5, pp. 141–142, Cor. 1.10; Folland (1999), §8.3, Cor. 8.28, p. 252

By part 1, F\mathcal{F} maps S\mathcal{S} into S\mathcal{S}, and the same proof applied to the inverse integral shows that F−1\mathcal{F}^{-1} does too, since the two differ only by the sign of the exponent and the constant. Part 2 says F−1F=I\mathcal{F}^{-1}\mathcal{F}=I on S\mathcal{S}, which makes F\mathcal{F} injective. Comparing the two integrals gives F−1[g](x)=12πg^(−x)\mathcal{F}^{-1}[g](x)=\frac{1}{2\pi}\hat g(-x), that is F−1=12πRF\mathcal{F}^{-1}=\frac{1}{2\pi}R\mathcal{F}; since RR is a bijection of S\mathcal{S} and F\mathcal{F} is injective, F−1\mathcal{F}^{-1} is injective too. Now take g∈Sg\in\mathcal{S} and apply part 2 to F−1[g]\mathcal{F}^{-1}[g]: it gives F−1[FF−1[g]]=F−1[g]\mathcal{F}^{-1}\bigl[\mathcal{F}\mathcal{F}^{-1}[g]\bigr]=\mathcal{F}^{-1}[g], and injectivity of F−1\mathcal{F}^{-1} cancels the outer F−1\mathcal{F}^{-1}, leaving FF−1[g]=g\mathcal{F}\mathcal{F}^{-1}[g]=g. So F\mathcal{F} is surjective. Hence F\mathcal{F} is a bijection of S\mathcal{S} with the stated inverse.

For the order-four identity, apply F\mathcal{F} to f^\hat f and compare with the inversion formula read at −x-x:

F2[f](x)  =  ∫f^(k) e−ikx dk  =  2π⋅12π∫f^(k) eik(−x) dk  =  2πf(−x).\mathcal{F}^2[f](x) \;=\; \int \hat f(k)\,e^{-ikx}\,dk \;=\; 2\pi\cdot\frac{1}{2\pi}\int\hat f(k)\,e^{ik(-x)}\,dk \;=\; 2\pi f(-x) .

So F2=2πR\mathcal{F}^2 = 2\pi R, and since R2=IR^2=I we get F4=(2π)2I\mathcal{F}^4 = (2\pi)^2 I. If Ff=λf\mathcal{F}f=\lambda f with f≠0f\ne0 then λ4=(2π)2\lambda^4=(2\pi)^2, giving the four listed values. (In the symmetric convention of Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, p. 318) the constant disappears and F4=I\mathcal{F}^4=I exactly; this is one reason that convention is preferred when the transform is studied as an operator.) □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Integrability of f^\hat f is used once, in the dominated convergence step, and it is exactly what can fail. Take f=χ[−1,1]f=\chi_{[-1,1]}, which is in L1L^1 but not continuous and not in S\mathcal{S}. Its transform f^(k)=2sin⁡k/k\hat f(k)=2\sin k/k decays like 1/∣k∣1/\lvert k\rvert and is not integrable, so part 2 and part 1 of the weaker statement both fail to apply. The symmetric limit of the second weaker statement still works and returns 11 on (−1,1)(-1,1), 00 outside, and 12\tfrac12 at x=±1x=\pm1. This is why Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.4, (2.4.5), p. 146) insist that the inversion integral be read as lim⁡R→∞∫−RR\lim_{R\to\infty}\int_{-R}^{R} and not as an absolutely convergent integral.
  • Continuity of ff at xx is used once, in the claim of step 2, and it is the only place a property of ff at the single point xx enters. Drop it and the approximate identity returns the average of the two one-sided limits instead, because KεK_\varepsilon is even and so splits its mass equally on the two sides — which is exactly the midpoint value of the second weaker statement.
  • Boundedness of ff is used in the same claim, to control the part of the integral outside ∣y−x∣≤η\lvert y-x\rvert\le\eta. For the L1L^1 statement, where ff need not be bounded, Folland (Folland (1999), Thm 8.26, pp. 251–252) replaces this step by convergence of f∗Kε→ff*K_\varepsilon\to f in the L1L^1 norm, which is why his conclusion is only almost everywhere and names a continuous representative rather than ff itself.
  • The Gaussian is a convenience, not the mechanism. Any positive, integrable, explicitly transformable approximate identity would do. Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, Thm IX.1, pp. 320–321) prove the same theorem with no Gaussian at all, by expanding a compactly supported ff in a Fourier series on a large cube and observing that the series is a Riemann sum for the inversion integral; they attribute the idea to Fourier. Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.4, p. 146) use the sinc kernel (R/π)sinc⁡Ry(R/\pi)\operatorname{sinc}Ry instead, which is not positive, and pay for it with a more delicate limit.
  • Part 1 is what makes part 2 unconditional on S\mathcal{S}. Without it we would have to assume f^∈L1\hat f\in L^1 separately, as the L1L^1 statement does. The chain is: rapid decrease of ff gives smoothness of f^\hat f, smoothness of ff gives rapid decrease of f^\hat f, and S\mathcal{S} is the class where both hold at once. This is the reason Schwartz introduced it, and the reason Fourier transforms of distributions is built on it.
  • Uniqueness is a corollary, not an input. The L1L^1 statement gives: if f^=g^\hat f = \hat g with f,g∈L1f,g\in L^1 then f=gf=g almost everywhere. "Almost everywhere" cannot be improved, because changing ff at one point changes no integral.
Method(Inverting a Fourier transform)Original
  1. Decide which theorem applies. If the function at hand is rapidly decreasing, part 2 gives the inverse at every point. If only f,f^∈L1f,\hat f\in L^1, the inverse integral gives a continuous representative. If f^\hat f decays like 1/∣k∣1/\lvert k\rvert or slower, the integral is not absolutely convergent: read it as a symmetric limit and expect the midpoint value at any jump. If f^\hat f does not decay at all, the inverse lives in Fourier transforms of distributions.
  2. Look the pair up backwards. Most inversions in practice are a table entry of The Fourier transform read right to left, combined with the operational rules: a factor e−ikae^{-ika} is a translation by aa, a factor f^(k−a)\hat f(k-a) is a modulation, and a polynomial factor (ik)m(ik)^m is a derivative.
  3. Use duality rather than integrating again. By part 3, F2=2πR\mathcal{F}^2=2\pi R, so a known pair f↔gf\leftrightarrow g immediately yields the pair g↔2πf(−⋅)g\leftrightarrow 2\pi f(-\cdot). This converts the exponential-to-Lorentzian pair into the Lorentzian-to-exponential pair at no cost.
  4. Differentiate a known pair with respect to a parameter. Suppose fa↔gaf_a\leftrightarrow g_a for aa in an interval, and that on each compact subinterval the difference quotients [fa′(x)−fa(x)]/(a′−a)[f_{a'}(x)-f_a(x)]/(a'-a) are bounded in modulus by one fixed integrable function of xx. Then dominated convergence (Dominated convergence) lets the aa-derivative pass under the integral sign, and ∂afa↔∂aga\partial_a f_a\leftrightarrow\partial_a g_a. This generates whole families from one entry, and is the cheapest route to transforms of repeated poles.
  5. Otherwise use residues. Write eikxe^{ikx} and complete the contour through the upper half of the kk-plane when x>0x>0, through the lower half when x<0x<0, since ∣eikx∣=e−xIm⁡k\lvert e^{ikx}\rvert = e^{-x\operatorname{Im}k}; see The residue theorem. Poles of f^\hat f in the upper half-plane produce the behaviour for x>0x>0, which is how causality is read off a response function.
  6. Check. Evaluate the recovered ff at one convenient point against an independent computation of the same number; confirm ∫∣f∣<∞\int\lvert f\rvert<\infty if the theorem used requires it; and confirm that real ff came from a f^\hat f satisfying f^(−k)=f^(k)‾\hat f(-k)=\overline{\hat f(k)}.
Example(A fourth-power Lorentzian, transformed and recovered)Original

Take

f(x)  =  1(1+x2)2,f(x) \;=\; \frac{1}{(1+x^2)^2} ,

which is continuous, positive and O(x−4)O(x^{-4}), so f∈L1f\in L^1 with ∫f=π/2\int f = \pi/2. It is not in S\mathcal{S}: it is not rapidly decreasing. So part 2 of the main statement does not apply, and we shall need the L1L^1 version.

Step 1: the transform, by differentiating a parameter. Start from the table entry e−a∣x∣^(k)=2a/(a2+k2)\widehat{e^{-a\lvert x\rvert}}(k) = 2a/(a^2+k^2) for a>0a>0. Neither function is in S\mathcal{S}, so part 2 of the main statement is unavailable; but e−a∣x∣e^{-a\lvert x\rvert} is continuous and in L1L^1, and its transform 2a/(a2+k2)2a/(a^2+k^2) is in L1L^1 as well, so part 1 of the weaker statement applies and gives, at every xx,

e−a∣x∣  =  12π∫−∞∞2aa2+k2 eikx dk.e^{-a\lvert x\rvert} \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{2a}{a^2+k^2}\,e^{ikx}\,dk .

Read this backwards: put x=−k′x=-k' and rename the integration variable kk as xx, which turns eikxe^{ikx} into e−ixk′e^{-ixk'} and the right-hand side into 12π\frac{1}{2\pi} times a transform in our own convention. The result is the dual pair

F ⁣[2aa2+x2](k)  =  2πe−a∣k∣,that is  1a2+x2  ^(k)  =  πa e−a∣k∣.\mathcal{F}\!\left[\frac{2a}{a^2+x^2}\right](k) \;=\; 2\pi e^{-a\lvert k\rvert} , \qquad\text{that is}\qquad \widehat{\;\frac{1}{a^2+x^2}\;}(k) \;=\; \frac{\pi}{a}\,e^{-a\lvert k\rvert} .

Both sides are differentiable in aa on a>0a>0. Fix 0<a0≤a≤a10<a_0\le a\le a_1. The map a↦(a2+x2)−1a\mapsto(a^2+x^2)^{-1} is real-valued with ∣∂a(a2+x2)−1∣=2a/(a2+x2)2≤2a1/(a02+x2)2\lvert\partial_a(a^2+x^2)^{-1}\rvert = 2a/(a^2+x^2)^2 \le 2a_1/(a_0^2+x^2)^2, so by the mean value theorem every difference quotient of the xx-integrand in aa is bounded in modulus by the single integrable function 2a1/(a02+x2)22a_1/(a_0^2+x^2)^2, independent of aa. Dominated convergence (Dominated convergence) therefore lets the aa-derivative pass under the integral sign. Since ∂a(a2+x2)−1=−2a(a2+x2)−2\partial_a (a^2+x^2)^{-1} = -2a(a^2+x^2)^{-2},

F ⁣[−2a(a2+x2)2](k)  =  ∂∂a[πae−a∣k∣]  =  −πa2e−a∣k∣  −  π∣k∣ae−a∣k∣.\mathcal{F}\!\left[\frac{-2a}{(a^2+x^2)^2}\right](k) \;=\; \frac{\partial}{\partial a}\left[\frac{\pi}{a}e^{-a\lvert k\rvert}\right] \;=\; -\frac{\pi}{a^2}e^{-a\lvert k\rvert} \;-\; \frac{\pi\lvert k\rvert}{a}e^{-a\lvert k\rvert} .

Setting a=1a=1 and dividing by −2-2,

  f^(k)  =  π2 (1+∣k∣) e−∣k∣.\boxed{\;\hat f(k) \;=\; \frac{\pi}{2}\,\bigl(1+\lvert k\rvert\bigr)\,e^{-\lvert k\rvert}.}

Sanity checks: f^(0)=π/2=∫f\hat f(0)=\pi/2 = \int f, correct; f^\hat f is real and even, as it must be for real even ff; and f^\hat f has a kink at k=0k=0, matching the merely algebraic decay of ff. Numerically the closed form gives f^(2.3)=0.5197045373799962\hat f(2.3) = 0.5197045373799962, and oscillatory quadrature of ∫f(x)e−2.3ixdx\int f(x)e^{-2.3ix}dx returns the same digits (the integrand must be integrated period by period; a naive adaptive rule loses accuracy in the seventh digit here).

Step 2: the inversion theorem applies. f^\hat f decays exponentially, so f^∈L1\hat f\in L^1; and f∈L1f\in L^1. Part 1 of the weaker statement therefore applies, and since ff is already continuous, its continuous representative is itself: the inversion formula must return f(x)f(x) at every xx.

Step 3: carry out the inversion by hand. Because f^\hat f is even, eikxe^{ikx} may be replaced by cos⁡kx\cos kx and the range halved:

12π∫−∞∞f^(k)eikxdk  =  12π⋅2∫0∞π2(1+k)e−kcos⁡kx dk  =  12∫0∞(1+k) e−kcos⁡kx dk.\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\hat f(k)e^{ikx}dk \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\cdot 2\int_{0}^{\infty}\frac{\pi}{2}(1+k)e^{-k}\cos kx\,dk \;=\; \frac{1}{2}\int_{0}^{\infty}(1+k)\,e^{-k}\cos kx\,dk .

The two elementary integrals are, taking real parts of ∫0∞e−(1−ix)kdk=(1−ix)−1\int_0^\infty e^{-(1-ix)k}dk = (1-ix)^{-1} and ∫0∞k e−(1−ix)kdk=(1−ix)−2\int_0^\infty k\,e^{-(1-ix)k}dk = (1-ix)^{-2},

∫0∞e−kcos⁡kx dk=Re⁡11−ix=11+x2,∫0∞k e−kcos⁡kx dk=Re⁡(1+ix)2(1+x2)2=1−x2(1+x2)2.\int_{0}^{\infty}e^{-k}\cos kx\,dk = \operatorname{Re}\frac{1}{1-ix} = \frac{1}{1+x^2} , \qquad \int_{0}^{\infty}k\,e^{-k}\cos kx\,dk = \operatorname{Re}\frac{(1+ix)^2}{(1+x^2)^2} = \frac{1-x^2}{(1+x^2)^2} .

Adding them, the x2x^2 terms cancel:

12[11+x2+1−x2(1+x2)2]=12⋅(1+x2)+(1−x2)(1+x2)2=1(1+x2)2  =  f(x),\frac{1}{2}\left[\frac{1}{1+x^2}+\frac{1-x^2}{(1+x^2)^2}\right] = \frac{1}{2}\cdot\frac{(1+x^2)+(1-x^2)}{(1+x^2)^2} = \frac{1}{(1+x^2)^2} \;=\; f(x) ,

as the theorem promised.

Step 4: a number. At x=2x=2 the inversion integral must equal f(2)=1/25=0.04f(2)=1/25=0.04 exactly. Numerical evaluation of 12π∫−∞∞π2(1+∣k∣)e−∣k∣e2ik dk\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{\pi}{2}(1+\lvert k\rvert)e^{-\lvert k\rvert}e^{2ik}\,dk returns 0.04000000000.0400000000 with zero imaginary part, to the precision of the quadrature.

What the example shows. The Schwartz-class theorem would not have covered this ff, but the L1L^1 version does, and the price was checking two integrability conditions rather than one. Had we instead taken f=χ[−1,1]f=\chi_{[-1,1]}, whose transform decays only like 1/∣k∣1/\lvert k\rvert, neither version would apply and only the symmetric-limit statement would be available.

ApplicationOriginal

The transform method for differential equations. Inversion is what makes the scheme of The Fourier transform a method rather than a one-way map: transform the equation, solve the resulting algebraic problem for u^(k)\hat u(k), invert. For the heat equation ut=κuxxu_t=\kappa u_{xx} on the line with u(x,0)=ϕ(x)u(x,0)=\phi(x), the transformed equation is u^t=−κk2u^\hat u_t = -\kappa k^2\hat u, so u^(k,t)=ϕ^(k)e−κk2t\hat u(k,t)=\hat\phi(k)e^{-\kappa k^2 t}; inverting the Gaussian factor by step 1 of the proof above gives the heat kernel (4πκt)−1/2e−x2/4κt(4\pi\kappa t)^{-1/2}e^{-x^2/4\kappa t} and, with The convolution theorem, the solution as its convolution with ϕ\phi. See The heat kernel. Note how the hypothesis is met for free: e−κk2te^{-\kappa k^2t} makes u^\hat u rapidly decreasing for every t>0t>0 however rough ϕ\phi was, which is the Fourier-side statement that the heat equation smooths instantly.

Completeness of the plane waves. Read as an identity between operators, inversion says 12π∫eik(x−y)dk=δ(x−y)\frac{1}{2\pi}\int e^{ik(x-y)}dk = \delta(x-y): the plane waves eikxe^{ikx} form a complete set, as the discrete exponentials do for Fourier series. Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2, Eqs. (9.26)–(9.28), pp. 281–282) writes this as the resolution of the identity 1=∫∣k⟩⟨k∣ dk1=\int\lvert k\rangle\langle k\rvert\,dk and uses it to pass between the position and momentum representations of a quantum state; the theorem proved here is what licenses that bookkeeping for wave functions in S\mathcal{S}, and Fourier transforms of distributions is what licenses it for the plane waves themselves, which are not in S\mathcal{S}.

Reconstruction from measured spectra. An interferometer or a diffraction experiment measures f^\hat f, not ff: the Fourier transform spectrometer records the interferogram and the crystallographer records the structure factors. Inversion is the step that turns the measurement into the object, and the hypothesis f^∈L1\hat f\in L^1 is the reason the data must be apodised — truncating the measurement at ∣k∣≤R\lvert k\rvert\le R amounts to multiplying f^\hat f by a square pulse, whose inverse transform is a sinc, so the reconstruction is convolved with a sinc and acquires the ringing that a smooth apodisation window is designed to suppress.

Why the order-four identity matters. F2=2πR\mathcal{F}^2=2\pi R says that transforming twice returns the original function reflected. In optics this is the statement that two successive Fourier lenses produce an inverted image; in quantum mechanics it is the statement that the transform generates a quarter-turn in the position-momentum phase plane, whose eigenfunctions are the Hermite functions hn(x)=Hn(x)e−x2/2h_n(x)=H_n(x)e^{-x^2/2}, with eigenvalues (−i)n2π(-i)^{n}\sqrt{2\pi} in the convention used here of Hermite polynomials — the stationary states of the harmonic oscillator, which are therefore exactly the functions that look the same in position and in momentum space.

Theorem

The convolution theorem

Adapted

Defines the convolution and the cross-correlation of two functions on the line, proves that the transform turns convolution into pointwise multiplication and correlation into the product of one transform with the conjugate of the other, and shows how the two results reduce a linear translation-invariant system, a deconvolution and a power spectrum to algebra in the transform variable.

Prerequisites: The Fourier transform, Fourier inversion, Dominated convergence, Fubini and Tonelli theorems

Definition(Convolution and correlation)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.7, Eq. (13.37), p. 447 and §13.1.8, Eqs. (13.40) and (13.43), pp. 449–450; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, Eq. (20.68), p. 986; Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.4, Eq. (7), p. 139

For f,g:R→Cf,g:\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{C} the convolution is

(f∗g)(z)  =  ∫−∞∞f(x) g(z−x) dx,(f*g)(z) \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} f(x)\,g(z-x)\,dx ,

whenever the integral converges, and the cross-correlation is

(f⋆g)(z)  =  ∫−∞∞f(x)‾ g(x+z) dx.(f\star g)(z) \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} \overline{f(x)}\,g(x+z)\,dx .

The special case g=fg=f gives the autocorrelation a(z)=(f⋆f)(z)=∫f(x)‾f(x+z) dxa(z) = (f\star f)(z) = \int\overline{f(x)}f(x+z)\,dx.

The two integrals look alike and mean different things. In a convolution the two functions run in opposite directions, so that f∗gf*g at zz collects the contributions of ff at xx spread by gg through the displacement z−xz-x; Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, Fig. 20.7, p. 986) call this Faltung, folding, because g(z−x)g(z-x) is the graph of gg reflected and then slid. In a correlation both run the same way, and f⋆gf\star g at zz measures how much ff and gg resemble each other when one is displaced by zz; Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.8, p. 449) stress that despite the formal similarity the two are used for entirely different purposes.

Where the convolution comes from. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.7, pp. 446–447) derive it from measurement. Let f(x) dxf(x)\,dx be the probability that the true value lies in dxdx, and let the instrument have resolution function gg, meaning that a true value xx is recorded somewhere in [z,z+dz][z,z+dz] with probability g(z−x) dzg(z-x)\,dz. The joint probability of the two events is f(x)g(z−x) dx dzf(x)g(z-x)\,dx\,dz, and summing over all xx that could produce a reading near zz gives the observed distribution h=f∗gh = f*g. Two consequences are immediate from the formula: a perfect instrument, g=δg=\delta, gives h=fh=f; and convolving with a sum of delta functions leaves a copy of gg at each spike.

Our convention throughout is that of The Fourier transform, f^(k)=∫f(x)e−ikxdx\hat f(k)=\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx, in which the convolution carries no prefactor. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, Eq. (20.68), p. 986) and Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, p. 323) work in the symmetric convention and must therefore insert 1/2π1/\sqrt{2\pi} somewhere: Arfken puts it in the definition of f∗gf*g, Reed and Simon leave the definition bare and pay (2π)n/2(2\pi)^{n/2} in the theorem. The three choices describe the same mathematics.

Theorem(Algebra of convolution)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.7, p. 447; Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Prop. 1.11(i)–(ii) and its proof, pp. 142–143; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, Thm IX.3(a) and (c), pp. 323–324; Folland (1999), §8.2, Prop. 8.6 and Young's inequality 8.7, pp. 239–241

Let f,g,h∈L1(R)f,g,h\in L^1(\mathbb{R}) and α,β∈C\alpha,\beta\in\mathbb{C}.

  1. It is defined, and it does not leave L1L^1. (f∗g)(z)(f*g)(z) exists for almost every zz, and ∥f∗g∥1  ≤  ∥f∥1 ∥g∥1.\lVert f*g\rVert_1 \;\le\; \lVert f\rVert_1\,\lVert g\rVert_1 . This is the case p=1p=1 of Young's inequality (Folland (1999), Prop. 8.7, p. 240), which gives ∥f∗g∥p≤∥f∥1∥g∥p\lVert f*g\rVert_p \le \lVert f\rVert_1\lVert g\rVert_p for every p∈[1,∞]p\in[1,\infty].
  2. It is a commutative, associative, distributive product. f∗g=g∗ff*g = g*f; (f∗g)∗h=f∗(g∗h)(f*g)*h = f*(g*h); f∗(αg+βh)=α(f∗g)+β(f∗h)f*(\alpha g+\beta h) = \alpha(f*g)+\beta(f*h). It commutes with translations, and Folland (Folland (1999), Prop. 8.6(d), p. 240) adds that supp⁡(f∗g)\operatorname{supp}(f*g) is contained in the closure of {x+y:x∈supp⁡f,  y∈supp⁡g}\{x+y: x\in\operatorname{supp}f,\;y\in\operatorname{supp}g\}. There is no identity element in L1L^1: the identity would have to be δ\delta, which is not a function (Test functions and distributions).
  3. Smoothing. f∗gf*g is at least as smooth as the smoother factor: if gg is mm times differentiable with g,…,g(m)g,\dots,g^{(m)} bounded, then f∗gf*g is mm times differentiable and (f∗g)(m)=f∗g(m)(f*g)^{(m)} = f*g^{(m)}. In particular, if f,g∈S(R)f,g\in\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}) then f∗g∈S(R)f*g\in\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}).
  4. Correlation in terms of convolution. With f~(x)=f(−x)‾\tilde f(x) = \overline{f(-x)} one has f⋆g=f~∗gf\star g = \tilde f * g. Correlation is not commutative; instead (f⋆g)(z)  =  (g⋆f)(−z)‾.(f\star g)(z) \;=\; \overline{(g\star f)(-z)} .
Theorem(The convolution theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.7, Eqs. (13.38)–(13.39), p. 448 and §13.1.8, Eq. (13.42), p. 450; Folland (1999), Thm 8.22(c), p. 249; Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Prop. 1.11(iii), p. 142; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, Thm IX.3(b), p. 323; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, Eq. (20.70), p. 986

Let f,g∈L1(R)f,g\in L^1(\mathbb{R}) and write f^(k)=∫f(x)e−ikxdx\hat f(k)=\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx.

  1. Convolution becomes multiplication. f∗g^(k)  =  f^(k) g^(k)for every k∈R.\widehat{f*g}(k) \;=\; \hat f(k)\,\hat g(k) \qquad\text{for every }k\in\mathbb{R}.
  2. Correlation becomes a conjugated product (Wiener-Kinchin). f⋆g^(k)  =  f^(k)‾  g^(k),and in particularf⋆f^(k)  =  ∣f^(k)∣2.\widehat{f\star g}(k) \;=\; \overline{\hat f(k)}\;\hat g(k) , \qquad\text{and in particular}\qquad \widehat{f\star f}(k) \;=\; \bigl\lvert\hat f(k)\bigr\rvert^{2} . The transform of the autocorrelation is the energy spectrum ∣f^∣2\lvert\hat f\rvert^2, which is real and non-negative whatever ff is.
  3. The dual statement: multiplication becomes convolution. If moreover f,g∈S(R)f,g\in\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}), then fg^(k)  =  12π (f^∗g^)(k).\widehat{fg}(k) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\,\bigl(\hat f * \hat g\bigr)(k) .

The lone factor 12π\frac{1}{2\pi} in part 3 is the same 2π2\pi that sits on the inverse transform in our convention; parts 1 and 2 are free of constants. In the symmetric convention the constants redistribute, and Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, Thm IX.3(b), p. 323) state the pair as f∗g^=(2π)n/2f^g^\widehat{f*g} = (2\pi)^{n/2}\hat f\hat g and fg^=(2π)−n/2f^∗g^\widehat{fg} = (2\pi)^{-n/2}\hat f*\hat g, while Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.7, Eqs. (13.38)–(13.39), p. 448) write 2π f^g^\sqrt{2\pi}\,\hat f\hat g and (2π)−1/2f^∗g^(2\pi)^{-1/2}\hat f*\hat g in one dimension. Setting z=0z=0 in part 2 and inverting produces the multiplication theorem and Parseval's relation, which are the subject of Plancherel's theorem.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Everything rests on one algebraic accident: e−ikze^{-ikz} factorises along the same split as the convolution. Writing z=(z−x)+xz = (z-x)+x gives e−ikz=e−ik(z−x)e−ikxe^{-ikz} = e^{-ik(z-x)}e^{-ikx}, so the double integral ∬f(x)g(z−x)e−ikz dx dz\iint f(x)g(z-x)e^{-ikz}\,dx\,dz separates into a product of two single integrals the moment the exponential is split that way and u=z−xu=z-x is substituted. This is the entire proof; the only real work is checking that the double integral converges absolutely, so that the order of integration may be exchanged.

Correlation works the same way with one sign changed: z=(x+z)−xz = (x+z)-x gives e−ikz=e−ik(x+z)eikxe^{-ikz} = e^{-ik(x+z)}e^{ikx}, and the factor e+ikxe^{+ikx} against f(x)‾\overline{f(x)} assembles into f^(k)‾\overline{\hat f(k)} rather than f^(k)\hat f(k). The conjugate in the Wiener-Kinchin theorem is therefore not decoration: it records that correlation slides the two functions the same way while convolution slides them opposite ways.

Proof(Algebra of convolution)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Prop. 1.11(i)–(ii), pp. 142–143; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, Thm IX.3, pp. 323–324; Folland (1999), §8.2, Prop. 8.6 and 8.7, pp. 239–241

Part 1. The function (x,z)↦f(x)g(z−x)(x,z)\mapsto f(x)g(z-x) is measurable, and by Tonelli's theorem (Fubini and Tonelli theorems) applied to its modulus,

∫ ⁣ ⁣∫∣f(x)∣ ∣g(z−x)∣ dx dz  =  ∫∣f(x)∣(∫∣g(z−x)∣ dz)dx  =  ∥f∥1 ∥g∥1,\int\!\!\int \lvert f(x)\rvert\,\lvert g(z-x)\rvert\,dx\,dz \;=\; \int \lvert f(x)\rvert\left(\int\lvert g(z-x)\rvert\,dz\right)dx \;=\; \lVert f\rVert_1\,\lVert g\rVert_1 ,

the inner integral being ∥g∥1\lVert g\rVert_1 for each xx by translation invariance. For fixed zz, (f∗g)(z)(f*g)(z) is an integral in xx, so the slice needed is the one in that variable, and it is the other order of the same Tonelli computation: ∫(∫∣f(x)∣∣g(z−x)∣ dx)dz\int\bigl(\int\lvert f(x)\rvert\lvert g(z-x)\rvert\,dx\bigr)dz is the same finite number ∥f∥1∥g∥1\lVert f\rVert_1\lVert g\rVert_1, so the inner integral — which is exactly the integral defining (f∗g)(z)(f*g)(z), with the modulus taken — is finite for almost every zz. Hence (f∗g)(z)(f*g)(z) converges absolutely for almost every zz, and the displayed computation bounds ∫∣f∗g∣\int\lvert f*g\rvert by ∥f∥1∥g∥1\lVert f\rVert_1\lVert g\rVert_1.

Part 2. For commutativity, which is Folland's (Folland (1999), Prop. 8.6(a), p. 240) Proposition 8.6(a), substitute u=z−xu = z-x, so x=z−ux = z-u and dx=−dudx = -du with the limits reversed:

(f∗g)(z)=∫f(x)g(z−x) dx=∫f(z−u)g(u) du=(g∗f)(z).(f*g)(z) = \int f(x)g(z-x)\,dx = \int f(z-u)g(u)\,du = (g*f)(z) .

Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, p. 143) observe that this substitution is a reflection followed by a translation, both of which preserve the integral. Associativity and distributivity follow the same way, by Fubini and a substitution respectively; Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, Thm IX.3(c), p. 324) instead deduce both from the transform identity of the next proof together with injectivity of the transform, which is shorter but uses more.

For the absence of an identity: if e∈L1e\in L^1 satisfied e∗f=fe*f=f for all f∈L1f\in L^1, then transforming with the theorem below gives e^(k)f^(k)=f^(k)\hat e(k)\hat f(k)=\hat f(k) for all ff and all kk. Fix kk and take f(x)=e−x2f(x)=e^{-x^2}, whose transform π e−k2/4\sqrt{\pi}\,e^{-k^2/4} is nowhere zero; dividing by it gives e^(k)=1\hat e(k)=1, and since kk was arbitrary, e^≡1\hat e\equiv1. But the Riemann-Lebesgue lemma of The Fourier transform says e^(k)→0\hat e(k)\to0 as ∣k∣→∞\lvert k\rvert\to\infty, a contradiction.

Part 3. Take m=1m=1 first, so gg is differentiable with gg and g′g' bounded. The zz-dependence of (f∗g)(z)=∫f(x)g(z−x) dx(f*g)(z)=\int f(x)g(z-x)\,dx sits entirely in gg, so for t≠0t\ne0

(f∗g)(z+t)−(f∗g)(z)t  =  ∫f(x) g(z+t−x)−g(z−x)t dx.\frac{(f*g)(z+t)-(f*g)(z)}{t} \;=\; \int f(x)\,\frac{g(z+t-x)-g(z-x)}{t}\,dx .

For each fixed xx the quotient inside tends to g′(z−x)g'(z-x) as t→0t\to0, by definition of the derivative. For the majorant, apply the mean value theorem to the real and the imaginary part of gg separately — it is false for a complex-valued function taken whole — which gives ∣Re⁡g(b)−Re⁡g(a)∣≤∣b−a∣sup⁡∣g′∣\lvert\operatorname{Re}g(b)-\operatorname{Re}g(a)\rvert\le\lvert b-a\rvert\sup\lvert g'\rvert and the same for Im⁡\operatorname{Im}, hence ∣g(b)−g(a)∣≤2 ∣b−a∣sup⁡∣g′∣\lvert g(b)-g(a)\rvert\le\sqrt2\,\lvert b-a\rvert\sup\lvert g'\rvert. The integrand is therefore dominated in modulus by 2 ∣f(x)∣sup⁡∣g′∣\sqrt2\,\lvert f(x)\rvert\sup\lvert g'\rvert, which is integrable because f∈L1f\in L^1, and which does not depend on tt. Dominated convergence (Dominated convergence) applied along an arbitrary sequence tn→0t_n\to0 gives that the limit exists and equals ∫f(x)g′(z−x) dx\int f(x)g'(z-x)\,dx; as the sequence was arbitrary, (f∗g)′(z)(f*g)'(z) exists and equals (f∗g′)(z)(f*g')(z). Iterating gives the mmth derivative. Since convolution is commutative, the derivative may be placed on whichever factor is smoother — which is the precise sense in which convolution smooths. For the Schwartz statement, Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Prop. 1.11(i), p. 142) combine this with the bound sup⁡x∣x∣ℓ∣g(x−y)∣≤Aℓ(1+∣y∣)ℓ\sup_x\lvert x\rvert^{\ell}\lvert g(x-y)\rvert \le A_\ell(1+\lvert y\rvert)^{\ell}, which gives sup⁡x∣xℓ(f∗g)(x)∣≤Aℓ∫∣f(y)∣(1+∣y∣)ℓdy<∞\sup_x\lvert x^{\ell}(f*g)(x)\rvert \le A_\ell\int\lvert f(y)\rvert(1+\lvert y\rvert)^{\ell}dy<\infty; rapid decrease of ff makes every such integral finite, so f∗gf*g and all its derivatives decay faster than any power.

Part 4. Substituting u=−xu = -x in the definition of f~∗g\tilde f * g,

(f~∗g)(z)=∫f(−x)‾ g(z−x) dx=∫f(u)‾ g(z+u) du=(f⋆g)(z).(\tilde f*g)(z) = \int \overline{f(-x)}\,g(z-x)\,dx = \int\overline{f(u)}\,g(z+u)\,du = (f\star g)(z) .

For the exchange rule, conjugate (g⋆f)(−z)=∫g(x)‾f(x−z) dx(g\star f)(-z) = \int\overline{g(x)}f(x-z)\,dx and substitute u=x−zu = x-z:

(g⋆f)(−z)‾=∫g(x) f(x−z)‾ dx=∫g(u+z) f(u)‾ du=(f⋆g)(z),\overline{(g\star f)(-z)} = \int g(x)\,\overline{f(x-z)}\,dx = \int g(u+z)\,\overline{f(u)}\,du = (f\star g)(z) ,

which is Riley, Hobson and Bence's (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.8, Eq. (13.41), p. 449) relation (13.41). □\square

Proof(The convolution theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, the derivation of (20.70), pp. 986–987; Folland (1999), Thm 8.22(c), p. 250; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.7, the derivation of (13.38), p. 448 and §13.1.8, the derivation of (13.42), p. 450

Part 1. By part 1 of the previous statement the double integrand f(x)g(z−x)e−ikzf(x)g(z-x)e^{-ikz} has modulus ∣f(x)∣∣g(z−x)∣\lvert f(x)\rvert\lvert g(z-x)\rvert, whose integral over R2\mathbb{R}^2 is ∥f∥1∥g∥1<∞\lVert f\rVert_1\lVert g\rVert_1<\infty. Fubini's theorem (Fubini and Tonelli theorems) therefore permits the order of integration to be exchanged, and this is the only analytic step:

f∗g^(k)  =  ∫ ⁣(∫f(x) g(z−x) dx)e−ikz dz  =  ∫f(x)(∫g(z−x) e−ikz dz)dx.\widehat{f*g}(k) \;=\; \int\!\left(\int f(x)\,g(z-x)\,dx\right)e^{-ikz}\,dz \;=\; \int f(x)\left(\int g(z-x)\,e^{-ikz}\,dz\right)dx .

In the inner integral substitute u=z−xu = z-x, so dz=dudz = du and e−ikz=e−ikue−ikxe^{-ikz} = e^{-iku}e^{-ikx}; the factor e−ikxe^{-ikx} does not involve uu and comes out:

∫g(z−x)e−ikz dz  =  e−ikx∫g(u)e−iku du  =  e−ikxg^(k).\int g(z-x)e^{-ikz}\,dz \;=\; e^{-ikx}\int g(u)e^{-iku}\,du \;=\; e^{-ikx}\hat g(k) .

Since g^(k)\hat g(k) no longer depends on xx it leaves the outer integral as well, and what remains is g^(k)∫f(x)e−ikxdx=f^(k)g^(k)\hat g(k)\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx = \hat f(k)\hat g(k). Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, p. 987) describe the same manoeuvre as splitting the exponential into two factors and then changing variable so that each bracket contains only one of them.

Part 2. Identical, with the two changes forced by the definition of ⋆\star. The double integrand is now f(x)‾g(x+z)e−ikz\overline{f(x)}g(x+z)e^{-ikz}, of modulus ∣f(x)∣∣g(x+z)∣\lvert f(x)\rvert\lvert g(x+z)\rvert, again with double integral ∥f∥1∥g∥1\lVert f\rVert_1\lVert g\rVert_1, so Fubini again applies. Substituting u=x+zu = x+z in the inner integral gives e−ikz=e−ikue+ikxe^{-ikz} = e^{-iku}e^{+ikx}, and

f⋆g^(k)  =  ∫f(x)‾ eikx dx  ∫g(u) e−iku du  =  f^(k)‾  g^(k),\widehat{f\star g}(k) \;=\; \int\overline{f(x)}\,e^{ikx}\,dx\;\int g(u)\,e^{-iku}\,du \;=\; \overline{\hat f(k)}\;\hat g(k) ,

the first factor being f^(k)‾\overline{\hat f(k)} because conjugating f^(k)=∫f(x)e−ikxdx\hat f(k)=\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx turns the exponent's sign around. Setting g=fg=f gives ∣f^(k)∣2\lvert\hat f(k)\rvert^2. This is the calculation Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.8, Eq. (13.42), p. 450) present as the Wiener-Kinchin theorem.

Part 3. Let f,g∈Sf,g\in\mathcal{S}. By Fourier inversion, f^,g^∈S⊂L1\hat f,\hat g\in\mathcal{S}\subset L^1, so part 1 may be applied to the pair f^,g^\hat f,\hat g:

  f^∗g^  ^(x)  =  f^^(x) g^^(x)  =  (2πf(−x))(2πg(−x))  =  (2π)2 (fg)(−x),\widehat{\;\hat f*\hat g\;}(x) \;=\; \hat{\hat f}(x)\,\hat{\hat g}(x) \;=\; \bigl(2\pi f(-x)\bigr)\bigl(2\pi g(-x)\bigr) \;=\; (2\pi)^2\,(fg)(-x) ,

using F2=2πR\mathcal{F}^2 = 2\pi R from part 3 of the inversion theorem. Applying F\mathcal{F} once more to both sides and using F2=2πR\mathcal{F}^2 = 2\pi R again on the left,

2π (f^∗g^)(−k)  =  (2π)2 F[(fg)(− ⋅ )](k)  =  (2π)2 fg^(−k),2\pi\,\bigl(\hat f*\hat g\bigr)(-k) \;=\; (2\pi)^2\,\mathcal{F}\bigl[(fg)(-\,\cdot\,)\bigr](k) \;=\; (2\pi)^2\,\widehat{fg}(-k) ,

the last step by the reflection rule of The Fourier transform. Replacing −k-k by kk and dividing by (2π)2(2\pi)^2 gives part 3. (A direct proof is also possible, but it needs the inversion theorem anyway to make sense of f^∗g^\hat f * \hat g, so nothing is saved.) □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Integrability of both factors is used exactly once, to license Fubini. It is not a technicality, and what it buys is existence of the convolution at almost every point, never at every point. For f=g=∣x∣−1/2χ[−1,1]f=g=\lvert x\rvert^{-1/2}\chi_{[-1,1]}, which is in L1L^1, the two singularities of ∣x∣−1/2∣z−x∣−1/2\lvert x\rvert^{-1/2}\lvert z-x\rvert^{-1/2} sit at x=0x=0 and x=zx=z and are separately integrable, so (f∗g)(z)(f*g)(z) converges for every z≠0z\ne0 and diverges only at z=0z=0 — a single point, exactly as part 1 of the algebra statement allows. For f=g=∣x∣−1χ[−1,1]f=g=\lvert x\rvert^{-1}\chi_{[-1,1]}, which is not in L1L^1, the two singularities are no longer integrable and (f∗g)(z)(f*g)(z) diverges for every zz with ∣z∣≤1\lvert z\rvert\le1, a set of positive measure. That is the real contrast: without finiteness of the double integral the exceptional set stops being null, and then part 1 has nothing to say.
  • Part 1 needs nothing about smoothness or decay beyond L1L^1, which is why it is the version Folland (Folland (1999), Thm 8.22(c), p. 249) states. Part 3 is genuinely stronger: a product of two L1L^1 functions need not be in L1L^1 (take f=g=∣x∣−1/2χ[−1,1]f=g=\lvert x\rvert^{-1/2}\chi_{[-1,1]} again), so fg^\widehat{fg} may not exist, and the right-hand side f^∗g^\hat f*\hat g may not either, since f^\hat f and g^\hat g are merely bounded and vanishing at infinity. Restricting to S\mathcal{S} removes both problems at once. Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.7, p. 144) note that the pair of results extends to functions of moderate decrease, whose convolution is again of moderate decrease.
  • The theorem is an identity of functions, not of values at a point. Both sides of part 1 are continuous in kk, so the identity does hold everywhere; but f∗gf*g itself is only defined almost everywhere when f,gf,g are merely integrable, and changing it on a null set changes neither side.
  • The conjugate in part 2 cannot be dropped. If it is, the result is a statement about ∫f(x)g(x+z)dx\int f(x)g(x+z)dx, which equals (f~r∗g)(z)(\tilde f_{\mathrm{r}}*g)(z) with f~r(x)=f(−x)\tilde f_{\mathrm{r}}(x)=f(-x) and therefore has transform f^(−k)g^(k)\hat f(-k)\hat g(k). For real ff the two agree, since f^(−k)=f^(k)‾\hat f(-k)=\overline{\hat f(k)}, which is why the distinction is invisible in most of the engineering literature.
  • Non-commutativity of correlation is not an oversight. Part 4 of the algebra statement says that exchanging the arguments reflects and conjugates. The autocorrelation is therefore automatically Hermitian, a(−z)=a(z)‾a(-z)=\overline{a(z)}, which is exactly the condition for a^\hat a to be real — consistent with a^=∣f^∣2\hat a = \lvert\hat f\rvert^2.
  • Deconvolution is not the inverse operation in any stable sense. Part 1 says f^=h^/g^\hat f = \hat h/\hat g, but g^(k)→0\hat g(k)\to0, so the division amplifies whatever noise sits in h^\hat h at large ∣k∣\lvert k\rvert without bound. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.7, p. 449) state the recipe and immediately warn that experimental and statistical uncertainty, and data over a limited range, make it imprecise in practice. This is the standard example of an ill-posed inverse problem.
Method(Solving a translation-invariant problem by convolution)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.7, the deconvolution recipe, p. 449; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, Eq. (20.71), p. 987; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §6.2, (6.2.30)–(6.2.31), p. 367 and §7.3, Exercise 7.3.1(b), (7.3.49), p. 453
  1. Recognise the convolution. Any integral of the form ∫K(z−x)u(x) dx\int K(z-x)u(x)\,dx over the whole line is a convolution. If the kernel depends on zz and xx separately and not only through z−xz-x, the problem is not translation-invariant and the method does not apply.
  2. Transform. Part 1 turns the equation into an algebraic one in kk. An integral equation u−λK∗u=fu - \lambda K*u = f becomes u^(1−λK^)=f^\hat u(1-\lambda\hat K) = \hat f; a differential equation becomes a polynomial relation by the derivative rule; and a boundary value problem on a strip or half-plane becomes an ordinary differential equation in the remaining variable.
  3. Solve. Divide: u^(k)=f^(k)/(1−λK^(k))\hat u(k) = \hat f(k)/(1-\lambda\hat K(k)), or whatever the algebra gives. Record where the denominator vanishes; those kk are where the method fails and are usually the spectrum of the problem.
  4. Invert, reading products as convolutions. If the answer factorises as u^=G^f^\hat u = \hat G\hat f with G^\hat G a recognisable transform, then u=G∗fu = G*f without any further integration: this is how Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §6.2, (6.2.31), p. 367 and §7.3, (7.3.49), p. 453) finish both an integral equation and a Dirichlet problem in a strip. The function GG is the Green's function or impulse response of the problem; see Causal Green's functions for initial-value problems.
  5. If only a number is wanted, do not invert at all. Evaluating part 1 at k=0k=0 gives ∫(f∗g)=(∫f)(∫g)\int(f*g) = \bigl(\int f\bigr)\bigl(\int g\bigr), and Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, Eq. (20.71), p. 987) note more generally that the inverse transform of the product is often a better-behaved integral than the original, because both factors are then evaluated at the same point.
  6. To deconvolve, regularise. Form f^=h^/g^\hat f = \hat h/\hat g only where ∣g^(k)∣\lvert\hat g(k)\rvert is comfortably above the noise floor, and suppress the rest — for instance by the Wiener filter f^=h^ g^‾/(∣g^∣2+σ2)\hat f = \hat h\,\overline{\hat g}/(\lvert\hat g\rvert^2+\sigma^2), which reduces to plain division where the signal dominates and to zero where it does not.
  7. Check. The area rule of step 5 is the cheapest test; a second is that the convolution of two non-negative functions is non-negative, and a third is the support rule of part 2 of the algebra statement, so the support of the answer must lie in the sum of the two supports.
Example(Two decaying pulses, convolved two ways)Original

Let

f(t)=H(t) e−t,g(t)=H(t) e−3t,f(t) = H(t)\,e^{-t} , \qquad g(t) = H(t)\,e^{-3t} ,

with HH the Heaviside step (The Heaviside step and related functions). Both are in L1(R)L^1(\mathbb{R}), with ∥f∥1=1\lVert f\rVert_1 = 1 and ∥g∥1=13\lVert g\rVert_1 = \tfrac13. Physically, ff is a pulse of unit area with relaxation time 11 driving a system whose impulse response gg relaxes three times faster.

Route A: the integral directly. Both factors vanish for negative argument, so in (f∗g)(t)=∫f(s)g(t−s) ds(f*g)(t)=\int f(s)g(t-s)\,ds the integrand is non-zero only for 0≤s≤t0\le s\le t, and the convolution vanishes for t<0t<0. For t≥0t\ge0,

(f∗g)(t)=∫0te−s e−3(t−s) ds=e−3t∫0te2s ds=e−3t e2t−12=e−t−e−3t2.(f*g)(t) = \int_{0}^{t} e^{-s}\,e^{-3(t-s)}\,ds = e^{-3t}\int_{0}^{t} e^{2s}\,ds = e^{-3t}\,\frac{e^{2t}-1}{2} = \frac{e^{-t}-e^{-3t}}{2} .

Route B: through the transform. From the table of The Fourier transform, f^(k)=1/(1+ik)\hat f(k) = 1/(1+ik) and g^(k)=1/(3+ik)\hat g(k) = 1/(3+ik), so by part 1 of the theorem

f∗g^(k)=1(1+ik)(3+ik)=12[11+ik−13+ik],\widehat{f*g}(k) = \frac{1}{(1+ik)(3+ik)} = \frac{1}{2}\left[\frac{1}{1+ik}-\frac{1}{3+ik}\right] ,

splitting by partial fractions in the variable ikik (Partial fractions for inverse transforms). Each term is a tabulated transform, so reading backwards gives (f∗g)(t)=12(e−t−e−3t)H(t)(f*g)(t) = \tfrac12\bigl(e^{-t}-e^{-3t}\bigr)H(t), the same answer, with no integration performed. Route B is the one that generalises: the partial-fraction step works for any product of rational transforms.

A number. At t=ln⁡2t=\ln 2, where e−t=12e^{-t}=\tfrac12 and e−3t=18e^{-3t}=\tfrac18,

(f∗g)(ln⁡2)=12−182=316=0.1875.(f*g)(\ln 2) = \frac{\tfrac12-\tfrac18}{2} = \frac{3}{16} = 0.1875 .

Direct numerical quadrature of ∫0ln⁡2e−se−3(ln⁡2−s) ds\int_{0}^{\ln 2} e^{-s}e^{-3(\ln 2 - s)}\,ds gives 0.18750000000.1875000000, and numerical evaluation of f∗g^\widehat{f*g} at k=1.3k=1.3 from the closed form returns 0.0455555517−0.1808311976 i0.0455555517-0.1808311976\,i, against 1/((1+1.3i)(3+1.3i))=0.0455555517−0.1808311976 i1/\bigl((1+1.3i)(3+1.3i)\bigr) = 0.0455555517-0.1808311976\,i.

The checks of the method. The area rule gives ∫(f∗g)=1⋅13=13\int (f*g) = 1\cdot\tfrac13 = \tfrac13, and indeed ∫0∞12(e−t−e−3t)dt=12(1−13)=13\int_0^\infty\tfrac12(e^{-t}-e^{-3t})dt = \tfrac12(1-\tfrac13)=\tfrac13. The support rule gives supp⁡(f∗g)⊆[0,∞)+[0,∞)=[0,∞)\operatorname{supp}(f*g)\subseteq[0,\infty)+[0,\infty)=[0,\infty), as found. And the peak of f∗gf*g, at t=12ln⁡3≈0.549t=\tfrac12\ln3\approx0.549, lies to the right of the peaks of both factors at t=0t=0: the convolution has delayed and broadened the pulse, which is what a resolution function does.

An autocorrelation, for contrast. Take instead p=χ[−a,a]p=\chi_{[-a,a]}. Its autocorrelation is the overlap of the pulse with its own translate, ap(z)=(2a−∣z∣)+a_p(z) = (2a-\lvert z\rvert)_{+}, a triangle of height 2a2a and half-width 2a2a. Part 2 predicts a^p=∣p^∣2=4sin⁡2(ak)/k2\hat a_p = \lvert\hat p\rvert^2 = 4\sin^2(ak)/k^2, and the triangle entry of the table, applied with half-width 2a2a and height 2a2a, gives 2a⋅4sin⁡2(ak)2a k2=4sin⁡2(ak)k22a\cdot\frac{4\sin^2(ak)}{2a\,k^2} = \frac{4\sin^2(ak)}{k^2} — the same function. Notice that the autocorrelation is even and its transform is non-negative, as part 2 requires, whereas p^\hat p itself takes both signs.

ApplicationOriginal

Linear time-invariant systems. A system that is linear and commutes with time translation has output y=h∗uy = h*u for a fixed impulse response hh, since u=∫u(s)δ(⋅−s) dsu=\int u(s)\delta(\cdot-s)\,ds and linearity plus translation invariance send δ(⋅−s)\delta(\cdot-s) to h(⋅−s)h(\cdot-s). The theorem then says y^=h^u^\hat y = \hat h\hat u: in the frequency domain the system acts by multiplication, one frequency at a time, with no mixing. h^(ω)\hat h(\omega) is the transfer function, its modulus the gain and its argument the phase shift, and this is the whole content of circuit analysis by impedances, of filter design, and of the Bode plot. Causality — that hh vanishes for negative time — is what forces the real and imaginary parts of h^\hat h to be related, by the Kramers-Kronig relations of Dispersion relations.

Instrumental resolution and deconvolution. The derivation in the definition is the general model of a measurement: every spectrometer, telescope and detector returns the true distribution convolved with its point-spread or resolution function. Two consequences follow immediately from the theorem. First, resolutions compose by convolution and therefore widths add in quadrature for Gaussians, since the product of two Gaussians in kk is a Gaussian. Second, information at spatial frequencies where g^\hat g is negligible is lost and cannot be recovered by any amount of processing — the diffraction limit of an optical instrument is the statement that g^\hat g is supported in ∣k∣≤2π/λ\lvert k\rvert\le 2\pi/\lambda times a numerical aperture factor.

Power spectra of noise. For a stationary random signal the autocorrelation a(z)=⟨f(t)‾f(t+z)⟩a(z)=\langle \overline{f(t)}f(t+z)\rangle is the natural object, and part 2 identifies its transform as the power spectral density. It gives two routes to the same quantity: transform an estimate of the autocorrelation, or square the modulus of a single transform of the data. The second is the periodogram of The periodogram and spectral estimation, and part 2 is what says the two estimate the same thing; they differ only in how the estimate is smoothed, which is why the raw periodogram is noisy and why windowing and averaging are applied to it. The same identity run backwards generates coloured noise with a prescribed spectrum: draw white noise, multiply its transform by a^\sqrt{\hat a}, and invert.

Green's functions and potentials. For a constant-coefficient linear differential operator LL on the line, Lu=fLu=f transforms to P(ik)u^=f^P(ik)\hat u = \hat f with PP the symbol of LL, so u^=f^/P(ik)\hat u = \hat f/P(ik) and u=G∗fu = G*f with G^=1/P(ik)\hat G = 1/P(ik): the Green's function is the inverse transform of the reciprocal symbol, and the solution is the source convolved with it (Causal Green's functions for initial-value problems). Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Example 20.4.1, (20.79)–(20.80), pp. 988–989) run exactly this in three dimensions for electrostatics, using the R3\mathbb{R}^3 form of part 1 and the three-dimensional pair of Fourier transform in several dimensions: the Coulomb integral ψ=14π∫ρ(r′)/∣r−r′∣ d3r′\psi = \frac{1}{4\pi}\int\rho(r')/\lvert r-r'\rvert\,d^3r' is a convolution of ρ\rho with 1/r1/r, whose transform is 4π/k24\pi/k^2, so ψ^(k)=ρ^(k)/k2\hat\psi(k) = \hat\rho(k)/k^2 — Poisson's equation in one line.

Matched filtering. To detect a known waveform ss buried in noise, correlate the data with ss rather than convolve: part 2 says the correlation has transform s^‾d^\overline{\hat s}\hat d, which weights each frequency by the amplitude the signal has there, and this is the filter that maximises the signal-to-noise ratio at the detection instant for white noise. Gravitational-wave searches and radar ranging are the same calculation.

Theorem

Plancherel's theorem

Adapted

Proves that the Fourier transform preserves the L2L^2 inner product up to the factor 2π2\pi fixed by the convention, by transforming the cross-correlation and evaluating the inversion formula at the origin, then extends the transform from the Schwartz class to a unitary map of L2L^2 onto itself and uses the resulting Parseval relation to evaluate integrals in closed form.

Prerequisites: Fourier inversion, The convolution theorem, L^p spaces, Hilbert spaces

Definition(The square-integrable setting)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.6, p. 143; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.2, pp. 327–328; Folland (1999), §8.2, Prop. 8.17, p. 245 and §8.3, Thm 8.29, p. 252

Let L2(R)L^2(\mathbb{R}) be the space of measurable ff with ∫∣f∣2<∞\int\lvert f\rvert^2<\infty, equipped with

(f,g)  =  ∫−∞∞f(x) g(x)‾ dx,∥f∥2  =  (f,f)1/2,(f,g) \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} f(x)\,\overline{g(x)}\,dx , \qquad \lVert f\rVert_2 \;=\; (f,f)^{1/2} ,

linear in the first slot, as in L^p spaces. It is a Hilbert space (Hilbert spaces), and the Schwartz class S(R)\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}) of Fourier inversion is a dense subspace of it: the continuous functions of compact support are dense in LpL^p for p<∞p<\infty (L^p spaces), and smoothing one of them by convolution with a bump puts it in Cc∞⊂SC_c^{\infty}\subset\mathcal{S} without moving it far in ∥⋅∥2\lVert\cdot\rVert_2, which is Folland's (Folland (1999), §8.2, Prop. 8.17, p. 245) Proposition 8.17.

Neither of L1(R)L^1(\mathbb{R}) and L2(R)L^2(\mathbb{R}) contains the other, which is the one structural fact the theorem has to accommodate.

  • f(x)=(1+∣x∣)−1f(x)=(1+\lvert x\rvert)^{-1} is in L2L^2 but not in L1L^1, so the defining integral ∫f(x)e−ikxdx\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx of The Fourier transform need not converge for an L2L^2 function.
  • f(x)=∣x∣−1/2χ[−1,1](x)f(x)=\lvert x\rvert^{-1/2}\chi_{[-1,1]}(x) is in L1L^1 but not in L2L^2, so an integrable function need not have a square-integrable transform.

The overlap L1∩L2L^1\cap L^2 contains S\mathcal{S} and is dense in L2L^2. On it the transform is given by the integral, and the theorem below says it is an isometry there up to a constant; the transform of a general L2L^2 function is then defined by continuous extension. Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.2, p. 328) give the resulting integral representation as a limit in the L2L^2 norm. They write it in their symmetric convention, as l.i.m.⁡R→∞(2π)−n/2∫∣x∣≤Re−ik⋅xf(x) dx\operatorname{l.i.m.}_{R\to\infty}(2\pi)^{-n/2}\int_{\lvert x\rvert\le R}e^{-ik\cdot x}f(x)\,dx; taking n=1n=1, so that their prefactor is (2π)−1/2(2\pi)^{-1/2}, and then dropping that prefactor, which our F\mathcal{F} does not carry, it becomes

f^(k)  =  l.i.m.⁡R→∞  ∫−RRf(x) e−ikx dx,\hat f(k) \;=\; \underset{R\to\infty}{\operatorname{l.i.m.}}\;\int_{-R}^{R} f(x)\,e^{-ikx}\,dx ,

where l.i.m.⁡\operatorname{l.i.m.} ("limit in the mean") means convergence of the truncated integrals in ∥⋅∥2\lVert\cdot\rVert_2, not at any particular kk. The rescaling is the only change: our f^\hat f is 2π\sqrt{2\pi} times theirs, which is also why their unitary operator is F\mathcal{F} itself and ours is (2π)−1/2F(2\pi)^{-1/2}\mathcal{F}.

Theorem(Plancherel's theorem and Parseval's relation)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 1.12, pp. 143–144; Strauss (2008), §12.3, (14)–(15), p. 346; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.1, Corollary to Thm IX.1, p. 321 and §IX.2, Thm IX.6, p. 327; Folland (1999), §8.3, Thm 8.29, p. 252; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.9, (13.45)–(13.46), p. 451

Write f^(k)=∫f(x)e−ikxdx\hat f(k)=\int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx as in The Fourier transform.

  1. Parseval's relation (two functions). For f,g∈S(R)f,g\in\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}), ∫−∞∞f(x) g(x)‾ dx  =  12π∫−∞∞f^(k) g^(k)‾ dk,that is(f,g)=12π (f^,g^).\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} f(x)\,\overline{g(x)}\,dx \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\hat f(k)\,\overline{\hat g(k)}\,dk , \qquad\text{that is}\qquad (f,g) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\,(\hat f,\hat g) .
  2. Plancherel's theorem (one function). Taking g=fg=f, ∫−∞∞∣f(x)∣2 dx  =  12π∫−∞∞∣f^(k)∣2 dk,that is∥f∥22=12π∥f^∥22.\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\lvert f(x)\rvert^2\,dx \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\bigl\lvert\hat f(k)\bigr\rvert^2\,dk , \qquad\text{that is}\qquad \lVert f\rVert_2^2 = \frac{1}{2\pi}\lVert\hat f\rVert_2^2 .
  3. The extension to L2L^2. Both identities hold for every f,g∈L1∩L2f,g\in L^1\cap L^2, and the operator U=12π FU = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}}\,\mathcal{F} extends uniquely from L1∩L2L^1\cap L^2 to a unitary operator of L2(R)L^2(\mathbb{R}) onto L2(R)L^2(\mathbb{R}), with U−1=U†U^{-1}=U^{\dagger} given by the correspondingly normalised inverse transform. In particular ∥f∥22=12π∥f^∥22\lVert f\rVert_2^2 = \frac{1}{2\pi}\lVert\hat f\rVert_2^2 for every f∈L2f\in L^2, with the transform read as the limit in the mean of the definition above.

Parts 1 and 2 are stated in exactly this form, with the 1/2π1/2\pi in the same place, by Strauss (Strauss (2008), §12.3, (14)–(15), p. 346), who adds that if either integral is finite so is the other. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, (20.75)–(20.77), p. 988) write part 1 as ⟨f∣g⟩=⟨Ff∣Fg⟩\langle f\vert g\rangle = \langle\mathcal{F}f\vert\mathcal{F}g\rangle and read off F†=F−1\mathcal{F}^{\dagger}=\mathcal{F}^{-1}, which is part 3 in operator language. The constant depends on the convention, and only on it: it is 11 in the symmetric conventions of Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.2, Thm IX.6, p. 327) and Stakgold and Holst's (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §10.3, Thm 10.3.2, p. 701) Chapter 10, and 11 again in the 2π2\pi-in-the-exponent convention of Folland (Folland (1999), Thm 8.29, p. 252); see the conventions table of The Fourier transform.

Note(Two different theorems called Parseval)AdaptedAdapted from Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.4, (2.4.7)–(2.4.8), p. 147; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.9, (13.45), p. 451; Folland (1999), §8.3, Lemma 8.25, p. 251

Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.4, (2.4.7)–(2.4.8), p. 147) give two formulas under the single name Parseval's formula, and they are not the same statement:

(a)∫∣f∣2 dx=12π∫∣f^∣2 dk,(b)∫f^(x) g(x) dx=∫f(x) g^(x) dx.\text{(a)}\quad \int \lvert f\rvert^2\,dx = \frac{1}{2\pi}\int\lvert \hat f\rvert^2\,dk , \qquad\qquad \text{(b)}\quad \int \hat f(x)\,g(x)\,dx = \int f(x)\,\hat g(x)\,dx .

Formula (a) is Plancherel's theorem, quadratic in ff and carrying a 2π2\pi; (b) is the multiplication formula, bilinear, carrying no constant, with no conjugation, and holding for any f,g∈L1f,g\in L^1 — it was proved as step 3 of the inversion proof in Fourier inversion, and it is Folland's (Folland (1999), Lemma 8.25, p. 251) Lemma 8.25. The two coincide only after inversion is used to replace one   ^\hat{\;} by its inverse. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.9, (13.45), p. 451) reserve the name multiplication theorem for a third form again, conjugated like (a) but bilinear like (b). They write it constant-free, as ∫f∗g dx=∫[f~]∗g~ dk\int f^{*}g\,dx = \int[\tilde f]^{*}\tilde g\,dk, because their transform is the symmetric f~=(2π)−1/2f^\tilde f = (2\pi)^{-1/2}\hat f; the two factors of (2π)−1/2(2\pi)^{-1/2} on the right supply the constant. In our hat the same statement reads

∫f∗(x) g(x) dx  =  12π∫[f^(k)]∗ g^(k) dk,\int f^{*}(x)\,g(x)\,dx \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int [\hat f(k)]^{*}\,\hat g(k)\,dk ,

which is part 1 above. We keep Parseval's relation for part 1, Plancherel's theorem for parts 2 and 3, and multiplication formula for (b). Stakgold and Holst note that their derivation of (a) and (b) is a formal interchange of orders of integration and that they do not state precise conditions at that point.

Idea of the proofOriginal

A quadratic identity in ff is a linear identity in the autocorrelation of ff. By the Wiener-Kinchin half of The convolution theorem, the cross-correlation h=f⋆gh = f\star g has transform f^‾g^\overline{\hat f}\hat g — the product whose integral we want on the right-hand side. The integral we want on the left-hand side is hh evaluated at displacement zero, since h(0)=∫f‾gh(0)=\int\overline{f}g. And the inversion formula of Fourier inversion, evaluated at the single point 00, says precisely that h(0)h(0) is 12π\frac{1}{2\pi} times the integral of h^\hat h. Putting the three sentences together is the whole proof: no new estimate is needed, only the two theorems already proved and the decision to look at one point of one auxiliary function.

The passage from the Schwartz class to L2L^2 is then abstract. An isometry defined on a dense subspace extends to the whole space in exactly one continuous way, and the extension is still an isometry; it is onto because the transform already maps the dense subspace onto itself.

Proof(Parts 1 and 2, on the Schwartz class)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 1.12, pp. 143–144; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.9, (13.44)–(13.46), pp. 450–451; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, (20.73)–(20.74), p. 987

Let f,g∈S(R)f,g\in\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}) and set

h  =  g⋆f,soh(z)  =  ∫−∞∞g(x)‾ f(x+z) dx.h \;=\; g\star f , \qquad\text{so}\qquad h(z) \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\overline{g(x)}\,f(x+z)\,dx .

Step 1: hh lies in S\mathcal{S}. By part 4 of the algebra statement of The convolution theorem, h=g~∗fh = \tilde g * f with g~(x)=g(−x)‾\tilde g(x)=\overline{g(-x)}. Reflection and conjugation both preserve S\mathcal{S}, so g~∈S\tilde g\in\mathcal{S}, and part 3 of the same statement gives g~∗f∈S\tilde g * f\in\mathcal{S}. In particular hh is continuous, so the value h(0)h(0) is unambiguous, and h^∈S⊂L1\hat h\in\mathcal{S}\subset L^1, so the inversion theorem applies to hh at every point.

Step 2: the two sides, read off. The value at the origin is, directly from the definition of hh,

h(0)  =  ∫−∞∞g(x)‾ f(x) dx  =  (f,g).h(0) \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\overline{g(x)}\,f(x)\,dx \;=\; (f,g) .

The transform is, by the Wiener-Kinchin part of The convolution theorem applied to the pair (g,f)(g,f) in that order,

h^(k)  =  g^(k)‾  f^(k).\hat h(k) \;=\; \overline{\hat g(k)}\;\hat f(k) .

Step 3: inversion at one point. Part 2 of Fourier inversion, applied to h∈Sh\in\mathcal{S} and evaluated at z=0z=0, where eik⋅0=1e^{ik\cdot0}=1, gives

h(0)  =  12π∫−∞∞h^(k) dk.h(0) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\hat h(k)\,dk .

Substituting the two expressions from step 2,

∫−∞∞f(x) g(x)‾ dx  =  12π∫−∞∞f^(k) g^(k)‾ dk,\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} f(x)\,\overline{g(x)}\,dx \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\hat f(k)\,\overline{\hat g(k)}\,dk ,

which is part 1. Setting g=fg=f makes both integrands non-negative and gives part 2. The route is Stein and Shakarchi's (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 1.12, pp. 143–144), who take g=fg=f from the start and write the auxiliary function as f∗f♭f*f^{\flat} with f♭(x)=f(−x)‾f^{\flat}(x)=\overline{f(-x)}, the same object as our g⋆fg\star f with g=fg=f; carrying two functions costs nothing and delivers the polarised identity without a separate argument. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.9, (13.44)–(13.45), p. 451) and Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, (20.73)–(20.74), p. 987) organise the same calculation as setting the displacement variable to zero in the correlation and convolution theorems respectively. □\square

Proof(Part 3, the extension to L2L^2)AdaptedAdapted from Folland (1999), §8.2, Prop. 8.17, p. 245 and §8.3, Thm 8.29, pp. 252–253; Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.2, Thm IX.6, p. 327

Write U=(2π)−1/2FU = (2\pi)^{-1/2}\mathcal{F}, so that part 2 reads ∥Uf∥2=∥f∥2\lVert Uf\rVert_2 = \lVert f\rVert_2 for f∈Sf\in\mathcal{S}.

Step 1: UU is an isometry on a dense subspace. S\mathcal{S} is dense in L2(R)L^2(\mathbb{R}), by the density statement recorded in the definition above (Folland (Folland (1999), §8.2, Prop. 8.17, p. 245)), and UU maps it into L2L^2 isometrically by part 2.

Step 2: extend. A linear isometry defined on a dense subspace of a normed space, with values in a complete space, has exactly one continuous extension to the whole space, obtained by taking limits of Cauchy sequences; the extension is again linear and isometric, since both properties pass to limits. Apply this to UU on S⊂L2\mathcal{S}\subset L^2, with L2L^2 complete. Call the extension UU again.

Step 3: UU is onto. By part 3 of Fourier inversion, F(S)=S\mathcal{F}(\mathcal{S})=\mathcal{S}, so the range of UU contains the dense set S\mathcal{S}. The range of an isometry defined on a complete space is closed: if Ufn→vUf_n\to v then (Ufn)(Uf_n) is Cauchy, hence so is (fn)(f_n) by isometry, hence fn→ff_n\to f for some f∈L2f\in L^2 and v=Ufv=Uf by continuity. A closed set containing a dense set is everything, so UU is surjective. A surjective linear isometry of a Hilbert space is unitary, with U−1=U†U^{-1}=U^{\dagger}; see Hilbert spaces.

Step 4: the extension agrees with the integral on L1∩L2L^1\cap L^2. This is the one point that is not formal, since a function in L1∩L2L^1\cap L^2 need not be in S\mathcal{S} and the extension was built by limits. Folland (Folland (1999), Thm 8.29, pp. 252–253) settles it by convolving with the Gaussian gtg_t of the inversion proof: for f∈L1∩L2f\in L^1\cap L^2, f∗gtf*g_t lies in the set X={f∈L1:f^∈L1}X=\{f\in L^1:\hat f\in L^1\}, on which the integral formula is itself an isometry, since for u∈Xu\in X the inversion theorem and the multiplication formula give ∥u∥22=12π∥u^∥22\lVert u\rVert_2^2 = \frac{1}{2\pi}\lVert\hat u\rVert_2^2 directly. On XX the integral formula therefore agrees with the extension built in step 2, and the reason is worth spelling out: XX is a linear subspace of L2L^2 containing S\mathcal{S}, and (2π)−1/2F(2\pi)^{-1/2}\mathcal{F} is isometric on it, hence ∥⋅∥2\lVert\cdot\rVert_2-continuous there; so if u∈Xu\in X and φn∈S\varphi_n\in\mathcal{S} with φn→u\varphi_n\to u in L2L^2, then (2π)−1/2φ^n→(2π)−1/2u^(2\pi)^{-1/2}\hat\varphi_n\to(2\pi)^{-1/2}\hat u in L2L^2 by that isometry applied to the differences u−φn∈Xu-\varphi_n\in X, while (2π)−1/2φ^n=Uφn→Uu(2\pi)^{-1/2}\hat\varphi_n = U\varphi_n\to Uu by construction of the extension. Finally f∗gt→ff*g_t\to f in L1L^1 and in L2L^2 as t→0t\to0, so f∗gt^→f^\widehat{f*g_t}\to\hat f uniformly and in L2L^2; the two limits must coincide. Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.2, p. 328) run the matching argument on the other side, truncating an L2L^2 function to ∣x∣≤R\lvert x\rvert\le R to land in L1L^1 and passing to the limit in the mean, which is where their l.i.m.⁡\operatorname{l.i.m.} representation comes from.

Step 5: from norms to inner products. Steps 2 and 3 deliver only that UU preserves the norm and is onto. The inner-product form, part 1 for arbitrary f,g∈L2f,g\in L^2, follows by polarisation: in a complex inner-product space

(u,v)  =  14∑m=03im ∥u+imv∥22,(u,v) \;=\; \frac{1}{4}\sum_{m=0}^{3} i^{m}\,\bigl\lVert u+i^{m}v\bigr\rVert_2^{2} ,

so a linear map preserving every norm preserves every inner product. Hence (Uf,Ug)=(f,g)(Uf,Ug)=(f,g) for all f,g∈L2f,g\in L^2, which on multiplying by 2π2\pi is (f,g)=12π(f^,g^)(f,g)=\frac{1}{2\pi}(\hat f,\hat g). □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Parts 1 and 2 use rapid decrease only to guarantee that the three ingredients are legitimate: that h=g⋆fh=g\star f exists and is continuous at 00, that h^∈L1\hat h\in L^1 so that inversion applies, and that both sides are finite. Any hypothesis delivering those three would do, and Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.7, p. 144) note that moderate decrease of ff and of f^\hat f suffices.
  • Continuity of hh at the origin is what makes "evaluate at one point" meaningful. Both sides of part 1 are integrals, so neither changes if ff is altered on a null set; the proof is consistent with that only because hh, being a correlation of two L2L^2 functions, is genuinely continuous and so has an unambiguous value at 00.
  • Square-integrability cannot be dropped and integrability cannot replace it. For f=∣x∣−1/2χ[−1,1]∈L1∖L2f=\lvert x\rvert^{-1/2}\chi_{[-1,1]}\in L^1\setminus L^2, part 2 would assert that 12π∫∣f^∣2\frac{1}{2\pi}\int\lvert\hat f\rvert^2 equals a divergent integral; what is true instead is the Hausdorff-Young inequality, which Folland (Folland (1999), Thm 8.30, p. 253) states in his convention as ∥f^∥q≤∥f∥p\lVert\hat f\rVert_q\le\lVert f\rVert_p for 1≤p≤21\le p\le2 and qq conjugate to pp, interpolating between the L1L^1 bound and Plancherel.
  • Surjectivity is a separate fact from isometry, and it is what "unitary" adds. It comes from inversion, in step 3. The contrast with the L1L^1 theory is sharp: Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.2, p. 327) observe that F\mathcal{F} maps L1L^1 into but not onto the continuous functions vanishing at infinity, so there is no inverse theorem of this kind on L1L^1.
  • For f∈L2∖L1f\in L^2\setminus L^1 the symbol f^(k)\hat f(k) denotes an equivalence class, not a number. The truncated integrals converge in ∥⋅∥2\lVert\cdot\rVert_2, which forces convergence at no individual kk; this is why Reed and Simon (Reed & Simon (1980), §IX.2, p. 328) write l.i.m.⁡\operatorname{l.i.m.} rather than lim⁡\lim, and why statements about the pointwise behaviour of an L2L^2 transform need separate work.
  • The constant 2π2\pi is a fact about the convention, not about the transform. Our F\mathcal{F} is not itself unitary; (2π)−1/2F(2\pi)^{-1/2}\mathcal{F} is. In the symmetric convention the normalisation is built into the definition and the theorem reads ∥f∥2=∥f~∥2\lVert f\rVert_2=\lVert\tilde f\rVert_2, which is the form in which Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §10.3, Thm 10.3.2, p. 701) state it. A numerical answer obtained from a book in another convention must be rescaled before it is compared with one obtained here.
Method(Evaluating an integral by Parseval)Original
  1. Match the integrand to a squared transform. The method applies when the integral has the shape ∫∣F(k)∣2dk\int\lvert F(k)\rvert^2 dk or ∫F(k)G(k)‾ dk\int F(k)\overline{G(k)}\,dk for functions F,GF,G that are recognisable transforms. Powers of sin⁡\sin over powers of the variable, and products of two Lorentzians, are the two common signatures.
  2. Find the originals. Read the table of The Fourier transform backwards to get ff with f^=F\hat f = F, using the operational rules and, where FF is itself a product, The convolution theorem to write ff as a convolution. A factor sin⁡2\sin^2 usually means ff is a convolution of two pulses, hence piecewise linear.
  3. Rescale the variable before anything else if the transform appears with an argument other than kk; a substitution k=λuk=\lambda u multiplies the answer by λ\lambda and is the commonest source of error.
  4. Compute the left-hand side. ∫∣f∣2\int\lvert f\rvert^2 is almost always elementary, because ff is a pulse, a triangle or an exponential even when FF is not elementary at all. That asymmetry is the point of the method.
  5. Equate, keeping the 1/2π1/2\pi on the transform side, and solve for the integral wanted.
  6. Check. Both sides of part 2 are non-negative, so a negative answer is wrong; both are unchanged by translating ff, so the answer may not depend on any phase; and a numerical quadrature of the original integral should reproduce the closed form to several digits. For a one-sided integral of an even integrand, halve at the end rather than at the start.
Example(Two integrals that are hard directly)Original

First: a fourth power of sinc. Let

T(x)  =  (1−∣x∣)+,T(x) \;=\; \bigl(1-\lvert x\rvert\bigr)_{+} ,

the triangle of height 11 and half-width 11. By The convolution theorem, T=χ[−1/2,1/2]∗χ[−1/2,1/2]T = \chi_{[-1/2,1/2]}*\chi_{[-1/2,1/2]}, since the convolution of a pulse with itself is the overlap of the pulse with its translate; and χ[−1/2,1/2]^(k)=2sin⁡(k/2)/k\widehat{\chi_{[-1/2,1/2]}}(k) = 2\sin(k/2)/k, so

T^(k)  =  (2sin⁡(k/2)k)2  =  4sin⁡2(k/2)k2,\hat T(k) \;=\; \left(\frac{2\sin(k/2)}{k}\right)^{2} \;=\; \frac{4\sin^2(k/2)}{k^2} ,

in agreement with the triangle entry of the table of The Fourier transform at half-width 11. TT is continuous with compact support, so T∈L1∩L2T\in L^1\cap L^2 — but it is not in S\mathcal{S}, being non-differentiable at x=0,±1x=0,\pm1. Part 2 as stated therefore does not cover it, and we use part 3, which extends the same identity to all of L1∩L2L^1\cap L^2. The left-hand side is elementary:

∫−∞∞T(x)2 dx  =  2∫01(1−x)2 dx  =  23.\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} T(x)^2\,dx \;=\; 2\int_{0}^{1}(1-x)^2\,dx \;=\; \frac{2}{3} .

So

23  =  12π∫−∞∞16sin⁡4(k/2)k4 dk.\frac{2}{3} \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{16\sin^4(k/2)}{k^4}\,dk .

Substitute k=2uk=2u, so dk=2 dudk = 2\,du and k4=16u4k^4 = 16u^4; the two factors of 1616 cancel and the 22 from dkdk survives:

23  =  12π∫−∞∞16sin⁡4u16u4 2 du  =  1π∫−∞∞sin⁡4uu4 du,\frac{2}{3} \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{16\sin^4 u}{16u^4}\,2\,du \;=\; \frac{1}{\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{\sin^4 u}{u^4}\,du ,

so

  ∫−∞∞sin⁡4uu4 du  =  2π3  =  2.0943951024…\boxed{\;\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{\sin^4 u}{u^4}\,du \;=\; \frac{2\pi}{3} \;=\; 2.0943951024\ldots}

Oscillatory quadrature over (−∞,∞)(-\infty,\infty), taking the interval [0,π][0,\pi] separately and summing the tail over successive half-periods of sin⁡u\sin u, returns 2.09439510242.0943951024, confirming the closed form to ten digits. Nothing in the calculation required integrating sin⁡4u/u4\sin^4 u/u^4.

Second: a product of two Lorentzians, by the two-function form. Let f(x)=e−2∣x∣f(x)=e^{-2\lvert x\rvert} and g(x)=e−5∣x∣g(x)=e^{-5\lvert x\rvert}. Neither is in S\mathcal{S} — both have a corner at the origin — but both are continuous and decay exponentially, so both lie in L1∩L2L^1\cap L^2 and part 3 again supplies the identity of part 1 for them. They are real, so the conjugations may be dropped on the left, and from the table f^(k)=4/(4+k2)\hat f(k)=4/(4+k^2) and g^(k)=10/(25+k2)\hat g(k)=10/(25+k^2), both real. The left-hand side is

∫−∞∞e−2∣x∣e−5∣x∣ dx  =  ∫−∞∞e−7∣x∣ dx  =  27,\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} e^{-2\lvert x\rvert}e^{-5\lvert x\rvert}\,dx \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} e^{-7\lvert x\rvert}\,dx \;=\; \frac{2}{7} ,

and the right-hand side is 12π∫40 dk(4+k2)(25+k2)=20π∫dk(4+k2)(25+k2)\dfrac{1}{2\pi}\displaystyle\int\frac{40\,dk}{(4+k^2)(25+k^2)} = \frac{20}{\pi}\int\frac{dk}{(4+k^2)(25+k^2)}. Equating,

∫−∞∞dk(4+k2)(25+k2)  =  27⋅π20  =  π70  =  0.0448798950…\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dk}{(4+k^2)(25+k^2)} \;=\; \frac{2}{7}\cdot\frac{\pi}{20} \;=\; \frac{\pi}{70} \;=\; 0.0448798950\ldots

This one can be checked in closed form independently: partial fractions give 1(4+k2)(25+k2)=121[14+k2−125+k2]\frac{1}{(4+k^2)(25+k^2)} = \frac{1}{21}\bigl[\frac{1}{4+k^2}-\frac{1}{25+k^2}\bigr], whose integral is 121(π2−π5)=π70\frac{1}{21}(\frac{\pi}{2}-\frac{\pi}{5}) = \frac{\pi}{70}. Numerical quadrature agrees to the full working precision, 0.04487989510.0448798951.

What the two have in common. In both cases the integral asked for lives on the transform side, where it is awkward, and Parseval moves it to the function side, where it is a polynomial or an exponential. The second example also shows the converse reading: given the elementary partial-fraction evaluation, the same identity run backwards computes ∫e−7∣x∣dx\int e^{-7\lvert x\rvert}dx, which is a consistency check on the pair of transforms rather than a new result.

ApplicationOriginal

Conservation of energy through an aperture. In Fraunhofer diffraction the far-field amplitude is the Fourier transform of the aperture function, and the observed intensity is its squared modulus. Plancherel then says that the total energy in the diffraction pattern equals the total energy transmitted by the aperture: Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.4, p. 988) point out that in this problem the Parseval relation is energy conservation. The same statement in a waveguide or an optical fibre says that redistributing power among modes cannot change the total.

Energy spectra of transient signals. For a decaying oscillation, ∣f(t)∣2\lvert f(t)\rvert^2 is the instantaneous energy and ∣f^(ω)∣2\lvert\hat f(\omega)\rvert^2 the energy per unit frequency interval; Plancherel says the two accountings agree. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.9, p. 451) make this explicit for the damped harmonic oscillator f(t)=H(t)e−t/τsin⁡ω0tf(t)=H(t)e^{-t/\tau}\sin\omega_0 t, whose transform has Lorentzian peaks of half-width 1/τ1/\tau at ±ω0\pm\omega_0: the total energy may be computed by integrating over time or over frequency, and the line width observed in the spectrum is the inverse of the decay time measured in the signal. Combined with the Wiener-Kinchin theorem of The convolution theorem, this is the foundation of spectral density estimation in The periodogram and spectral estimation.

Quantum mechanics: position and momentum are the same state. If ψ∈L2(R)\psi\in L^2(\mathbb{R}) is normalised, ∥ψ∥2=1\lVert\psi\rVert_2=1, then part 3 says the momentum-space wave function ψ^/2π\hat\psi/\sqrt{2\pi} is normalised too. So the total probability is the same whether the particle is described by where it is or by how fast it is going, and no normalisation constant has to be rechosen when changing representation. Unitarity is the statement that the change of representation is a rotation of the Hilbert space; it is why expectation values, overlaps and transition probabilities may all be computed in whichever of the two is more convenient, and it is the one-particle case of the framework of The mathematical framework of quantum mechanics.

The uncertainty principle and energy estimates. Plancherel is the step that converts a statement about ∫∣f′∣2\int\lvert f'\rvert^2 into one about ∫k2∣f^∣2\int k^2\lvert\hat f\rvert^2, because f′^=ikf^\widehat{f'}=ik\hat f. Strauss (Strauss (2008), §12.3, (16)–(18), pp. 346–347) uses exactly this to prove the uncertainty inequality Δx Δk≥12\Delta x\,\Delta k\ge\tfrac12 from the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality, and the same move turns a Sobolev norm into a weighted L2L^2 norm of the transform, which is how Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §10.3, pp. 701–702) define the fractional spaces Hs(Rn)H^{s}(\mathbb{R}^n) by the finiteness of ∥(1+∣⋅∣2)s/2u^∥2\lVert(1+\lvert\cdot\rvert^2)^{s/2}\hat u\rVert_2. See The uncertainty principle and Weak derivatives and Sobolev spaces.

Numerical spectral methods. The discrete analogue of part 2 is what makes a spectral method's error measurable: the squared L2L^2 error of a truncated expansion is exactly the tail 12π∫∣k∣>K∣f^∣2dk\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{\lvert k\rvert>K}\lvert\hat f\rvert^2 dk, with no constant to estimate, so the decay of the computed spectrum is a direct read-out of the accuracy. See Spectral methods and, for the discrete version, The discrete Fourier transform and the FFT.

Theorem

The uncertainty principle

Adapted

A normalised function and its Fourier transform cannot both be sharply concentrated: the product of their two variances is at least 1/16π21/16\pi^2, with equality exactly for Gaussians.

Prerequisites: The Fourier transform, Plancherel's theorem, Gaussian integrals

Definition(Dispersion about a point, and the convention used here)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §4, (11)–(13), pp. 159–160

Throughout this unit the Fourier transform of ψ∈S(R)\psi \in \mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}), the Schwartz space of smooth functions all of whose derivatives decay faster than every power of 1/∣x∣1/\lvert x\rvert, is taken in the form

ψ^(ξ)=∫−∞∞ψ(x) e−2πixξ dx,\hat\psi(\xi) = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} \psi(x)\,e^{-2\pi i x\xi}\,dx ,

the convention of Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1, p. 134). In it the derivative rule reads ψ′^(ξ)=2πiξ ψ^(ξ)\widehat{\psi'}(\xi) = 2\pi i \xi\,\hat\psi(\xi) and Plancherel's theorem reads ∫∣ψ∣2=∫∣ψ^∣2\int \lvert \psi\rvert^2 = \int \lvert\hat\psi\rvert^2, with no stray constants in either. The other conventions in use change the numerical constant in the theorem but not its content; see the note below and the Fourier transform.

Call ψ\psi normalised if ∫−∞∞∣ψ(x)∣2 dx=1\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} \lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2\,dx = 1. Then ∣ψ(x)∣2 dx\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2\,dx and, by Plancherel, ∣ψ^(ξ)∣2 dξ\lvert\hat\psi(\xi)\rvert^2\,d\xi are both probability densities, and for x0,ξ0∈Rx_0, \xi_0 \in \mathbb{R} we write

Vx(ψ;x0)=∫−∞∞(x−x0)2∣ψ(x)∣2 dx,Vξ(ψ;ξ0)=∫−∞∞(ξ−ξ0)2∣ψ^(ξ)∣2 dξV_x(\psi; x_0) = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}(x-x_0)^2\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2\,dx , \qquad V_\xi(\psi; \xi_0) = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}(\xi-\xi_0)^2\lvert\hat\psi(\xi)\rvert^2\,d\xi

for the two dispersions, or variances. Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §4, (13), p. 160) call VxV_x the uncertainty attached to the expected position x‾=∫x∣ψ∣2 dx\overline{x} = \int x\lvert\psi\rvert^2\,dx, and record that x0=x‾x_0 = \overline{x} is the choice that makes Vx(ψ;x0)V_x(\psi;x_0) smallest, since differentiating in x0x_0 gives ∫(x−x0)∣ψ∣2=0\int (x-x_0)\lvert\psi\rvert^2 = 0. A small VxV_x means that nearly all of the mass of ∣ψ∣2\lvert\psi\rvert^2 sits close to x0x_0; a large one means it is spread out.

Theorem(Heisenberg inequality)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 4.1, p. 158

Let ψ∈S(R)\psi \in \mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}) satisfy ∫−∞∞∣ψ(x)∣2 dx=1\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2\,dx = 1. Then

(∫−∞∞x2∣ψ(x)∣2 dx)(∫−∞∞ξ2∣ψ^(ξ)∣2 dξ)  ≥  116π2,\left(\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} x^2\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2\,dx\right) \left(\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} \xi^2\lvert\hat\psi(\xi)\rvert^2\,d\xi\right) \;\ge\; \frac{1}{16\pi^2} ,

with equality attained exactly when ψ(x)=Ae−Bx2\psi(x) = A e^{-Bx^2}, where B>0B > 0 and ∣A∣2=2B/π\lvert A\rvert^2 = \sqrt{2B/\pi}. More generally, for every x0,ξ0∈Rx_0, \xi_0 \in \mathbb{R},

Vx(ψ;x0) Vξ(ψ;ξ0)  ≥  116π2.V_x(\psi;x_0)\,V_\xi(\psi;\xi_0) \;\ge\; \frac{1}{16\pi^2} .
Note(The same inequality in other conventions)AdaptedAdapted from Strauss (2008), §12.3, (16), p. 346; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.1, pp. 436–437, and §19.2, pp. 665–666; Kreyszig (1978), §11.2, Thm 11.2-2, p. 580

The constant 1/16π21/16\pi^2 belongs to the convention above and to nothing else. Three other statements of the same fact appear in the sources, and they are reconciled here so that no two of them are mixed later.

  • Angular frequency. Strauss (Strauss (2008), §12.3, (16), p. 346) writes F(k)=∫f(x)e−ikxdxF(k) = \int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx, so that Parseval reads ∫∣f∣2dx=∫∣F∣2dk/2π\int\lvert f\rvert^2 dx = \int \lvert F\rvert^2 dk/2\pi, sets Δx2=∫∣xf(x)∣2dx\Delta x^2 = \int \lvert x f(x)\rvert^2 dx and Δk2=∫∣kF(k)∣2dk/2π\Delta k^2 = \int\lvert kF(k)\rvert^2 dk/2\pi for normalised ff, and states the principle as Δx⋅Δk≥12\Delta x\cdot\Delta k \ge \tfrac12. Since k=2πξk = 2\pi\xi and ∣F(2πξ)∣2dk/2π=∣f^(ξ)∣2dξ\lvert F(2\pi\xi)\rvert^2 d k/2\pi = \lvert \hat f(\xi)\rvert^2 d\xi, his Δk2\Delta k^2 is 4π24\pi^2 times our second integral, and Δx Δk≥12\Delta x\,\Delta k \ge \tfrac12 is the inequality above word for word.
  • Gaussian widths. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.1, pp. 436–437) work with the symmetric convention and the normalised Gaussian f(t)=(τ2π)−1e−t2/2τ2f(t) = (\tau\sqrt{2\pi})^{-1}e^{-t^2/2\tau^2}, whose transform is (2π)−1/2e−τ2ω2/2(2\pi)^{-1/2}e^{-\tau^2\omega^2/2}; the root-mean-square widths of ff and f~\tilde f satisfy Δω Δt=1\Delta\omega\,\Delta t = 1 whatever τ\tau is, while the widths of the intensities ∣f∣2\lvert f\rvert^2 and ∣f~∣2\lvert\tilde f\rvert^2 are τ/2\tau/\sqrt2 and 1/(2 τ)1/(\sqrt2\,\tau). With p=ℏkp = \hbar k and E=ℏωE = \hbar\omega they obtain ΔE Δt=ℏ/2\Delta E\,\Delta t = \hbar/2 and Δp Δx=ℏ/2\Delta p\,\Delta x = \hbar/2, and note that the factor 12\tfrac12 is special to the Gaussian and is the least value attainable.
  • Operators. Kreyszig (Kreyszig (1978), §11.2, Thm 11.2-2 with (11), p. 580) takes QQ to be multiplication by the coordinate qq and Dψ=(h/2πi) dψ/dqD\psi = (h/2\pi i)\,d\psi/dq, and writes the principle as sdψ(D) sdψ(Q)≥h/4π\mathrm{sd}_\psi(D)\,\mathrm{sd}_\psi(Q) \ge h/4\pi, that is ≥ℏ/2\ge \hbar/2, which agrees with the previous item. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §19.2, (19.38), p. 665) give the general two-observable form (ΔA)2(ΔB)2≥14∣⟨ψ∣[A,B]∣ψ⟩∣2(\Delta A)^2(\Delta B)^2 \ge \tfrac14\lvert\langle\psi\lvert[A,B]\rvert\psi\rangle\rvert^2, of which Δpx Δx≥12ℏ\Delta p_x\,\Delta x \ge \tfrac12\hbar is the case [px,x]=−iℏ[p_x,x] = -i\hbar.

A difference between the sources. Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §4, p. 161), having rescaled units to remove Planck's constant, restore it by writing the physical conclusion as (uncertainty of position)×(uncertainty of momentum)≥ℏ/16π2(\text{uncertainty of position})\times(\text{uncertainty of momentum}) \ge \hbar/16\pi^2, their "uncertainty" being the variance (13) rather than its square root. Kreyszig (Kreyszig (1978), §11.2, (11), p. 580) and Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §19.2, p. 666) write ℏ/2\hbar/2 for the product of the two standard deviations. The two statements are not the same inequality, and the physical form used in the application below is the one with ℏ/2\hbar/2, taken from Kreyszig and from Riley, Hobson and Bence. The mathematical theorem proved here is Stein and Shakarchi's and is stated exactly as they give it.

Idea of the proofOriginal

A normalised ψ\psi carries unit mass, and the whole of that mass can be produced by one integration by parts: 1=−∫x ddx∣ψ∣2 dx1 = -\int x\,\frac{d}{dx}\lvert\psi\rvert^2\,dx. The derivative on the right brings in ψ′\psi', so the number 11 has been written as a pairing of xψx\psi against ψ′\psi'. Cauchy-Schwarz then says that this pairing cannot exceed the product of the two lengths ∥xψ∥\lVert x\psi\rVert and ∥ψ′∥\lVert\psi'\rVert, and neither length can be small if their product must beat 11. The last move translates the second length into the frequency side: differentiation is multiplication by 2πiξ2\pi i\xi on the transform, so ∥ψ′∥=2π∥ξψ^∥\lVert\psi'\rVert = 2\pi\lVert\xi\hat\psi\rVert by Plancherel. That is the inequality. Equality demands equality in Cauchy-Schwarz, which forces ψ′\psi' to be a constant multiple of xψx\psi, and the only decaying solutions of that differential equation are the Gaussians.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 4.1, pp. 158–159

Step 1: write the normalisation as a boundary-free integration by parts. Take u(x)=xu(x) = x and v(x)=∣ψ(x)∣2v(x) = \lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2. Because ψ\psi is a Schwartz function, x∣ψ(x)∣2→0x\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2 \to 0 as ∣x∣→∞\lvert x\rvert\to\infty, so the boundary term vanishes and

1=∫−∞∞∣ψ(x)∣2 dx=−∫−∞∞x ddx∣ψ(x)∣2 dx.1 = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2\,dx = -\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} x\,\frac{d}{dx}\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2\,dx .

This is the only place the normalisation is used, and the only place rapid decay is needed.

Step 2: differentiate the modulus squared. From ∣ψ∣2=ψψ‾\lvert\psi\rvert^2 = \psi\overline{\psi} and the product rule,

ddx∣ψ(x)∣2=ψ′(x)ψ(x)‾+ψ(x)ψ′(x)‾=2 Re(ψ′(x)ψ(x)‾),\frac{d}{dx}\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2 = \psi'(x)\overline{\psi(x)} + \psi(x)\overline{\psi'(x)} = 2\,\mathrm{Re}\bigl(\psi'(x)\overline{\psi(x)}\bigr) ,

so step 1 reads 1=−2∫x Re(ψ′ψ‾) dx1 = -2\int x\,\mathrm{Re}\bigl(\psi'\overline{\psi}\bigr)\,dx. A real number is at most its own modulus, and ∣Re z∣≤∣z∣\lvert\mathrm{Re}\,z\rvert \le \lvert z\rvert, hence

1  ≤  2∫−∞∞∣x∣ ∣ψ(x)∣ ∣ψ′(x)∣ dx.1 \;\le\; 2\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} \lvert x\rvert\,\lvert\psi(x)\rvert\,\lvert\psi'(x)\rvert\,dx .

Step 3: Cauchy-Schwarz. Pair the factor ∣xψ∣\lvert x\psi\rvert against ∣ψ′∣\lvert\psi'\rvert in L2(R)L^2(\mathbb{R}):

1  ≤  2(∫−∞∞x2∣ψ(x)∣2 dx)1/2(∫−∞∞∣ψ′(x)∣2 dx)1/2.1 \;\le\; 2\left(\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} x^2\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2\,dx\right)^{1/2} \left(\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} \lvert\psi'(x)\rvert^2\,dx\right)^{1/2} .

Both integrals are finite because ψ∈S(R)\psi \in \mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}).

Step 4: move the second factor to the frequency side. Since ψ\psi is Schwartz, so is ψ′\psi', and the derivative rule gives ψ′^(ξ)=2πiξ ψ^(ξ)\widehat{\psi'}(\xi) = 2\pi i\xi\,\hat\psi(\xi). Applying Plancherel's theorem to ψ′\psi',

∫−∞∞∣ψ′(x)∣2 dx=∫−∞∞∣2πiξ ψ^(ξ)∣2 dξ=4π2∫−∞∞ξ2∣ψ^(ξ)∣2 dξ.\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\lvert\psi'(x)\rvert^2\,dx = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\lvert 2\pi i \xi\,\hat\psi(\xi)\rvert^2\,d\xi = 4\pi^2\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\xi^2\lvert\hat\psi(\xi)\rvert^2\,d\xi .

Step 5: combine. Substituting step 4 into step 3 and squaring both sides of the resulting inequality 1≤4π ∥xψ∥ ∥ξψ^∥1 \le 4\pi\,\lVert x\psi\rVert\,\lVert \xi\hat\psi\rVert gives

1  ≤  16π2(∫x2∣ψ∣2dx)(∫ξ2∣ψ^∣2dξ),1 \;\le\; 16\pi^2 \left(\int x^2\lvert\psi\rvert^2 dx\right)\left(\int\xi^2\lvert\hat\psi\rvert^2 d\xi\right) ,

which is the first inequality.

Step 6: arbitrary centres. Put φ(x)=e−2πixξ0ψ(x+x0)\varphi(x) = e^{-2\pi i x\xi_0}\psi(x+x_0). Translation and modulation are the two rules ψ(⋅+x0)^(ξ)=e2πix0ξψ^(ξ)\widehat{\psi(\cdot + x_0)}(\xi) = e^{2\pi i x_0\xi}\hat\psi(\xi) and e−2πixξ0g^(ξ)=g^(ξ+ξ0)\widehat{e^{-2\pi i x\xi_0}g}(\xi) = \hat g(\xi+\xi_0), so φ^(ξ)=e2πix0(ξ+ξ0)ψ^(ξ+ξ0)\hat\varphi(\xi) = e^{2\pi i x_0(\xi+\xi_0)}\hat\psi(\xi+\xi_0). Both operations leave moduli alone, so φ\varphi is again a normalised Schwartz function, ∫x2∣φ∣2dx=Vx(ψ;x0)\int x^2\lvert\varphi\rvert^2 dx = V_x(\psi;x_0) and ∫ξ2∣φ^∣2dξ=Vξ(ψ;ξ0)\int\xi^2\lvert\hat\varphi\rvert^2 d\xi = V_\xi(\psi;\xi_0) after the substitutions x↦x−x0x \mapsto x - x_0 and ξ↦ξ−ξ0\xi\mapsto \xi-\xi_0. The first inequality applied to φ\varphi is the second.

Step 7: when equality holds. Suppose the product equals 1/16π21/16\pi^2. Then step 3 must be an equality, so by the equality case of Cauchy-Schwarz the two functions xψx\psi and ψ′\psi' are proportional: there is a constant β\beta with

ψ′(x)=β x ψ(x)for all x.\psi'(x) = \beta\,x\,\psi(x) \qquad\text{for all } x .

Separating variables, (log⁡ψ)′=βx\bigl(\log\psi\bigr)' = \beta x wherever ψ≠0\psi \neq 0, so ψ(x)=Aeβx2/2\psi(x) = Ae^{\beta x^2/2} for a constant AA, and this formula also covers the case A=0A = 0, excluded by normalisation. For ψ\psi to be a Schwartz function β\beta must be real and negative; writing β=−2B\beta = -2B with B>0B > 0 gives ψ(x)=Ae−Bx2\psi(x) = Ae^{-Bx^2}. Finally the normalisation fixes ∣A∣\lvert A\rvert: by the Gaussian integral ∫e−2Bx2dx=π/2B\int e^{-2Bx^2}dx = \sqrt{\pi/2B}, so 1=∣A∣2π/2B1 = \lvert A\rvert^2\sqrt{\pi/2B}, that is ∣A∣2=2B/π\lvert A\rvert^2 = \sqrt{2B/\pi}.

Conversely let ψ(x)=Ae−Bx2\psi(x) = Ae^{-Bx^2} with these constants. Then ψ′=−2Bxψ\psi' = -2Bx\psi, so ∫∣ψ′∣2=4B2∫x2∣ψ∣2\int\lvert\psi'\rvert^2 = 4B^2\int x^2\lvert\psi\rvert^2. The Gaussian moment ∫x2e−2Bx2dx=14Bπ/2B\int x^2 e^{-2Bx^2}dx = \tfrac{1}{4B}\sqrt{\pi/2B} gives ∫x2∣ψ∣2dx=1/4B\int x^2\lvert\psi\rvert^2 dx = 1/4B, hence ∫∣ψ′∣2=B\int\lvert\psi'\rvert^2 = B and, by step 4, ∫ξ2∣ψ^∣2dξ=B/4π2\int\xi^2\lvert\hat\psi\rvert^2 d\xi = B/4\pi^2. The product is (1/4B)(B/4π2)=1/16π2(1/4B)(B/4\pi^2) = 1/16\pi^2 for every BB, so every such Gaussian attains the bound. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Rapid decay is used once, in step 1, to discard the boundary term [x∣ψ∣2]−∞∞\bigl[x\lvert\psi\rvert^2\bigr]_{-\infty}^{\infty}. It is not a technicality: for a normalised ψ\psi with ∣ψ(x)∣2∼c/∣x∣3\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2 \sim c/\lvert x\rvert^{3} the boundary term still vanishes, but for slower decay the first integral ∫x2∣ψ∣2\int x^2\lvert\psi\rvert^2 is infinite and the inequality says nothing. The theorem is therefore vacuous exactly when it would be hardest to prove, which is why the Schwartz class costs nothing here. Strauss (Strauss (2008), §12.3, (19), p. 347) runs the same step for a test function and gets the same boundary-free value −12-\tfrac12 for ∫xff′ dx\int x f f'\,dx when ff is real.
  • Normalisation sets the constant and nothing else. For a general ψ\psi with ∥ψ∥2=N\lVert\psi\rVert^2 = N, running the proof on ψ/N\psi/\sqrt N gives (∫x2∣ψ∣2)(∫ξ2∣ψ^∣2)≥N2/16π2\bigl(\int x^2\lvert\psi\rvert^2\bigr)\bigl(\int\xi^2\lvert\hat\psi\rvert^2\bigr) \ge N^2/16\pi^2: the bound scales with the square of the mass, as it must, since both sides are quadratic in ∣ψ∣2\lvert\psi\rvert^2.
  • Dilation invariance is the reason a bound on the product is the only bound available. If ψδ(x)=δ−1/2ψ(x/δ)\psi_\delta(x) = \delta^{-1/2}\psi(x/\delta) then ψδ\psi_\delta is still normalised, its position variance is δ2\delta^2 times that of ψ\psi and its frequency variance is δ−2\delta^{-2} times that of ψ\psi. So each factor separately can be made as small as we please, and only the product is constrained. Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Cor. 1.5 and the following paragraph, p. 139) make the same observation for the Gaussian kernels Kδ(x)=δ−1/2e−πx2/δK_\delta(x) = \delta^{-1/2}e^{-\pi x^2/\delta}: as δ→0\delta\to 0 the kernel spikes and its transform flattens.
  • Equality needs two things, not one. The proof above follows Stein and Shakarchi in reading the equality case off Cauchy-Schwarz in step 3. Equality also has to hold in step 2, where Re(ψ′ψ‾)\mathrm{Re}(\psi'\overline\psi) was replaced by ∣ψ′∣∣ψ∣\lvert\psi'\rvert\lvert\psi\rvert (up to sign). That costs nothing: for ψ′=βxψ\psi' = \beta x\psi with β\beta real, ψ′ψ‾=βx∣ψ∣2\psi'\overline\psi = \beta x\lvert\psi\rvert^2 is already real and of constant sign against xx, so step 2 is an equality automatically. Had β\beta been complex, step 2 would be strict, which is a second way of seeing why the minimiser cannot carry a chirp eiγx2e^{i\gamma x^2}.
  • The two integrals must be computed about the right centres. The constant-centre version with x0=ξ0=0x_0 = \xi_0 = 0 is weaker, not stronger, than it looks: for a Gaussian shifted to sit at x=10x = 10 the integral ∫x2∣ψ∣2\int x^2\lvert\psi\rvert^2 is about 100100, so the product beats 1/16π21/16\pi^2 by a wide margin without saying anything about the width. Step 6 is what makes the inequality say something about spreads rather than about distances from the origin.
  • Nothing here is special to one dimension or to this pair of variables. The operator form of Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §19.2, (19.38), p. 665) shows that the obstruction is the commutator: two observables that commute carry no joint restriction, and if [A,B][A,B] is a non-zero constant then no state makes both spreads vanish.
Method(Testing a given profile against the bound)Original
  1. Normalise: replace ψ\psi by ψ/∥ψ∥L2\psi/\lVert\psi\rVert_{L^2}, so that ∫∣ψ∣2=1\int\lvert\psi\rvert^2 = 1.
  2. Find the two centres x‾=∫x∣ψ∣2dx\overline{x} = \int x\lvert\psi\rvert^2 dx and ξ‾=∫ξ∣ψ^∣2dξ\overline{\xi} = \int\xi\lvert\hat\psi\rvert^2 d\xi. For real even or real odd ψ\psi both are 00 by symmetry, and the step can be skipped.
  3. Compute the position variance Vx=∫(x−x‾)2∣ψ∣2 dxV_x = \int (x-\overline x)^2\lvert\psi\rvert^2\,dx directly.
  4. Compute the frequency variance without computing ψ^\hat\psi, using step 4 of the proof: if ξ‾=0\overline\xi = 0 then Vξ=14π2∫∣ψ′(x)∣2 dxV_\xi = \frac{1}{4\pi^2}\int\lvert\psi'(x)\rvert^2\,dx. This is usually much less work than transforming, and it is the standard route when ψ\psi is given in closed form but its transform is not. If ξ‾≠0\overline{\xi}\neq 0, apply it to e−2πiξ‾xψ(x)e^{-2\pi i \overline\xi x}\psi(x) instead.
  5. Form the ratio R=16π2VxVξR = 16\pi^2 V_x V_\xi. Then R≥1R \ge 1, with R=1R = 1 precisely for Gaussians. The size of RR is a dimensionless measure of how far the profile is from optimal; it is unchanged by translating, modulating or dilating ψ\psi, so it is a property of the shape alone.
  6. Check your arithmetic against the invariance in step 5: recompute RR for ψ(x/δ)\psi(x/\delta) with some δ≠1\delta \neq 1 and confirm that it does not move.
Example(A profile with R=9R = 9, and the Gaussian with R=1R = 1)Original

Take the odd profile

ψ(x)=c x e−πx2,c>0,\psi(x) = c\,x\,e^{-\pi x^2} , \qquad c > 0 ,

which is a Schwartz function and is not a Gaussian.

Normalisation. ∫x2e−2πx2dx=14ππ/2π=14π2\int x^2 e^{-2\pi x^2}dx = \frac{1}{4\pi}\sqrt{\pi/2\pi} = \frac{1}{4\pi\sqrt2}, using ∫x2e−αx2dx=12π α−3/2\int x^2 e^{-\alpha x^2}dx = \tfrac12\sqrt{\pi}\,\alpha^{-3/2} with α=2π\alpha = 2\pi. Hence c2=4π2c^2 = 4\pi\sqrt2, and we may take c=(4π2)1/2=4.2156…c = (4\pi\sqrt{2})^{1/2} = 4.2156\ldots

Centres. ∣ψ∣2\lvert\psi\rvert^2 is even, so x‾=0\overline x = 0. Since ψ\psi is real and odd, ψ^\hat\psi is odd times ii, so ∣ψ^∣2\lvert\hat\psi\rvert^2 is even and ξ‾=0\overline\xi = 0. Step 2 of the method is therefore trivial.

Position variance. With α=2π\alpha = 2\pi and ∫x4e−αx2dx=34π α−5/2\int x^4 e^{-\alpha x^2}dx = \tfrac34\sqrt{\pi}\,\alpha^{-5/2},

Vx=c2∫−∞∞x4e−2πx2dx=4π2⋅3π4(2π)5/2=34π=0.2387324…V_x = c^2\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} x^4 e^{-2\pi x^2}dx = 4\pi\sqrt2 \cdot \frac{3\sqrt\pi}{4(2\pi)^{5/2}} = \frac{3}{4\pi} = 0.2387324\ldots

Frequency variance. Differentiating, ψ′(x)=c (1−2πx2)e−πx2\psi'(x) = c\,(1-2\pi x^2)e^{-\pi x^2}, so

∫∣ψ′∣2dx=c2∫(1−4πx2+4π2x4)e−2πx2dx=c2(12−4π⋅14π2+4π2⋅3π4(2π)5/2),\int \lvert\psi'\rvert^2 dx = c^2\int (1 - 4\pi x^2 + 4\pi^2 x^4)e^{-2\pi x^2}dx = c^2\Bigl(\tfrac{1}{\sqrt2} - 4\pi\cdot\tfrac{1}{4\pi\sqrt2} + 4\pi^2\cdot\tfrac{3\sqrt\pi}{4(2\pi)^{5/2}}\Bigr) ,

using ∫e−2πx2dx=1/2\int e^{-2\pi x^2}dx = 1/\sqrt2 together with the two moments already quoted. The first two terms cancel exactly, and the third collapses to 3π5/2/(2π)5/2=3/25/2=3/(42)=0.53033013\pi^{5/2}/(2\pi)^{5/2} = 3/2^{5/2} = 3/(4\sqrt2) = 0.5303301. With c2=4π2c^2 = 4\pi\sqrt2 this gives ∫∣ψ′∣2=4π2⋅3/(42)=3π=9.424778\int\lvert\psi'\rvert^2 = 4\pi\sqrt2\cdot 3/(4\sqrt2) = 3\pi = 9.424778. By step 4 of the method,

Vξ=3π4π2=34π=0.2387324…V_\xi = \frac{3\pi}{4\pi^2} = \frac{3}{4\pi} = 0.2387324\ldots

The ratio.

VxVξ=(34π)2=916π2=0.05699317,R=16π2VxVξ=9.V_x V_\xi = \left(\frac{3}{4\pi}\right)^2 = \frac{9}{16\pi^2} = 0.05699317 , \qquad R = 16\pi^2 V_x V_\xi = 9 .

So this profile misses the bound by a factor of exactly nine: it is 33 times too wide in position and frequency together. (The pattern continues: the nnth Hermite function has R=(2n+1)2R = (2n+1)^2, and the case n=0n = 0 below is the Gaussian.)

The Gaussian, for comparison. Take B=πB = \pi in the equality case, so ∣A∣2=2π/π=2\lvert A\rvert^2 = \sqrt{2\pi/\pi} = \sqrt2 and ψ0(x)=21/4e−πx2\psi_0(x) = 2^{1/4}e^{-\pi x^2}. From the closing paragraph of the proof, Vx=1/4B=1/4πV_x = 1/4B = 1/4\pi and Vξ=B/4π2=1/4πV_\xi = B/4\pi^2 = 1/4\pi, so

VxVξ=116π2=0.006332574,R=1,V_xV_\xi = \frac{1}{16\pi^2} = 0.006332574 ,\qquad R = 1 ,

and indeed ψ^0(ξ)=21/4e−πξ2=ψ0(ξ)\hat\psi_0(\xi) = 2^{1/4}e^{-\pi\xi^2} = \psi_0(\xi): this Gaussian is its own transform. The two computations differ by the factor 99, which is the whole content of the theorem in one number.

ApplicationOriginal

Position and momentum. In one-dimensional quantum mechanics a state is a normalised ψ\psi, ∣ψ(x)∣2\lvert\psi(x)\rvert^2 is the probability density of position and, with p=hξp = h\xi, ∣ψ^(ξ)∣2\lvert\hat\psi(\xi)\rvert^2 is the density of momentum; this is the reading Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §4, pp. 159–161) set out. The theorem then says that the product of the two standard deviations is bounded below, and in the physical normalisation of Kreyszig (Kreyszig (1978), §11.2, Thm 11.2-2, p. 580) and Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §19.2, p. 666) the bound is Δx Δp≥ℏ/2\Delta x\,\Delta p \ge \hbar/2. The equality case identifies the minimum-uncertainty states as the Gaussian wave packets, which is why coherent states of the harmonic oscillator are the ones used to model a classical trajectory as closely as quantum mechanics allows. Kreyszig stresses the correct reading: the limit is not an imperfection of instruments but a property of the state.

Pulse length against bandwidth. The same inequality with (t,ω)(t,\omega) in place of (x,ξ)(x,\xi) is the duration-bandwidth theorem of signal processing. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, (20.35), p. 973) make the point with a wave train of NN cycles at frequency ω0\omega_0: its spectrum has width Δω≈ω0/N\Delta\omega \approx \omega_0/N, so clipping the pulse short necessarily broadens its frequency content. A radar or ultrasound designer who wants both a sharp range gate (short pulse) and a sharp Doppler estimate (narrow band) is asking for something the theorem forbids, and chirped pulses with matched filtering are the standard way to buy back resolution without violating it.

Spectral line widths. A transition with finite lifetime τ\tau emits a wave train of finite duration, so its spectral line cannot be narrower than about 1/τ1/\tau in frequency; this natural linewidth, and the analogous broadening of nuclear magnetic resonance lines by short relaxation times, is the uncertainty principle used as a measuring tool rather than as a limitation, since the observed width yields the lifetime.

Diffraction and beam divergence. For light passing an aperture, the transverse coordinate yy and the transverse wave number ky=ksin⁡θk_y = k\sin\theta are Fourier conjugates, so an aperture of width Δy\Delta y produces an angular spread Δθ≳1/(k Δy)=λ/(2πΔy)\Delta\theta \gtrsim 1/(k\,\Delta y) = \lambda/(2\pi\Delta y). Narrowing a slit to localise a beam therefore spreads it, and the Gaussian equality case is exactly the beam profile that diverges least, which is why laser cavities are designed around Gaussian modes.

Theorem

Poisson summation formula

Adapted

Wrapping a rapidly decreasing function around the circle and sampling its Fourier transform at the integers produce the same periodic function, so a slowly convergent lattice sum can be traded for a rapidly convergent one.

Prerequisites: The Fourier transform, Fourier inversion, Fourier series, Cesàro means and Fejér's theorem

Definition(Periodization and sampling)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §3, pp. 153–154; Folland (1999), §8.5, p. 254

Let f:R→Cf : \mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{C}. Its periodization is

(Pf)(x)=∑n=−∞∞f(x+n),(Pf)(x) = \sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty} f(x+n) ,

the function obtained by wrapping ff around a circle of circumference 11 and adding the overlapping layers. Whenever the series converges, PfPf has period 11, because replacing xx by x+1x+1 only relabels the terms. Folland (Folland (1999), §8.5, p. 254) writes Pf=∑kTkfPf = \sum_k T_k f and treats it as an operator on L1L^1.

Against this stands a second periodic function built from ff, the sampled series

(Sf)(x)=∑n=−∞∞f^(n) e2πinx,(Sf)(x) = \sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty} \hat f(n)\,e^{2\pi i n x} ,

formed by reading off the Fourier transform at the integers and using those numbers as Fourier coefficients.

Convention, local to this unit. Throughout this unit f^\hat f denotes the transform in the 2π2\pi-in-the-exponent convention,

f^(ξ)=∫Rf(x) e−2πixξ dx,\hat f(\xi) = \int_{\mathbb{R}} f(x)\,e^{-2\pi i x\xi}\,dx ,

which is the one Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1, p. 134) and Folland (Folland (1999), §8.3, p. 249) use. It is not the handbook's default: the Fourier transform defines f^(k)=∫f(x)e−ikxdx\hat f(k) = \int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx, and the dictionary in its table of conventions converts between the two by ξ↦2πξ\xi \mapsto 2\pi\xi, that is, the f^(ξ)\hat f(\xi) of this unit is the f^(2πξ)\hat f(2\pi\xi) of that one. Every transform quoted below — the Gaussian and dilation rules of the first example, the Lorentzian pair of the second — is the corresponding entry of that unit's table read through this dictionary, and the check is shown where it is used. The reason for departing from the default here is that in this convention the formula carries no constants at all; the price, and the other conventions in which the sources state it, are in the note below.

Two decay classes are used. ff belongs to the Schwartz space S(R)\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}) if it is smooth and xkf(m)(x)x^k f^{(m)}(x) is bounded for all k,m≥0k,m \ge 0. The second is Stein and Shakarchi's (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §1.1, p. 131) moderate decrease, defined by them as: ff is continuous and ∣f(x)∣≤A/(1+x2)\lvert f(x)\rvert \le A/(1+x^2) for some constant A>0A>0. Continuity is part of the definition and not an afterthought; a bounded function with a jump is not of moderate decrease however fast it decays. On ff alone the condition is weaker than membership of S\mathcal{S}, but the form of the theorem that uses it — the one Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §3, p. 155) record as sufficient — asks for moderate decrease of f^\hat f as well, which a Schwartz function supplies for nothing. It is a trade, not a straight loosening.

Theorem(Poisson summation formula)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 3.1 and the remark on p. 155, pp. 154–155

Let f∈S(R)f \in \mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}). Then for every x∈Rx \in \mathbb{R}

∑n=−∞∞f(x+n)  =  ∑n=−∞∞f^(n) e2πinx,\sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty} f(x+n) \;=\; \sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty} \hat f(n)\,e^{2\pi i n x} ,

both series converging absolutely. Setting x=0x = 0,

∑n=−∞∞f(n)  =  ∑n=−∞∞f^(n).\sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty} f(n) \;=\; \sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty} \hat f(n) .

Read the other way round: sampling f^\hat f on the integer lattice returns precisely the Fourier coefficients of PfPf, so PfPf and SfSf of the definition above are one and the same function. The conclusion survives, with the same proof, if ff is only required to be of moderate decrease and f^\hat f as well.

Theorem(The formula in Rn\mathbb{R}^n)AdaptedAdapted from Folland (1999), §8.5, Thm 8.32, p. 254

The identity

∑k∈Znf(x+k)=∑κ∈Znf^(κ) e2πiκ⋅x,hence∑k∈Znf(k)=∑κ∈Znf^(κ),\sum_{k \in \mathbb{Z}^n} f(x+k) = \sum_{\kappa\in\mathbb{Z}^n}\hat f(\kappa)\,e^{2\pi i \kappa\cdot x} , \qquad\text{hence}\qquad \sum_{k\in\mathbb{Z}^n} f(k) = \sum_{\kappa\in\mathbb{Z}^n}\hat f(\kappa) ,

is Theorem 8.32 of Folland (Folland (1999), §8.5, Thm 8.32, p. 254), who assumes a continuous ff on Rn\mathbb{R}^n obeying the two power bounds

∣f(x)∣≤C(1+∣x∣)−n−ε,∣f^(ξ)∣≤C(1+∣ξ∣)−n−ε,\lvert f(x)\rvert \le C(1+\lvert x\rvert)^{-n-\varepsilon} , \qquad \lvert \hat f(\xi)\rvert \le C(1+\lvert\xi\rvert)^{-n-\varepsilon} ,

with CC and ε\varepsilon positive constants, and who records that under them each side converges absolutely, and uniformly on the torus Tn\mathbb{T}^n. This block quotes that theorem; the proof given below is written for n=1n=1, and Folland's runs the same way on Tn\mathbb{T}^n, with the Fourier coefficients of the periodization computed over a fundamental cube instead of over [0,1][0,1]. The exponent is sharp in form rather than decorative: −n−ε-n-\varepsilon is exactly what makes ∑k∈Zn(1+∣k∣)−n−ε\sum_{k\in\mathbb{Z}^n}(1+\lvert k\rvert)^{-n-\varepsilon} finite, as a comparison with the corresponding integral over Rn\mathbb{R}^n shows.

Note(Other periods and other conventions)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), Exercise 13.9, p. 461; Strauss (2008), Exercise 12.3.7, p. 349; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.3, (2.3.26), p. 139

Rescaling xx turns the unit lattice into a lattice of spacing L>0L > 0. Applying the theorem to g(x)=f(Lx)g(x) = f(Lx), whose transform is g^(ξ)=L−1f^(ξ/L)\hat g(\xi) = L^{-1}\hat f(\xi/L), gives

∑n∈Zf(x+nL)=1L∑m∈Zf^ ⁣(mL)e2πimx/L.\sum_{n\in\mathbb{Z}} f(x+nL) = \frac{1}{L}\sum_{m\in\mathbb{Z}}\hat f\!\left(\frac{m}{L}\right)e^{2\pi i m x/L} .

The lattice of spacing LL in xx is paired with the reciprocal lattice of spacing 1/L1/L in ξ\xi: squeezing one spreads the other.

  • Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), Exercise 13.9, p. 461) use f~(ω)=(2π)−1/2∫f(t)e−iωtdt\tilde f(\omega) = (2\pi)^{-1/2}\int f(t)e^{-i\omega t}dt and period XX, and write the result as ∑nf(t+nX)=(2π/X)∑nf~(2nπ/X)e2πnit/X\sum_n f(t+nX) = (\sqrt{2\pi}/X)\sum_n \tilde f(2n\pi/X)e^{2\pi n i t/X}. Since f^(m/X)=2π f~(2πm/X)\hat f(m/X) = \sqrt{2\pi}\,\tilde f(2\pi m/X), this is the displayed formula.
  • Strauss (Strauss (2008), Exercise 12.3.7, p. 349) uses F(k)=∫f(x)e−ikxdxF(k) = \int f(x)e^{-ikx}dx and period 2π2\pi, and obtains ∑nf(2πn)=12π∑nF(n)\sum_n f(2\pi n) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\sum_n F(n), again the same statement because f^(m/2π)=F(m)\hat f(m/2\pi) = F(m).
  • Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.3, (2.3.26), p. 139) derive it distributionally from the completeness relation ∑kδ(x−2kπ)=12π∑neinx\sum_k \delta(x-2k\pi) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\sum_n e^{inx} applied to a test function, which is the same identity read as the Fourier series of a train of impulses; Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), Exercise 13.9, p. 461) start from the same impulse train. That route needs distributions to be legitimate, and is the quickest way to remember the formula; the proof below needs nothing beyond Fourier series.

Nothing in this unit mixes conventions: all displayed formulas use f^(ξ)=∫f(x)e−2πixξdx\hat f(\xi) = \int f(x)e^{-2\pi i x\xi}dx.

Idea of the proofOriginal

There are only two natural ways to manufacture a 11-periodic function out of a function on the line. One is geometric: cut the line into unit intervals and stack them, which is the periodization. The other is spectral: the inversion formula writes ff as a continuous superposition ∫f^(ξ)e2πixξdξ\int\hat f(\xi)e^{2\pi i x\xi}d\xi of exponentials, and keeping only the integer frequencies — the ones that are already 11-periodic — leaves the sampled series. The theorem says these two constructions agree. The proof is correspondingly short: both candidates are continuous and 11-periodic, so it is enough to compare their Fourier coefficients, and the mmth coefficient of the periodization is computed by unfolding a sum of integrals over consecutive unit intervals back into a single integral over R\mathbb{R}, which is f^(m)\hat f(m) by definition.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 3.1, p. 154, using Ch. 2, Thm 2.1, p. 39

Step 1: both sides are continuous and 11-periodic. Since f∈S(R)f \in \mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}), there is AA with ∣f(y)∣≤A/(1+y2)\lvert f(y)\rvert \le A/(1+y^2). For xx in a compact set KK the terms f(x+n)f(x+n) are therefore dominated by a summable sequence independent of xx, so ∑nf(x+n)\sum_n f(x+n) converges absolutely and uniformly on KK and PfPf is continuous. It is 11-periodic because n↦n+1n \mapsto n+1 permutes the terms. The same argument applies to SfSf: the Fourier transform of a Schwartz function is Schwartz, so ∑n∣f^(n)∣<∞\sum_n \lvert\hat f(n)\rvert < \infty and SfSf is a uniformly convergent series of continuous 11-periodic functions.

Step 2: the Fourier coefficients of the periodization. Fix m∈Zm \in \mathbb{Z} and compute Pf^(m)=∫01(Pf)(x)e−2πimxdx\widehat{Pf}(m) = \int_0^1 (Pf)(x)e^{-2\pi i m x}dx. The series converges uniformly on [0,1][0,1] by step 1, so it may be integrated term by term:

Pf^(m)=∑n=−∞∞∫01f(x+n) e−2πimx dx.\widehat{Pf}(m) = \sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty}\int_0^1 f(x+n)\,e^{-2\pi i m x}\,dx .

In the nnth term substitute y=x+ny = x+n. The interval [0,1][0,1] becomes [n,n+1][n, n+1], and e−2πimx=e−2πimye2πimn=e−2πimye^{-2\pi i m x} = e^{-2\pi i m y}e^{2\pi i m n} = e^{-2\pi i m y} because mnm n is an integer. This is the one place where it matters that the sampling points are the integers, that is, the lattice dual to the period.

Step 3: unfold the sum of integrals. The intervals [n,n+1][n,n+1], n∈Zn \in \mathbb{Z}, tile the line and overlap only at endpoints, so

Pf^(m)=∑n=−∞∞∫nn+1f(y)e−2πimy dy=∫−∞∞f(y)e−2πimy dy=f^(m),\widehat{Pf}(m) = \sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty}\int_n^{n+1} f(y)e^{-2\pi i m y}\,dy = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} f(y)e^{-2\pi i m y}\,dy = \hat f(m) ,

the regrouping being justified by the absolute convergence of ∫∣f∣\int\lvert f\rvert.

Step 4: the Fourier coefficients of the sampled series. SfSf is a uniformly convergent trigonometric series, so again it may be integrated term by term, and ∫01e2πinxe−2πimxdx=δnm\int_0^1 e^{2\pi i n x}e^{-2\pi i m x}dx = \delta_{nm} by orthonormality. Hence Sf^(m)=f^(m)\widehat{Sf}(m) = \hat f(m) as well.

Step 5: equal coefficients force equal functions. The difference Pf−SfPf - Sf is continuous, 11-periodic and has all Fourier coefficients zero, so by the uniqueness theorem for Fourier coefficients — an integrable function on the circle whose Fourier coefficients all vanish is zero at every point of continuity, which is Stein and Shakarchi's (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 2, Thm 2.1, p. 39) Theorem 2.1 and is obtained in this handbook as a corollary of Fejér's theorem — it vanishes identically. That is the first formula; evaluating it at x=0x=0 gives the second.

Step 6: moderate decrease. If instead ff and f^\hat f are only assumed to be of moderate decrease (continuity included, by the definition above), every step above goes through unchanged: step 1 used only the bound A/(1+y2)A/(1+y^2) for ff and the summability of ∣f^(n)∣\lvert\hat f(n)\rvert, and steps 2–5 used only uniform convergence and integrability. This is the extension Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §3, p. 155) record. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Decay of ff is what makes the left side exist and converge uniformly, which is needed for the term-by-term integration in step 2. Decay of f^\hat f does the same for the right side in step 1. Folland's hypotheses make this explicit: (1+∣x∣)−n−ε(1+\lvert x\rvert)^{-n-\varepsilon} on both sides of the transform is exactly summability over the lattice in both variables.
  • The hypotheses cannot be dropped. Take f=1[0,1]f = \mathbf{1}_{[0,1]}, the indicator of the unit interval. It obeys the size bound ∣f(x)∣≤A/(1+x2)\lvert f(x)\rvert \le A/(1+x^2) but is discontinuous, so by the definition above it is not of moderate decrease; and f^(ξ)=(1−e−2πiξ)/(2πiξ)\hat f(\xi) = (1-e^{-2\pi i\xi})/(2\pi i\xi) decays only like 1/∣ξ∣1/\lvert\xi\rvert, so the hypothesis on f^\hat f fails as well. Both sides can still be written down: f^(0)=1\hat f(0) = 1 and f^(n)=0\hat f(n) = 0 for every non-zero integer nn, so the right side is 11, while the left side is f(0)+f(1)=2f(0) + f(1) = 2. The example does not separate the two hypotheses — for a compactly supported ff a jump is precisely what forces f^\hat f to decay no faster than 1/∣ξ∣1/\lvert\xi\rvert — but it does show where the proof stops: the periodization equals 11 off Z\mathbb{Z} and 22 on Z\mathbb{Z}, so it is discontinuous, and step 5 concludes nothing about a function that is not continuous. Assigning ff the average of its one-sided limits at the two jumps replaces f(0)+f(1)=2f(0)+f(1) = 2 by 12+12=1\tfrac12+\tfrac12 = 1 and restores the identity; this is the standard caution for a function with a jump. A corner is harmless: for the triangle f(x)=max⁡(0,1−∣x∣)f(x) = \max(0,1-\lvert x\rvert) one has f^(ξ)=(sin⁡πξ/πξ)2=O(ξ−2)\hat f(\xi) = (\sin\pi\xi/\pi\xi)^2 = O(\xi^{-2}), both hypotheses hold, and both sides equal 11.
  • Periodization is meaningful more often than the formula is true. Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §3, p. 155) point out that the symmetric periodization of f(x)=1/xf(x) = 1/x is πcot⁡πx\pi\cot \pi x and that of 1/x21/x^2 is π2/sin⁡2πx\pi^2/\sin^2\pi x, although neither function is of moderate decrease and neither has a Fourier transform in the elementary sense. The lesson is that the left-hand side is the robust object; the equality with the right-hand side is what needs the hypotheses.
  • The lattice must be dual to the period. Step 2 works because e2πimn=1e^{2\pi i m n}=1 for integers m,nm,n. If one samples f^\hat f at λZ\lambda\mathbb{Z} with λ≠1\lambda \neq 1 while periodizing over Z\mathbb{Z}, the phases no longer cancel and the computation of step 2 breaks down. It is not merely the argument that fails but the conclusion: for the Gaussian f(x)=e−πx2f(x) = e^{-\pi x^2}, which is its own transform, the left side at x=0x=0 is ∑ne−πn2=1.0864348112\sum_n e^{-\pi n^2} = 1.0864348112, while the mismatched right side ∑nf^(λn)=∑ne−πλ2n2\sum_n \hat f(\lambda n) = \sum_n e^{-\pi\lambda^2 n^2} equals 1.00989085901.0098908590 at λ=1.3\lambda = 1.3. (Both numbers are values of the theta function ϑ(s)=∑ne−πn2s\vartheta(s) = \sum_n e^{-\pi n^2 s} studied in the first example below, at s=1s=1 and s=λ2s=\lambda^2 respectively.) The correct pairing of spacings LL and 1/L1/L is in the note above.
  • Smoothness is not needed directly, only through decay. The formula is often quoted for Schwartz functions, but the proof uses no derivative of ff. The role of smoothness is indirect: it is what guarantees decay of f^\hat f, by the smoothness-decay correspondence.
Method(Accelerating a lattice sum)Original

A sum ∑n∈Zf(n)\sum_{n\in\mathbb{Z}} f(n) whose terms die slowly can be replaced by one whose terms die fast, provided the transform is known.

  1. Check the hypotheses: ff continuous with ∣f(x)∣≲(1+∣x∣)−1−ε\lvert f(x)\rvert \lesssim (1+\lvert x\rvert)^{-1-\varepsilon} and the same for f^\hat f. A corner costs nothing, since it still leaves f^=O(ξ−2)\hat f = O(\xi^{-2}); a jump does, and at a jump ff must be given the average of its one-sided limits, or that point treated separately. See the remark.
  2. Compute f^\hat f once, in closed form.
  3. Decide which side converges faster. If ff is concentrated on a scale aa, then f^\hat f is concentrated on the scale 1/a1/a, so the ff-side is slow exactly when a≫1a \gg 1 and fast when a≪1a \ll 1. Sum on the fast side.
  4. If the parameter range makes neither side fast, split f=fshort+flongf = f_{\text{short}} + f_{\text{long}} with fshortf_{\text{short}} concentrated inside one lattice cell, sum fshortf_{\text{short}} directly and apply Poisson summation to flongf_{\text{long}}. This is the idea behind Ewald summation for Coulomb lattice sums.
  5. Validate: evaluate both sides numerically at one convenient parameter value. They must agree to the accuracy of the slower side, and the discrepancy should shrink as more terms are kept.
  6. For a lattice of spacing LL, remember the prefactor 1/L1/L and the sampling points m/Lm/L from the note above.
Example(The theta functional equation, and a numerical check)Original

For s>0s > 0 define the theta function

ϑ(s)=∑n=−∞∞e−πn2s.\vartheta(s) = \sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty} e^{-\pi n^2 s} .

Setting up. Apply the formula to f(x)=e−πsx2f(x) = e^{-\pi s x^2}, a Schwartz function for each fixed s>0s>0. In this unit's convention the Gaussian is its own transform, e−πx2^(ξ)=e−πξ2\widehat{e^{-\pi x^2}}(\xi) = e^{-\pi\xi^2}: the table of pairs in the Fourier transform gives e−ax2^(k)=π/a e−k2/4a\widehat{e^{-ax^2}}(k) = \sqrt{\pi/a}\,e^{-k^2/4a} in the handbook's default convention, and putting a=πa=\pi and reading it at k=2πξk=2\pi\xi, as the dictionary of the definition block requires, turns it into e−πξ2e^{-\pi\xi^2}. Dilating with f(x)=g(s x)f(x) = g(\sqrt s\,x) where g(y)=e−πy2g(y) = e^{-\pi y^2} — the dilation rule g(λ ⋅)^(ξ)=λ−1g^(ξ/λ)\widehat{g(\lambda\,\cdot)}(\xi) = \lambda^{-1}\hat g(\xi/\lambda) for λ>0\lambda>0 holds in both conventions, since the dictionary only relabels the variable — gives

f^(ξ)=1s g^ ⁣(ξs)=s−1/2e−πξ2/s.\hat f(\xi) = \frac{1}{\sqrt s}\,\hat g\!\left(\frac{\xi}{\sqrt s}\right) = s^{-1/2}e^{-\pi\xi^2/s} .

Applying the formula. The left side at x=0x=0 is ∑ne−πn2s=ϑ(s)\sum_n e^{-\pi n^2 s} = \vartheta(s) and the right side is ∑ns−1/2e−πn2/s=s−1/2ϑ(1/s)\sum_n s^{-1/2}e^{-\pi n^2/s} = s^{-1/2}\vartheta(1/s). Hence

ϑ(s)=s−1/2 ϑ(1/s)(s>0),\vartheta(s) = s^{-1/2}\,\vartheta(1/s) \qquad (s > 0) ,

which is Stein and Shakarchi's (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, Thm 3.2, p. 155) Theorem 3.2. Large ss on the left corresponds to small ss on the right: the identity exchanges a fast series for a slow one.

A number to check. Take s=4s = 4, so that 1/s=1/41/s = 1/4 and the identity reads ϑ(1/4)=2 ϑ(4)\vartheta(1/4) = 2\,\vartheta(4).

The fast side needs two terms:

ϑ(4)=1+2e−4π+2e−16π+⋯=1+2(3.4873×10−6)+2(1.5×10−22)=1.0000069747.\vartheta(4) = 1 + 2e^{-4\pi} + 2e^{-16\pi} + \cdots = 1 + 2(3.4873\times 10^{-6}) + 2(1.5\times10^{-22}) = 1.0000069747 .

The slow side needs five:

ϑ(14)=1+2(e−π/4+e−π+e−9π/4+e−4π+e−25π/4+⋯ )\vartheta(\tfrac14) = 1 + 2\bigl(e^{-\pi/4} + e^{-\pi} + e^{-9\pi/4} + e^{-4\pi} + e^{-25\pi/4} + \cdots\bigr)

with terms 0.45593812780.4559381278, 0.04321391830.0432139183, 0.00085143830.0008514383, 0.00000348730.0000034873, 0.00000000300.0000000030, whose sum is 0.50000697470.5000069747, giving

ϑ(14)=1+2(0.5000069747)=2.0000139494=2 ϑ(4),\vartheta(\tfrac14) = 1 + 2(0.5000069747) = 2.0000139494 = 2\,\vartheta(4) ,

to all ten digits shown. The two series needed five terms and two terms respectively for the same accuracy, and the gap widens as ss moves away from 11: near s=0s = 0 the left-hand series needs about s−1/2s^{-1/2} terms and the right-hand one needs a handful.

Example(A slowly convergent sum done in closed form)Original

Let a>0a > 0 and f(x)=1/(x2+a2)f(x) = 1/(x^2+a^2). Then ff is continuous and of moderate decrease, and its transform is

f^(ξ)=πa e−2πa∣ξ∣,\hat f(\xi) = \frac{\pi}{a}\,e^{-2\pi a\lvert\xi\rvert} ,

again this unit's convention: the table in the Fourier transform gives (π/a)e−a∣k∣(\pi/a)e^{-a\lvert k\rvert} for this ff in the handbook's default convention, and the dictionary k=2πξk = 2\pi\xi produces the exponent above. It is continuous and decays exponentially, so the extension of the theorem to moderate decrease applies to the pair (f,f^)(f,\hat f). At x=0x=0,

∑n=−∞∞1n2+a2=πa∑n=−∞∞e−2πa∣n∣=πa(1+2e−2πa1−e−2πa)=πa⋅1+e−2πa1−e−2πa=πacoth⁡(πa),\sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n^2+a^2} = \frac{\pi}{a}\sum_{n=-\infty}^{\infty}e^{-2\pi a\lvert n\rvert} = \frac{\pi}{a}\left(1 + \frac{2e^{-2\pi a}}{1-e^{-2\pi a}}\right) = \frac{\pi}{a}\cdot\frac{1+e^{-2\pi a}}{1-e^{-2\pi a}} = \frac{\pi}{a}\coth(\pi a) ,

the middle step being a geometric series.

Numbers. Take a=12a = \tfrac12. The closed form gives

∑n∈Z1n2+14=2πcoth⁡ ⁣(π2)=2π(1.0903314107)=6.8507542998.\sum_{n\in\mathbb{Z}}\frac{1}{n^2+\tfrac14} = 2\pi\coth\!\left(\frac{\pi}{2}\right) = 2\pi(1.0903314107) = 6.8507542998 .

The original series converges like ∑1/n2\sum 1/n^2: its symmetric partial sums are 6.48908936.4890893 at N=5N=5, 6.81115296.8111529 at N=50N=50 and 6.84675836.8467583 at N=500N=500, so after a thousand terms the relative error is still 5.8×10−45.8\times 10^{-4} and only the leading 6.86.8 is correct. The transformed series converges geometrically with ratio e−π=0.0432e^{-\pi} = 0.0432: keeping ∣m∣≤5\lvert m\rvert \le 5 already gives 6.85075421436.8507542143, correct to eight digits. This is step 3 of the method in action, and it is the whole practical point of the formula.

ApplicationOriginal

The heat kernel on a ring. Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §3.2, Thm 3.3, p. 156) deduce at once that periodizing the line's heat kernel produces the circle's: Ht(x)=∑nHt(x+n)H_t(x) = \sum_n \mathcal{H}_t(x+n) with Ht(x)=(4πt)−1/2e−x2/4t\mathcal{H}_t(x) = (4\pi t)^{-1/2}e^{-x^2/4t}. Physically this is the method of images — heat diffusing on a ring is heat diffusing on a line from infinitely many image sources — and the two representations are useful at opposite ends of the time range: the image sum converges in a term or two for short times, the eigenfunction sum ∑ne−4π2n2te2πinx\sum_n e^{-4\pi^2n^2t}e^{2\pi i n x} for long times. See the heat kernel.

Diffraction from a crystal. A perfect lattice of scatterers has, as its Fourier transform, a lattice of delta functions on the reciprocal lattice; the general-period formula in the note is this statement for one dimension, and the Rn\mathbb{R}^n version of Folland is the three-dimensional statement used in crystallography. Bragg peaks appear only at reciprocal-lattice vectors for exactly this reason, and the inverse relation between the two spacings is why a finely spaced crystal gives widely spaced diffraction spots.

Ewald summation. The electrostatic energy of a periodic array of charges is a lattice sum of 1/r1/r terms that converges only conditionally. Splitting each charge into a screened short-range part and a smooth long-range part, summing the first in real space and the second in reciprocal space by Poisson summation, turns an unusable sum into two exponentially convergent ones. This is the standard method in molecular dynamics and solid-state calculations, and step 4 of the method above is its skeleton.

Sampling. Poisson summation is the identity behind the reconstruction of a band-limited signal from its samples: periodizing the spectrum is exactly what sampling in time does, and aliasing is the overlap of the periodized copies. The statement and proof belong to the sampling theorem.

Number theory. The functional equation of the theta function proved above is the input to the functional equation of the Riemann zeta function, through the integral representation π−s/2Γ(s/2)ζ(s)=12∫0∞ts/2−1(ϑ(t)−1) dt\pi^{-s/2}\Gamma(s/2)\zeta(s) = \tfrac12\int_0^\infty t^{s/2-1}(\vartheta(t)-1)\,dt recorded by Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 5, §3.1, p. 155); see the zeta function. It is also the mechanism behind the Euler-Maclaurin-style conversion of lattice sums into integrals plus exponentially small corrections, for which see the Euler-Maclaurin formula.

Method

Fourier transform in several dimensions

Adapted

How to compute Fourier transforms on Rn\mathbb{R}^n: factorise when the function is a product, reduce to a single radial integral when it is spherically symmetric, and read off the transforms of the Yukawa and Coulomb potentials.

Prerequisites: The Fourier transform, Fourier inversion, Gaussian integrals, Fubini and Tonelli theorems, Dominated convergence

Definition(The transform on Rn\mathbb{R}^n, and the convention of this unit)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.10, (13.47)–(13.50), p. 452; Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, §2, p. 181

For f:Rn→Cf : \mathbb{R}^n \to \mathbb{C} absolutely integrable, this unit uses throughout the symmetric convention of Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.10, (13.49)–(13.50), p. 452):

f~(k)=1(2π)n/2∫Rnf(r) e−ik⋅r dnr,f(r)=1(2π)n/2∫Rnf~(k) eik⋅r dnk,\tilde f(\mathbf{k}) = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{n/2}}\int_{\mathbb{R}^n} f(\mathbf{r})\,e^{-i\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{r}}\,d^n r , \qquad f(\mathbf{r}) = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{n/2}}\int_{\mathbb{R}^n}\tilde f(\mathbf{k})\,e^{i\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{r}}\,d^n k ,

with k⋅r=k1r1+⋯+knrn\mathbf{k}\cdot\mathbf{r} = k_1r_1+\cdots+k_nr_n and dnrd^nr Lebesgue measure. Writing k⋅r\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf r as a sum shows that the kernel factorises, e−ik⋅r=∏j=1ne−ikjrje^{-i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf r} = \prod_{j=1}^n e^{-ik_jr_j}: the nn-dimensional transform is nn one-dimensional transforms, one per coordinate. Composing the two formulas gives the delta representation δ(n)(r)=(2π)−n∫eik⋅rdnk\delta^{(n)}(\mathbf r) = (2\pi)^{-n}\int e^{i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf r}d^nk of Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.10, (13.51), p. 452); see delta identities.

A function ff on Rn\mathbb{R}^n is radial (spherically symmetric) if it depends only on ∣r∣\lvert\mathbf r\rvert, that is if there is f0f_0 on [0,∞)[0,\infty) with f(r)=f0(∣r∣)f(\mathbf r) = f_0(\lvert\mathbf r\rvert). Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, §2, p. 182) note the equivalent formulation: ff is radial exactly when f(Rr)=f(r)f(R\mathbf r) = f(\mathbf r) for every rotation RR, because any two points of the same length are carried onto one another by some rotation. We write r=∣r∣r = \lvert\mathbf r\rvert and k=∣k∣k = \lvert\mathbf k\rvert and abuse notation by writing f(r)f(r) and f~(k)\tilde f(k).

Note(Conventions in the sources)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, (20.36)–(20.37), p. 973; Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, §2, p. 181; Strauss (2008), §12.3, p. 348

The three conventions in the cited books differ in the prefactor and in the sign in the exponent.

Source Forward transform Inverse
This unit, Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), (13.49), p. 452), Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2, p. 282) (2π)−n/2∫fe−ik⋅rdnr(2\pi)^{-n/2}\int f e^{-i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf r}d^nr (2π)−n/2∫f~e+ik⋅rdnk(2\pi)^{-n/2}\int \tilde f e^{+i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf r}d^nk
Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), (20.36)–(20.37), p. 973) (2π)−3/2∫fe+ik⋅rd3r(2\pi)^{-3/2}\int f e^{+i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf r}d^3r (2π)−3/2∫ge−ik⋅rd3k(2\pi)^{-3/2}\int g e^{-i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf r}d^3k
Strauss (Strauss (2008), §12.3, p. 348) ∫fe−ik⋅xdx\int f e^{-i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf x}d\mathbf x (2π)−3∫Fe+ik⋅xdk(2\pi)^{-3}\int F e^{+i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf x}d\mathbf k
Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, §2, p. 181) ∫f(x)e−2πix⋅ξdx\int f(x)e^{-2\pi i x\cdot\xi}dx ∫f^(ξ)e2πix⋅ξdξ\int \hat f(\xi)e^{2\pi i x\cdot\xi}d\xi

Converting is mechanical: Strauss's FF is (2π)n/2f~(2\pi)^{n/2}\tilde f, Stein and Shakarchi's f^(ξ)\hat f(\xi) is (2π)n/2f~(2πξ)(2\pi)^{n/2}\tilde f(2\pi\xi), and Arfken's g(k)g(\mathbf k) is f~(−k)\tilde f(-\mathbf k). Arfken's opposite sign is invisible on radial functions, because their transforms are even. Two ways to see it: item 4 of the rules below applies to R=−IR = -I, which is orthogonal in every dimension (though a rotation only when nn is even, since det⁡(−I)=(−1)n\det(-I) = (-1)^n), and gives f~(−k)=f(− ⋅ )~(k)=f~(k)\tilde f(-\mathbf k) = \widetilde{f(-\,\cdot\,)}(\mathbf k) = \tilde f(\mathbf k) for even ff; or directly, sin⁡(k⋅r)\sin(\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf r) integrates to zero against a radial density. Either way, every result quoted from Arfken below is radial, so the two conventions agree there. When a statement of Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, Prop. 2.1 and Thm 2.4, pp. 181–183) is used below it is restated in the convention of this unit, never mixed with it.

Method(Rules in nn dimensions)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, Prop. 2.1 and Thm 2.4, pp. 181–183; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.10, pp. 451–452

Let ff lie in the Schwartz space S(Rn)\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^n) of smooth functions all of whose derivatives decay faster than every power of 1/∣r∣1/\lvert\mathbf r\rvert. Then, in the convention of this unit:

  1. Translation and modulation. f(r+h)⟼eik⋅hf~(k)f(\mathbf r + \mathbf h) \longmapsto e^{i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf h}\tilde f(\mathbf k) and eih⋅rf(r)⟼f~(k−h)e^{i\mathbf h\cdot\mathbf r}f(\mathbf r)\longmapsto \tilde f(\mathbf k - \mathbf h).
  2. Dilation. For δ>0\delta > 0, f(δr)⟼δ−nf~(k/δ)f(\delta\mathbf r)\longmapsto \delta^{-n}\tilde f(\mathbf k/\delta).
  3. Derivatives. ∂f/∂rj⟼ikjf~(k)\partial f/\partial r_j \longmapsto i k_j \tilde f(\mathbf k), hence ∇f⟼ikf~\nabla f \longmapsto i\mathbf k\tilde f and ∇2f⟼−∣k∣2f~\nabla^2 f\longmapsto -\lvert\mathbf k\rvert^2\tilde f. Conversely −irjf(r)⟼∂f~/∂kj-ir_jf(\mathbf r)\longmapsto \partial\tilde f/\partial k_j.
  4. Rotations and reflections. f(Rr)⟼f~(Rk)f(R\mathbf r)\longmapsto \tilde f(R\mathbf k) for every orthogonal RR. Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, Prop. 2.1 (vi), p. 181) state this for rotations; the proof below uses only ∣det⁡R∣=1\lvert\det R\rvert = 1 and R−1=RTR^{-1} = R^{\mathsf T}, so it covers the orthogonal matrices of determinant −1-1 as well, R=−IR = -I in odd dimensions among them.
  5. Separability. If f(r)=∏j=1nfj(rj)f(\mathbf r) = \prod_{j=1}^n f_j(r_j) then f~(k)=∏j=1nf~j(kj)\tilde f(\mathbf k) = \prod_{j=1}^n \tilde f_j(k_j), each factor a one-dimensional transform.
  6. Inversion and Plancherel. The inverse formula above recovers ff, and ∫Rn∣f~∣2dnk=∫Rn∣f∣2dnr\int_{\mathbb{R}^n}\lvert\tilde f\rvert^2 d^nk = \int_{\mathbb{R}^n}\lvert f\rvert^2 d^nr.
  7. Convolution. f∗g~(k)=(2π)n/2f~(k)g~(k)\widetilde{f*g}(\mathbf k) = (2\pi)^{n/2}\tilde f(\mathbf k)\tilde g(\mathbf k), where (f∗g)(r)=∫f(y)g(r−y)dny(f*g)(\mathbf r) = \int f(\mathbf y)g(\mathbf r-\mathbf y)d^ny.

Items 1–4 are Stein and Shakarchi's (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, Prop. 2.1 (i)–(vi), p. 181) Proposition 2.1 (item 4 for rotations, as noted there); item 5 is the factorisation carried out in Step 1 of the proof of their Theorem 2.4 (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, Thm 2.4, Step 1, pp. 182–183), where it is applied to the Gaussian, and in general it is immediate from the product form of the kernel recorded in the definition above; items 6–7 are that theorem and Step 4 of its proof. All are restated here in our convention; the prefactor in item 7 is the price of the symmetric normalisation and is absent in theirs.

Method(Radial functions, and the radial reduction)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, Cor. 2.3, p. 182; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.10, worked example and (13.52), pp. 452–453

Radial in, radial out. If f∈S(Rn)f \in \mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^n) is radial then f~\tilde f is radial.

Reduction in three dimensions. If f(r)=f(r)f(\mathbf r) = f(r) is radial on R3\mathbb{R}^3 and ∫0∞r2∣f(r)∣ dr<∞\int_0^\infty r^2\lvert f(r)\rvert\,dr < \infty, then for k>0k > 0

f~(k)=1(2π)3/2∫0∞4πr2f(r) sin⁡krkr dr=1(2π)3/2 4πk∫0∞r f(r) sin⁡(kr) dr,\tilde f(k) = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{3/2}}\int_0^\infty 4\pi r^2 f(r)\,\frac{\sin kr}{kr}\,dr = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{3/2}}\,\frac{4\pi}{k}\int_0^\infty r\,f(r)\,\sin(kr)\,dr ,

and f~(0)=(2π)−3/2∫0∞4πr2f(r) dr\tilde f(0) = (2\pi)^{-3/2}\int_0^\infty 4\pi r^2 f(r)\,dr, the value obtained by letting k→0k \to 0.

Reduction in two dimensions. If f(ρ)=f(ρ)f(\boldsymbol\rho) = f(\rho) is radial on R2\mathbb{R}^2 and ∫0∞ρ∣f(ρ)∣ dρ<∞\int_0^\infty \rho\lvert f(\rho)\rvert\,d\rho < \infty — the same absolute-convergence condition as above, with rn−1r^{n-1} in place of r2r^2, needed to interchange the radial and angular integrations — then, by Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.10, (13.52), p. 453), who state the formula without a convergence hypothesis,

f~(k)=12π∫0∞2πρ f(ρ) J0(kρ) dρ,\tilde f(k) = \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_0^\infty 2\pi\rho\,f(\rho)\,J_0(k\rho)\,d\rho ,

with J0J_0 the Bessel function of order zero. The nn-dimensional version of this, and its inversion, is the Hankel transform; see Hankel and Mellin transforms.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Two structural facts do all the work, and they pull in opposite directions. Factorisation says that if the function splits as a product over coordinates, so does its transform, which reduces an nn-fold integral to nn one-fold ones; this is how the Gaussian is handled. Rotation invariance says that the transform commutes with rotations, so a function with no preferred direction has a transform with no preferred direction either; this lets us align the axes with k\mathbf k after the fact, which collapses the angular part of the integral and again leaves a single radial integral. In three dimensions the angular integral is elementary — the exponential e−ikrcos⁡θe^{-ikr\cos\theta} integrates against sin⁡θ dθ\sin\theta\,d\theta to give 2sin⁡(kr)/(kr)2\sin(kr)/(kr) — and everything reduces to a sine transform of rf(r)rf(r). The Coulomb potential then needs one more idea: its integral does not converge, so it is reached as the limit of the Yukawa potential, whose exponential factor supplies the missing decay.

Proof(Rotations, and the radial reduction)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, Prop. 2.1 (vi) and Cor. 2.3, pp. 181–182; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.10, worked example, p. 452

Step 1: the transform commutes with orthogonal maps. Let RR be orthogonal and g(r)=f(Rr)g(\mathbf r) = f(R\mathbf r). Substituting y=Rr\mathbf y = R\mathbf r, whose Jacobian has ∣det⁡R∣=1\lvert\det R\rvert = 1 (the determinant itself is ±1\pm1, and only its modulus enters),

g~(k)=1(2π)n/2∫f(Rr)e−ik⋅rdnr=1(2π)n/2∫f(y) e−ik⋅R−1y dny.\tilde g(\mathbf k) = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{n/2}}\int f(R\mathbf r)e^{-i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf r}d^nr = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{n/2}}\int f(\mathbf y)\,e^{-i\mathbf k\cdot R^{-1}\mathbf y}\,d^ny .

Because RR is orthogonal, R−1=RTR^{-1} = R^{\mathsf T} and hence k⋅R−1y=Rk⋅y\mathbf k\cdot R^{-1}\mathbf y = R\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf y, so the last integral is f~(Rk)\tilde f(R\mathbf k). This is item 4 of the rules, in the orthogonal generality stated there; rotations are the case det⁡R=+1\det R = +1, which is the one Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, Prop. 2.1 (vi), p. 181) state.

Step 2: radial in, radial out. If ff is radial then f(Rr)=f(r)f(R\mathbf r) = f(\mathbf r) for every rotation RR, so step 1 gives f~(Rk)=f~(k)\tilde f(R\mathbf k) = \tilde f(\mathbf k) for every RR; by the same equivalence, f~\tilde f is radial. The only property of ff used is its rotation invariance, which is why this holds in every dimension.

Step 3: choose the axis after the fact. Now let n=3n = 3 and let ff be radial. By step 2 we may compute f~\tilde f at any one k\mathbf k of length kk and the answer will serve for all of them, so choose spherical polar coordinates with the polar axis along k\mathbf k. Then k⋅r=krcos⁡θ\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf r = kr\cos\theta and d3r=r2sin⁡θ dr dθ dφd^3r = r^2\sin\theta\,dr\,d\theta\,d\varphi, giving

f~(k)=1(2π)3/2∫0∞ ⁣ ⁣∫0π ⁣ ⁣∫02πf(r) e−ikrcos⁡θ r2sin⁡θ dφ dθ dr.\tilde f(k) = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{3/2}}\int_0^\infty\!\!\int_0^\pi\!\!\int_0^{2\pi} f(r)\,e^{-ikr\cos\theta}\,r^2\sin\theta\,d\varphi\,d\theta\,dr .

The hypothesis ∫0∞r2∣f∣dr<∞\int_0^\infty r^2\lvert f\rvert dr<\infty makes the triple integral absolutely convergent, so by Fubini's theorem it may be evaluated in any order. This is the step that fails for the Coulomb potential.

Step 4: do the angles. Nothing depends on φ\varphi, so that integral contributes 2π2\pi. For the polar angle substitute u=cos⁡θu = \cos\theta, du=−sin⁡θ dθdu = -\sin\theta\,d\theta:

∫0πe−ikrcos⁡θsin⁡θ dθ=∫−11e−ikru du=eikr−e−ikrikr=2sin⁡krkr.\int_0^\pi e^{-ikr\cos\theta}\sin\theta\,d\theta = \int_{-1}^{1}e^{-ikru}\,du = \frac{e^{ikr}-e^{-ikr}}{ikr} = \frac{2\sin kr}{kr} .

Step 5: collect. Multiplying the three pieces,

f~(k)=2π(2π)3/2∫0∞r2f(r) 2sin⁡krkr dr=1(2π)3/24πk∫0∞rf(r)sin⁡(kr) dr,\tilde f(k) = \frac{2\pi}{(2\pi)^{3/2}}\int_0^\infty r^2 f(r)\,\frac{2\sin kr}{kr}\,dr = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{3/2}}\frac{4\pi}{k}\int_0^\infty r f(r)\sin(kr)\,dr ,

which is the claim. As k→0k\to 0 the factor sin⁡(kr)/(kr)→1\sin(kr)/(kr)\to1 pointwise and is bounded by 11 everywhere, so ∣4πr2f(r)sin⁡(kr)/(kr)∣≤4πr2∣f(r)∣\lvert 4\pi r^2f(r)\sin(kr)/(kr)\rvert \le 4\pi r^2\lvert f(r)\rvert, which is integrable by hypothesis; dominated convergence then gives f~(0)=(2π)−3/2∫4πr2f(r)dr\tilde f(0) = (2\pi)^{-3/2}\int 4\pi r^2 f(r)dr, the total mass of ff up to the prefactor. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Absolute convergence is used in step 3, to interchange the three integrations. For f(r)=1/rf(r) = 1/r the radial integral ∫0∞r2⋅r−1dr=∫0∞r dr\int_0^\infty r^2\cdot r^{-1}dr = \int_0^\infty r\,dr diverges, so the hypothesis fails and the reduction is not available. Both Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2, Example 9.2.3, p. 282) and Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, Example 20.2.5, p. 974) say so explicitly and obtain the Coulomb transform only as a limit. Note that the trouble is at infinity, not at the origin: r2⋅r−1r^2\cdot r^{-1} is perfectly integrable near 00, which is why the singular-looking 1/r1/r is in fact the easy end.
  • Rotation invariance of ff is used in step 3, and nowhere else. Without it, aligning the axis with k\mathbf k would change the integrand, and the angular integral would not collapse. For a function with an axis of symmetry but not full spherical symmetry the same trick gives a double, not a single, integral.
  • Orthogonality of RR, not just invertibility, is used in step 1, twice: once for ∣det⁡R∣=1\lvert\det R\rvert = 1, so the volume element is unchanged, and once for k⋅R−1y=Rk⋅y\mathbf k\cdot R^{-1}\mathbf y = R\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf y. A general linear change of variables AA gives instead f(Ar)⟼∣det⁡A∣−1f~(A−Tk)f(A\mathbf r)\longmapsto \lvert\det A\rvert^{-1}\tilde f(A^{-\mathsf T}\mathbf k), with the inverse transpose rather than AA itself; the two coincide exactly for orthogonal AA.
  • The limit α→0\alpha\to 0 in the Yukawa formula is not automatic. The pointwise limit of 2/π (k2+α2)−1\sqrt{2/\pi}\,(k^2+\alpha^2)^{-1} is 2/π k−2\sqrt{2/\pi}\,k^{-2}, and the sources take this as the transform of 1/r1/r; making it a theorem rather than a convention requires reading 1/r1/r as a tempered distribution and the convergence as convergence of distributions, for which see tempered distributions. The limit is not uniform near k=0k = 0, which is the analytic trace of the fact that the Coulomb potential has infinite range.
  • Separability needs a genuine product, not merely a radial function. The Gaussian is the one function that is both radial and a product, which is exactly why it can be transformed either way and why it is the test case for every convention.
  • In two dimensions the angular integral is not elementary, because ∫02πe−ikρcos⁡φdφ=2πJ0(kρ)\int_0^{2\pi}e^{-ik\rho\cos\varphi}d\varphi = 2\pi J_0(k\rho) rather than a ratio of elementary functions. Three dimensions is the lucky case; the general pattern is the Hankel transform of order n/2−1n/2 - 1.
Method(Computing a transform on Rn\mathbb{R}^n)Original
  1. Fix the convention first and write it down. Nearly every discrepancy between two published transforms of the same function is a factor of (2π)n/2(2\pi)^{n/2} or a sign; see the table above. Carry the convention through to the final answer.
  2. Look for a product. If f(r)=∏jfj(rj)f(\mathbf r) = \prod_j f_j(r_j), transform each factor separately in one dimension and multiply. This covers Gaussians, products of exponentials, and anything built by separation of variables.
  3. Otherwise look for spherical symmetry. If ff is radial, check ∫0∞rn−1∣f∣dr<∞\int_0^\infty r^{n-1}\lvert f\rvert dr < \infty, then use the radial reduction: in R3\mathbb{R}^3 compute the single integral 4πk∫0∞rf(r)sin⁡(kr) dr\frac{4\pi}{k}\int_0^\infty r f(r)\sin(kr)\,dr and divide by (2π)3/2(2\pi)^{3/2}; in R2\mathbb{R}^2 use the J0J_0 formula.
  4. If the radial integral diverges, insert a convergence factor. Replace f(r)f(r) by f(r)e−αrf(r)e^{-\alpha r} with α>0\alpha > 0, transform, then let α→0\alpha \to 0 in the answer. This is how 1/r1/r is handled, and the parameter α\alpha usually has a physical reading as an inverse screening length.
  5. Differentiate in a parameter to get new pairs for free. Differentiation with respect to a parameter commutes with the transform, since they integrate over different variables; Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, (20.44), p. 974) use exactly this to get the transform of e−Zre^{-Zr} from that of e−αr/re^{-\alpha r}/r.
  6. Check three things. (i) f~(0)\tilde f(0) must equal (2π)−n/2∫f dnr(2\pi)^{-n/2}\int f\,d^nr. (ii) If ff is real and even, f~\tilde f is real. (iii) Plancherel: ∫∣f~∣2dnk\int\lvert\tilde f\rvert^2 d^nk must equal ∫∣f∣2dnr\int\lvert f\rvert^2d^nr when both are finite. A numerical quadrature of the radial integral at one value of kk is the fastest check of all.
Example(Yukawa and Coulomb potentials, and the hydrogenic 1s1s orbital)Original

The Yukawa potential. Take f(r)=e−αr/rf(r) = e^{-\alpha r}/r with α>0\alpha > 0 on R3\mathbb{R}^3. It is radial, and ∫0∞r2∣f∣dr=∫0∞re−αrdr=α−2<∞\int_0^\infty r^2\lvert f\rvert dr = \int_0^\infty re^{-\alpha r}dr = \alpha^{-2} < \infty, so step 3 of the method applies. The radial integral is elementary because the factor rr cancels:

∫0∞r⋅e−αrrsin⁡(kr) dr=∫0∞e−αrsin⁡(kr) dr=kα2+k2,\int_0^\infty r\cdot\frac{e^{-\alpha r}}{r}\sin(kr)\,dr = \int_0^\infty e^{-\alpha r}\sin(kr)\,dr = \frac{k}{\alpha^2+k^2} ,

the standard integral obtained by writing sin⁡kr=Im eikr\sin kr = \mathrm{Im}\,e^{ikr} and integrating e−(α−ik)re^{-(\alpha-ik)r}. Hence

(e−αrr)~(k)=1(2π)3/2⋅4πk⋅kk2+α2=4π(2π)3/2⋅1k2+α2=2π  1k2+α2,\widetilde{\left(\frac{e^{-\alpha r}}{r}\right)}(k) = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{3/2}}\cdot\frac{4\pi}{k}\cdot\frac{k}{k^2+\alpha^2} = \frac{4\pi}{(2\pi)^{3/2}}\cdot\frac{1}{k^2+\alpha^2} = \sqrt{\frac{2}{\pi}}\;\frac{1}{k^2+\alpha^2} ,

using 4π/(2π)3/2=2/2π=2/π4\pi/(2\pi)^{3/2} = 2/\sqrt{2\pi} = \sqrt{2/\pi}. This is Hassani's (Hassani (2013), §9.2, Example 9.2.3, p. 283) result V~α=(2q/2π)(k2+α2)−1\tilde V_\alpha = (2q/\sqrt{2\pi})(k^2+\alpha^2)^{-1} for charge qq, and Arfken, Weber and Harris' (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, (20.41), p. 974) equation (20.41), who note that without the prefactor the answer is the familiar 4π/(k2+α2)4\pi/(k^2+\alpha^2).

A number. At α=1\alpha = 1 and k=2k = 2,

2π⋅14+1=0.79788456085=0.1595769122,\sqrt{\frac{2}{\pi}}\cdot\frac{1}{4+1} = \frac{0.7978845608}{5} = 0.1595769122 ,

equivalently 4π/5=2.51327412294\pi/5 = 2.5132741229 in the unnormalised convention. A direct numerical evaluation of 4πk∫0∞e−rsin⁡2r dr\frac{4\pi}{k}\int_0^\infty e^{-r}\sin 2r\,dr returns 2.51327412292.5132741229, so the two agree to ten digits.

The Coulomb limit. Letting α→0\alpha \to 0,

(1r)~(k)=2π 1k2,\widetilde{\left(\frac1r\right)}(k) = \sqrt{\frac{2}{\pi}}\,\frac{1}{k^2} ,

which is Arfken, Weber and Harris' (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, (20.42), p. 974) equation (20.42), (2π)−3/2 4π/k2(2\pi)^{-3/2}\,4\pi/k^2, and Hassani's (Hassani (2013), §9.2, p. 283) V~Coul=(2q/2π)k−2\tilde V_{\mathrm{Coul}} = (2q/\sqrt{2\pi})k^{-2}. At k=2k = 2 its value is 0.7978845608/4=0.19947114020.7978845608/4 = 0.1994711402. The warning of the remark applies: the direct integral does not converge, and this equality is a statement about distributions.

One more pair for free. Differentiating the Yukawa result with respect to α\alpha under the integral sign, and noting −∂α(e−αr/r)=e−αr-\partial_\alpha(e^{-\alpha r}/r) = e^{-\alpha r},

(e−αr)~(k)=−∂∂α[2π1k2+α2]=2π  2α(k2+α2)2,\widetilde{\bigl(e^{-\alpha r}\bigr)}(k) = -\frac{\partial}{\partial\alpha}\left[\sqrt{\frac2\pi}\frac{1}{k^2+\alpha^2}\right] = \sqrt{\frac{2}{\pi}}\;\frac{2\alpha}{(k^2+\alpha^2)^2} ,

the transform of the unnormalised hydrogenic 1s1s orbital, matching Arfken, Weber and Harris' (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, (20.44), p. 974) 8πZ/[(2π)3/2(k2+Z2)2]8\pi Z/[(2\pi)^{3/2}(k^2+Z^2)^2] since 8π/(2π)3/2=22/π8\pi/(2\pi)^{3/2} = 2\sqrt{2/\pi}. At α=1\alpha = 1, k=2k = 2 this is 0.7978845608×2/25=0.06383076490.7978845608\times 2/25 = 0.0638307649, again confirmed to ten digits by numerical quadrature of 4πk∫0∞re−rsin⁡2r dr=1.0053096491\frac{4\pi}{k}\int_0^\infty re^{-r}\sin 2r\,dr = 1.0053096491 divided by (2π)3/2=15.7496099457(2\pi)^{3/2} = 15.7496099457.

Check by separability. For the Gaussian f(r)=e−∣r∣2f(\mathbf r) = e^{-\lvert\mathbf r\rvert^2} both routes are open. As a product, f=∏j=13e−rj2f = \prod_{j=1}^3 e^{-r_j^2} and each one-dimensional transform is (2π)−1/2∫e−r2e−ikrdr=2−1/2e−k2/4(2\pi)^{-1/2}\int e^{-r^2}e^{-ikr}dr = 2^{-1/2}e^{-k^2/4}, so f~(k)=2−3/2e−∣k∣2/4\tilde f(\mathbf k) = 2^{-3/2}e^{-\lvert\mathbf k\rvert^2/4}. As a radial function, the reduction gives (2π)−3/2(4π/k)∫0∞re−r2sin⁡kr dr(2\pi)^{-3/2}(4\pi/k)\int_0^\infty re^{-r^2}\sin kr\,dr, and at k=1.5k = 1.5 the integral evaluates to 0.37871770.3787177, so the formula returns (15.7496099)−1×(4π/1.5)×0.3787177=0.2014486(15.7496099)^{-1}\times(4\pi/1.5)\times 0.3787177 = 0.2014486; the product route gives 2−3/2e−0.5625=0.3535534×0.5697828=0.20144862^{-3/2}e^{-0.5625} = 0.3535534\times0.5697828 = 0.2014486. The two agree, as they must.

ApplicationOriginal

Screened interactions. The pair e−αr/r⟷const/(k2+α2)e^{-\alpha r}/r \longleftrightarrow \mathrm{const}/(k^2+\alpha^2) is the most used transform in many-body physics. Read forwards it says that a screened Coulomb interaction has a momentum-space form regular at k=0k = 0; read backwards it says that any interaction whose momentum dependence is (k2+α2)−1(k^2+\alpha^2)^{-1} has exponential range 1/α1/\alpha in real space. Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2, Example 9.2.3, p. 283) records that this is why Yukawa introduced α\alpha: the short range of the nuclear force demanded it, and for electromagnetism, where the range is unbounded, α=0\alpha = 0.

Scattering and the Born approximation. In the Born approximation the scattering amplitude is proportional to the Fourier transform of the potential evaluated at the momentum transfer q\mathbf q. For the Coulomb potential this gives an amplitude ∝1/q2\propto 1/q^2 and hence a cross-section ∝1/q4\propto 1/q^4, which is Rutherford's law; the 1/k21/k^2 computed above is the whole of that derivation. See the Born approximation.

Form factors. Hassani (Hassani (2013), §9.2, Example 9.2.4, pp. 283–284) extends the calculation to a charge spread with density ρ\rho: the transform of the potential factorises as V~(k)=4πqρ~(k)/∣k∣2\tilde V(\mathbf k) = 4\pi q\tilde\rho(\mathbf k)/\lvert\mathbf k\rvert^2, so a plot of k2V~(k)k^2\tilde V(k) against kk displays ρ~\tilde\rho, the form factor, directly. A constant means a point charge; any departure means structure. Hassani notes that the relativistic version of this argument was the evidence for point-like constituents inside the proton in 1968.

Solving equations with constant coefficients. Because ∇2⟼−∣k∣2\nabla^2 \longmapsto -\lvert\mathbf k\rvert^2, Poisson's equation ∇2ϕ=−4πρ\nabla^2\phi = -4\pi\rho becomes ∣k∣2ϕ~=4πρ~\lvert\mathbf k\rvert^2\tilde\phi = 4\pi\tilde\rho and the screened equation (∇2−α2)ϕ=−4πρ(\nabla^2 - \alpha^2)\phi = -4\pi\rho becomes (∣k∣2+α2)ϕ~=4πρ~(\lvert\mathbf k\rvert^2+\alpha^2)\tilde\phi = 4\pi\tilde\rho. Inverting the first recovers the Coulomb Green function 1/(4π∣r∣)1/(4\pi\lvert\mathbf r\rvert) and the second the Yukawa one; this is the standard route to the fundamental solutions in Laplace's equation and the Helmholtz equation.

Crystallography and imaging. A diffraction experiment measures ∣f~(k)∣2\lvert\tilde f(\mathbf k)\rvert^2 for the electron density ff of a sample, and the rotation rule is what makes powder diffraction work: averaging over orientations of the sample is averaging f~\tilde f over rotations of k\mathbf k, so for a radial density nothing is lost. The same rule underlies the reconstruction of radially symmetric objects from a single one-dimensional profile in small-angle scattering.

Laplace and discrete transforms

5

Definition

The Laplace transform

Adapted

The one-sided transform fˉ(s)=∫0∞f(t)e−stdt\bar f(s)=\int_0^\infty f(t)e^{-st}dt, the half-plane on which it converges, its standard pairs and its derivative, shift and scaling rules, together with the Bromwich contour integral that inverts it.

Prerequisites: The Fourier transform, Fourier inversion, The Heaviside step and related functions, The residue theorem, Infinite real integrals and Jordan's lemma, The Gamma function

Definition(The transform and its abscissa of convergence)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.2, (13.53), p. 453; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.7, (20.126)–(20.127), p. 1008; Evans (2010), §4.3.3, (43), p. 192

For ff defined on (0,∞)(0,\infty), the Laplace transform is

fˉ(s)=L[f(t)]=∫0∞f(t) e−st dt,\bar f(s) = \mathcal{L}[f(t)] = \int_0^\infty f(t)\,e^{-st}\,dt ,

whenever the integral exists. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.2, (13.53), p. 453) write it this way and take ss real; Evans (Evans (2010), §4.3.3, (43), p. 192) defines it for u∈L1(R+)u \in L^1(\mathbb{R}_+) and s≥0s \ge 0; Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.7, p. 1008 and footnote 6) allow complex ss. Only the values of ff on (0,∞)(0,\infty) enter, which is why the transform suits an initial-value problem, where data are given at t=0t = 0 and nothing is known for t<0t<0. It is linear: L[af1+bf2]=afˉ1+bfˉ2\mathcal{L}[af_1+bf_2] = a\bar f_1 + b\bar f_2 wherever both transforms exist.

ff is of exponential order if there are constants s0s_0, MM and t0≥0t_0\ge 0 such that

∣e−s0tf(t)∣≤Mfor all t>t0,\bigl\lvert e^{-s_0t}f(t)\bigr\rvert \le M \qquad\text{for all } t > t_0 ,

the condition of Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.7, (20.127), p. 1008). Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.2, p. 453) record the resulting picture: for a given ff there is in practice a real number s0s_0, the abscissa of convergence, with the integral existing for s>s0s > s_0 and diverging for s≤s0s \le s_0. Each line of the table below carries its own s0s_0.

Definition(Existence, and standard pairs)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.7, (20.127)–(20.140), pp. 1008–1011; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.2, Table 13.1, p. 455; Strauss (2008), §12.5, (2)–(12), p. 353

Existence. If ff is of exponential order with constant s0s_0, and is integrable on (0,t0)(0,t_0), then fˉ(s)\bar f(s) exists for s>s0s > s_0. Allowing complex ss, Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.10, p. 1039) require Re s≥β\mathrm{Re}\,s \ge \beta for convergence when ff grows no faster than eβte^{\beta t}, so the natural domain is a right half-plane.

Decay of the transform. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.7, p. 1010) state that whenever fˉ\bar f is a Laplace transform, fˉ(s)→0\bar f(s)\to 0 as s→∞s\to\infty, and conclude that a function of ss growing like a positive power of ss is the transform of nothing. Step 1 of the proof below establishes this for every ff of exponential order, which is the case the statement is about. It does not cover the last row of the table: the same book's convention L[δ(t)]=1\mathcal{L}[\delta(t)] = 1 for an impulse at the endpoint produces a transform that does not decay, and δ\delta is not a function of exponential order. The two statements sit side by side in Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.7, pp. 1010–1011) without being reconciled; we report both and read the decay claim as a statement about transforms of functions.

Standard pairs. With s0s_0 as given by Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.2, Table 13.1, p. 455):

f(t)f(t) fˉ(s)\bar f(s) s0s_0
11 1/s1/s 00
tnt^n (n>−1)(n > -1) Γ(n+1)/sn+1\Gamma(n+1)/s^{n+1} 00
eate^{at} 1/(s−a)1/(s-a) aa
tneatt^ne^{at} n!/(s−a)n+1n!/(s-a)^{n+1} aa
sin⁡bt\sin bt b/(s2+b2)b/(s^2+b^2) 00
cos⁡bt\cos bt s/(s2+b2)s/(s^2+b^2) 00
sinh⁡at\sinh at a/(s2−a2)a/(s^2-a^2) ∣a∣\lvert a\rvert
cosh⁡at\cosh at s/(s2−a2)s/(s^2-a^2) ∣a∣\lvert a\rvert
eatsin⁡bte^{at}\sin bt b/[(s−a)2+b2]b/[(s-a)^2+b^2] aa
t−1/2t^{-1/2} (π/s)1/2(\pi/s)^{1/2} 00
H(t−t0)H(t-t_0) e−st0/se^{-st_0}/s 00
δ(t−t0)\delta(t-t_0) e−st0e^{-st_0} 00

The entry for tnt^n is Arfken, Weber and Harris' (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.7, (20.136), p. 1009) (20.136), valid for every real n>−1n > -1 through the gamma function; for integer nn it reduces to n!/sn+1n!/s^{n+1}. The entries for HH and δ\delta use the Heaviside step, and L[δ(t)]=1\mathcal{L}[\delta(t)] = 1 is the convention Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.7, (20.140), p. 1011) adopt for an impulse sitting at the endpoint. Strauss (Strauss (2008), §12.5, (10)–(12), p. 353) adds the pairs a(4πt3)−1/2e−a2/4t↔e−asa(4\pi t^3)^{-1/2}e^{-a^2/4t}\leftrightarrow e^{-a\sqrt s} and (πt)−1/2e−a2/4t↔s−1/2e−as(\pi t)^{-1/2}e^{-a^2/4t}\leftrightarrow s^{-1/2}e^{-a\sqrt s}, which are what make the transform useful for diffusion on a half-line.

Definition(Operational rules)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.2.1–§13.2.2, (13.57)–(13.64), pp. 455–459; Strauss (2008), §12.5, properties (i)–(ix), p. 354

Let fˉ=L[f]\bar f = \mathcal{L}[f] and gˉ=L[g]\bar g = \mathcal{L}[g], let aa be a real constant, b>0b > 0 and n∈Nn \in \mathbb{N}. Only rule 5 needs a>0a > 0; rule 3 and the table entries built on eate^{at} hold for either sign, and the half-plane moves with aa, which is why the table's s0s_0 column reads aa and not ∣a∣\lvert a\rvert for those rows.

  1. Derivatives. L[f′]=sfˉ(s)−f(0)\mathcal{L}[f'] = s\bar f(s) - f(0), and in general L[f(n)]=snfˉ(s)−sn−1f(0)−sn−2f′(0)−⋯−f(n−1)(0).\mathcal{L}\bigl[f^{(n)}\bigr] = s^n\bar f(s) - s^{n-1}f(0) - s^{n-2}f'(0) - \cdots - f^{(n-1)}(0) .
  2. Integral. L[∫0tf(u) du]=1s fˉ(s)\displaystyle \mathcal{L}\left[\int_0^t f(u)\,du\right] = \frac{1}{s}\,\bar f(s).
  3. Shift in ss. L[eatf(t)]=fˉ(s−a)\mathcal{L}\bigl[e^{at}f(t)\bigr] = \bar f(s-a): multiplying by eate^{at} moves the origin of ss.
  4. Delay in tt. e−bsfˉ(s)=L[g]e^{-bs}\bar f(s) = \mathcal{L}[g] where g(t)=0g(t) = 0 for 0<t≤b0<t\le b and g(t)=f(t−b)g(t) = f(t-b) for t>bt > b; equivalently L[H(t−b)f(t−b)]=e−bsfˉ(s)\mathcal{L}[H(t-b)f(t-b)] = e^{-bs}\bar f(s).
  5. Scaling. For a>0a > 0, L[f(at)]=a−1fˉ(s/a)\mathcal{L}[f(at)] = a^{-1}\bar f(s/a).
  6. Multiplication by tnt^n. L[tnf(t)]=(−1)n dnfˉ/dsn\mathcal{L}[t^nf(t)] = (-1)^n\,d^n\bar f/ds^n.
  7. Division by tt. L[f(t)t]=∫s∞fˉ(u) du\displaystyle \mathcal{L}\left[\frac{f(t)}{t}\right] = \int_s^\infty \bar f(u)\,du, provided lim⁡t→0f(t)/t\lim_{t\to0}f(t)/t exists.
  8. Convolution. L[∫0tf(u)g(t−u) du]=fˉ(s) gˉ(s)\displaystyle \mathcal{L}\left[\int_0^t f(u)g(t-u)\,du\right] = \bar f(s)\,\bar g(s).

Rules 1–7 are Riley, Hobson and Bence's (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.2.1–§13.2.2, pp. 455–457) (13.57)–(13.63) and rule 8 their convolution theorem. Strauss' (Strauss (2008), §12.5, properties (i)–(ix), p. 354) table of properties carries seven of the eight — all but the integral rule 2 — as (ii)–(ix), with rule 1 written out only for n=1,2n = 1, 2 and rule 6 only for n=1n = 1; his remaining entry (i) is linearity, which we have put in the definition block above.

Definition(The Bromwich inversion integral)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §25.5, (25.24)–(25.25), p. 884; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.10, (20.203)–(20.204), pp. 1039–1040

Let ff be of exponential order, so that fˉ(s)=∫0∞e−stf(t) dt\bar f(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-st}f(t)\,dt converges for Re s>s0\mathrm{Re}\,s > s_0, and let ff in addition be piecewise smooth on every bounded subinterval of (0,∞)(0,\infty). Then for every t>0t>0

f(t+)+f(t−)2=12πi∫λ−i∞λ+i∞est fˉ(s) ds,\frac{f(t^{+}) + f(t^{-})}{2} = \frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_{\lambda-i\infty}^{\lambda+i\infty} e^{st}\,\bar f(s)\,ds ,

the Bromwich integral, taken as a symmetric limit up the vertical line Re s=λ\mathrm{Re}\,s = \lambda, where λ\lambda is chosen so that every singularity of fˉ\bar f lies strictly to its left. At every tt where ff is continuous the left-hand side is f(t)f(t), so the formula recovers ff at every point of continuity. At a jump it returns the midpoint, which is in general not f(t)f(t); the remark below explains why no formula built from fˉ\bar f could do better.

The regularity hypothesis is not decoration. Both sources hedge at exactly this point: Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.10, (20.199)–(20.201), pp. 1038–1039) ask of the damped function exactly the restriction its Fourier-integral representation needs, which at the opening of the section they name as the Dirichlet conditions, and Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §25.5, p. 884) call a proof valid for arbitrary ff and fˉ\bar f hard to come by, and offer a verification in its place. Piecewise smoothness is the hypothesis under which Fourier inversion is available in this handbook, and it is what step 4 of the proof below uses.

On the contour: Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §25.5, (25.25), p. 884) state the formula with λ>0\lambda > 0 and all singularities of fˉ\bar f to the left of the line; Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.10, (20.203), p. 1039) write β\beta for λ\lambda and note that fˉ\bar f is analytic in Re s≥β\mathrm{Re}\,s\ge\beta, so the integrand can be singular only to the left. It is also called the Fourier-Mellin integral.

Evaluation by residues. If t>0t > 0 and fˉ\bar f is analytic apart from isolated singularities, has no branch points, and is small for large ∣s∣\lvert s\rvert, the contour may be closed by a large semicircle in the left half-plane which contributes nothing, and then

f(t+)+f(t−)2=∑(residues of estfˉ(s) at the singularities with Re s<λ),\frac{f(t^{+})+f(t^{-})}{2} = \sum \text{(residues of } e^{st}\bar f(s)\text{ at the singularities with } \mathrm{Re}\,s < \lambda) ,

which is Arfken, Weber and Harris' (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.10, (20.204), p. 1039) equation (20.204), written by them with F(t)F(t) on the left under the same reading as above. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §25.5, p. 885) describe the completions to use when instead fˉ\bar f has infinitely many poles (a sequence of arcs threading between them, giving ff as a series) or branch points (a cut plane with a keyhole contour).

Idea of the proofOriginal

The Laplace transform is the Fourier transform in disguise, and the disguise is a single exponential factor. Given ff on (0,∞)(0,\infty) that may grow like eβte^{\beta t}, the product e−βtf(t)e^{-\beta t}f(t), extended by zero to t<0t<0, decays and so has a Fourier transform. Writing that transform out and renaming the variable s=β+ius = \beta + iu turns it into fˉ(s)\bar f(s): the Laplace transform is the Fourier transform evaluated along a vertical line in the complex plane rather than along the real axis. Everything then follows. Existence needs only that the damping beat the growth, which is the exponential-order condition. Inversion is the Fourier inversion formula with the same change of variable, and the real line of frequencies becomes the vertical Bromwich line, which must be far enough to the right that the damping still works. The derivative rule is integration by parts, and the boundary term at t=0t = 0 — absent for the Fourier transform, which has no boundary — is exactly what lets initial data enter an algebraic equation.

Proof(Existence, the derivative rule, and the Bromwich formula)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.7, p. 1008 and §20.10, (20.199)–(20.203), pp. 1038–1039; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.2.1, (13.57), p. 455

Step 1: existence. Suppose ∣f(t)∣≤Mes0t\lvert f(t)\rvert \le Me^{s_0t} for t>t0t > t_0 and ff is integrable on (0,t0)(0,t_0). For real s>s0s > s_0,

∫t0∞∣f(t)e−st∣ dt≤M∫t0∞e−(s−s0)t dt=Me−(s−s0)t0s−s0<∞,\int_{t_0}^\infty \lvert f(t)e^{-st}\rvert\,dt \le M\int_{t_0}^\infty e^{-(s-s_0)t}\,dt = \frac{M e^{-(s-s_0)t_0}}{s-s_0} < \infty ,

and the integral over (0,t0)(0,t_0) is finite by assumption. The same bound holds for complex ss with Re s>s0\mathrm{Re}\,s > s_0, since ∣e−st∣=e−t Re s\lvert e^{-st}\rvert = e^{-t\,\mathrm{Re}\,s}, so the transform converges absolutely on a right half-plane. Differentiating under the integral sign, which the same bound justifies, shows fˉ\bar f is analytic there. The estimate also gives fˉ(s)→0\bar f(s)\to 0 as Re s→∞\mathrm{Re}\,s\to\infty.

Step 2: the derivative rule. Integrate by parts, assuming ff is differentiable with f′f' again of exponential order:

∫0∞f′(t)e−stdt=[f(t)e−st]0∞+s∫0∞f(t)e−stdt=−f(0)+sfˉ(s),\int_0^\infty f'(t)e^{-st}dt = \bigl[f(t)e^{-st}\bigr]_0^\infty + s\int_0^\infty f(t)e^{-st}dt = -f(0) + s\bar f(s) ,

the boundary term at infinity vanishing for Re s\mathrm{Re}\,s large enough. Applying this to f′f' in place of ff gives L[f′′]=s2fˉ−sf(0)−f′(0)\mathcal{L}[f''] = s^2\bar f - sf(0)-f'(0), and induction gives rule 1 in general. The initial values appear because the integral starts at t=0t=0: the transform of a derivative remembers where the function started.

Step 3: damp the function. Let ff be of exponential order and piecewise smooth, and choose β>s0\beta > s_0. Put

g(t)={e−βtf(t),t>0,0,t≤0.g(t) = \begin{cases} e^{-\beta t}f(t), & t > 0,\\ 0, & t \le 0.\end{cases}

Then gg is absolutely integrable on R\mathbb{R}, since ∫0∞e−βt∣f∣dt\int_0^\infty e^{-\beta t}\lvert f\rvert dt converges by step 1. It is also piecewise smooth on every bounded interval: multiplying by the smooth factor e−βte^{-\beta t} and cutting off at t=0t=0 creates at worst one further jump, at the origin.

Step 4: apply Fourier inversion to gg. Integrability of gg by itself does not license a pointwise inversion formula — the inversion integral need not even converge — so we use the piecewise-smooth version of Fourier inversion, whose hypotheses are exactly what step 3 supplies: g∈L1(R)g \in L^1(\mathbb{R}) satisfying Dirichlet conditions. It returns the midpoint value and requires the integral to be read as a symmetric limit. In the angular-frequency convention of the Fourier transform,

g(t+)+g(t−)2=lim⁡R→∞12π∫−RReiut(∫−∞∞g(v) e−iuv dv)du=lim⁡R→∞12π∫−RReiut(∫0∞f(v) e−(β+iu)v dv)du.\frac{g(t^{+})+g(t^{-})}{2} = \lim_{R\to\infty}\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-R}^{R} e^{iut}\left(\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} g(v)\,e^{-iuv}\,dv\right)du = \lim_{R\to\infty}\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-R}^{R} e^{iut}\left(\int_0^{\infty} f(v)\,e^{-(\beta+iu)v}\,dv\right)du .

The inner integral is exactly fˉ(β+iu)\bar f(\beta+iu).

Step 5: undo the damping and change variable. Fix t>0t>0. The factor eβte^{\beta t} is continuous, so multiplying the last display by it turns the left-hand side into the midpoint value of ff at tt:

f(t+)+f(t−)2=lim⁡R→∞12π∫−RRe(β+iu)t fˉ(β+iu) du,\frac{f(t^{+})+f(t^{-})}{2} = \lim_{R\to\infty}\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-R}^{R} e^{(\beta+iu)t}\,\bar f(\beta+iu)\,du ,

which is f(t)f(t) at every tt where ff is continuous.

Now set s=β+ius = \beta+iu, so that ds=i duds = i\,du and uu running from −∞-\infty to ∞\infty corresponds to ss running up the vertical line Re s=β\mathrm{Re}\,s = \beta. Then du=ds/idu = ds/i and

f(t+)+f(t−)2=12πi∫β−i∞β+i∞est fˉ(s) ds,\frac{f(t^{+})+f(t^{-})}{2} = \frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_{\beta-i\infty}^{\beta+i\infty} e^{st}\,\bar f(s)\,ds ,

the Bromwich integral, the contour integral again being a symmetric limit. This is the route of Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.10, (20.200)–(20.203), pp. 1038–1039). For t<0t < 0 the same computation returns 00, because gg vanishes there; the formula reconstructs the one-sided function, not a two-sided one.

Step 6: residues. Fix t>0t>0 and suppose fˉ\bar f is analytic except at finitely many isolated singularities, all with real part less than β\beta, and that ∣fˉ(s)∣→0\lvert\bar f(s)\rvert\to 0 uniformly as ∣s∣→∞\lvert s\rvert\to\infty. Close the vertical segment from β−iR\beta-iR to β+iR\beta+iR with the semicircular arc ΓR\Gamma_R of radius RR to the left, parametrised by s=β+Reiθs = \beta + Re^{i\theta}, π2≤θ≤3π2\tfrac{\pi}{2}\le\theta\le\tfrac{3\pi}{2}. The crude bound ∣est∣≤eβt\lvert e^{st}\rvert \le e^{\beta t} is not enough, because the arc has length πR\pi R; what saves it is that ∣est∣=eβtetRcos⁡θ\lvert e^{st}\rvert = e^{\beta t}e^{tR\cos\theta} is exponentially small except near the two ends. Writing θ=π2+φ\theta = \tfrac{\pi}{2}+\varphi and using sin⁡φ≥2φ/π\sin\varphi \ge 2\varphi/\pi on [0,π2][0,\tfrac{\pi}{2}],

∫ΓR∣est∣ ∣ds∣=eβtR∫0πe−tRsin⁡φ dφ≤eβtR⋅πtR=πeβtt,\int_{\Gamma_R}\bigl\lvert e^{st}\bigr\rvert\,\lvert ds\rvert = e^{\beta t}R\int_0^{\pi}e^{-tR\sin\varphi}\,d\varphi \le e^{\beta t}R\cdot\frac{\pi}{tR} = \frac{\pi e^{\beta t}}{t} ,

a bound independent of RR. With M(R)=max⁡ΓR∣fˉ∣→0M(R) = \max_{\Gamma_R}\lvert\bar f\rvert \to 0 the arc contributes at most M(R)πeβt/t→0M(R)\pi e^{\beta t}/t \to 0. This is Jordan's lemma; see infinite real integrals and Jordan's lemma. The closed contour encircles every singularity once, counter-clockwise, so the residue theorem gives

f(t+)+f(t−)2=∑jRess=sj(estfˉ(s)),\frac{f(t^{+})+f(t^{-})}{2} = \sum_j \mathrm{Res}_{s=s_j}\bigl(e^{st}\bar f(s)\bigr) ,

which is f(t)f(t) at every t>0t>0 where ff is continuous. When fˉ\bar f is rational the right-hand side is a finite sum of terms pj(t)esjtp_j(t)e^{s_jt} and hence smooth: it is then the continuous representative of ff, which is what the method below reads off. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Exponential order is what makes step 1 work, and it can fail. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.7, p. 1008) give f(t)=et2f(t) = e^{t^2}: no s0s_0 dominates it, and L[et2]\mathcal{L}[e^{t^2}] exists for no ss at all. The transform can also fail at the other end, from a singularity at the origin rather than growth at infinity: ∫0∞tne−stdt\int_0^\infty t^ne^{-st}dt diverges at 00 for n≤−1n\le -1, so L[t−1]\mathcal{L}[t^{-1}] does not exist, which is why the table entry for tnt^n carries the restriction n>−1n>-1.
  • The abscissa is a property of ff, not of the formula. L[eat]=1/(s−a)\mathcal{L}[e^{at}] = 1/(s-a) was derived for s>as>a, but the right-hand side is defined and analytic for all s≠as\ne a. The transform is the analytic continuation of the integral, and the integral's half-plane of convergence is recorded only so that the Bromwich line can be placed correctly. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.10, p. 1040) address exactly this apparent paradox when closing the contour through Re s<0\mathrm{Re}\,s<0: the restriction Re s≥β\mathrm{Re}\,s\ge\beta defined fˉ\bar f, and once defined it may be used wherever it is analytic.
  • The contour must be to the right of everything. If λ\lambda is placed to the left of a pole of fˉ\bar f, step 3 fails — the damping e−λte^{-\lambda t} no longer beats the growth of ff — and the integral returns a different function. For fˉ(s)=1/(s−2)\bar f(s) = 1/(s-2) the correct choice λ>2\lambda>2 gives e2te^{2t}, while closing to the right of the pole with λ<2\lambda<2 gives −e2tH(−t)-e^{2t}H(-t).
  • Closing to the left needs t>0t>0 and decay of fˉ\bar f. Both are used in step 6: for t<0t<0 the exponential este^{st} grows in the left half-plane and the arc does not vanish, which is the mechanism by which the formula returns 00 there. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.10, Example 20.10.2, p. 1041) show a case, fˉ(s)=(1−e−as)/s\bar f(s) = (1-e^{-as})/s, where the two terms of the integrand must be closed on opposite sides depending on whether t<at<a or t>at>a, producing a square pulse.
  • No branch points is a real restriction. Transforms such as e−ase^{-a\sqrt s} from Strauss' (Strauss (2008), §12.5, (10), p. 353) diffusion table have a branch point at s=0s=0 and are not inverted by a finite residue sum; a keyhole contour around the cut is needed, as Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §25.5, p. 885) describe.
  • Inversion is unique only up to negligible sets, which is why the Bromwich statement is a midpoint statement. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.2, footnote, p. 454) note that two functions differing at finitely many isolated points have the same transform. No formula built from fˉ\bar f can therefore distinguish them, and the one the Bromwich integral picks is the midpoint: at a jump it returns 12[f(t+)+f(t−)]\tfrac12[f(t^{+})+f(t^{-})], not f(t)f(t). A table lookup likewise recovers ff only where ff is continuous. This is also why the statement block assumes ff piecewise smooth: that is what makes the one-sided limits exist and the symmetric limit converge, by the piecewise-smooth form of Fourier inversion used in step 4.
  • Finally, the derivative rule needs ff to be differentiable with f′f' of exponential order, and it needs f(0)f(0) to exist. A forcing term with a jump at t=0t=0 must be written with a Heaviside factor and handled by rule 4, not by rule 1.
Method(Solving a linear constant-coefficient initial-value problem)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §15.1.5, (15.31)–(15.32) and the surrounding scheme, p. 501

For any(n)+⋯+a1y′+a0y=g(t)a_ny^{(n)}+\cdots+a_1y'+a_0y = g(t) with y(0),…,y(n−1)(0)y(0),\dots,y^{(n-1)}(0) given:

  1. Transform both sides, using rule 1 on each derivative. The initial data enter as the polynomial ∑ksn−1−ky(k)(0)\sum_k s^{n-1-k}y^{(k)}(0) terms; no separate step is needed to impose them. This is the advantage Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §15.1.5, p. 501) stress: the solution arrives in one piece rather than as a complementary function plus a particular integral.
  2. Solve the resulting algebraic equation for yˉ(s)\bar y(s). It is always yˉ=[P(s)+gˉ(s)]/Q(s)\bar y = \bigl[P(s) + \bar g(s)\bigr]/Q(s), with QQ the characteristic polynomial and PP carrying the initial data.
  3. Put yˉ\bar y over a common denominator and record the poles. The poles of QQ are the natural frequencies of the system; those coming from gˉ\bar g are the driven response.
  4. Invert. If yˉ\bar y is rational, split it by partial fractions and read off each piece from the table; equivalently, and often faster when the poles are simple, evaluate the Bromwich integral as a sum of residues. If yˉ\bar y contains a factor e−bse^{-bs}, strip it off, invert the rest, and reinstate it with the delay rule 4.
  5. Check three things: y(0)y(0) and the other initial values against the data; the residual any(n)+⋯−ga_ny^{(n)}+\cdots-g at one value of tt; and lim⁡s→∞syˉ(s)\lim_{s\to\infty}s\bar y(s), which must equal y(0)y(0).
Example(A driven damped system, inverted by residues)Original

Solve

y′′+3y′+2y=e−3t,y(0)=1,y′(0)=0.y'' + 3y' + 2y = e^{-3t} , \qquad y(0) = 1,\quad y'(0) = 0 .

Step 1: transform. By rule 1, L[y′′]=s2yˉ−s⋅1−0\mathcal{L}[y''] = s^2\bar y - s\cdot 1 - 0 and L[y′]=syˉ−1\mathcal{L}[y'] = s\bar y - 1, while L[e−3t]=1/(s+3)\mathcal{L}[e^{-3t}] = 1/(s+3) for s>−3s>-3. Hence

(s2+3s+2)yˉ(s)−s−3=1s+3.\bigl(s^2+3s+2\bigr)\bar y(s) - s - 3 = \frac{1}{s+3} .

Step 2: solve. Since s2+3s+2=(s+1)(s+2)s^2+3s+2 = (s+1)(s+2),

yˉ(s)=s+3(s+1)(s+2)+1(s+1)(s+2)(s+3)=(s+3)2+1(s+1)(s+2)(s+3),\bar y(s) = \frac{s+3}{(s+1)(s+2)} + \frac{1}{(s+1)(s+2)(s+3)} = \frac{(s+3)^2+1}{(s+1)(s+2)(s+3)} ,

obtained by putting the two terms over the common denominator. The poles are at s=−1,−2,−3s = -1, -2, -3, all simple, so the abscissa of convergence is s0=−1s_0 = -1 and any λ>−1\lambda > -1 serves as the Bromwich line.

Step 3: invert by residues. The numerator is quadratic and the denominator cubic, so yˉ(s)=O(1/∣s∣)\bar y(s) = O(1/\lvert s\rvert) at infinity and the contour may be closed to the left for t>0t>0. Each pole is simple, so the residue of estyˉ(s)e^{st}\bar y(s) at sjs_j is esjte^{s_jt} times the numerator over the product of the other two factors:

s=−1:e−t (−1+3)2+1(−1+2)(−1+3)=e−t 52,s=−2:e−2t (−2+3)2+1(−2+1)(−2+3)=e−2t 2−1=−2e−2t,s=−3:e−3t (−3+3)2+1(−3+1)(−3+2)=e−3t 12.\begin{aligned} s = -1 &: \quad e^{-t}\,\frac{(-1+3)^2+1}{(-1+2)(-1+3)} = e^{-t}\,\frac{5}{2} ,\\ s = -2 &: \quad e^{-2t}\,\frac{(-2+3)^2+1}{(-2+1)(-2+3)} = e^{-2t}\,\frac{2}{-1} = -2e^{-2t} ,\\ s = -3 &: \quad e^{-3t}\,\frac{(-3+3)^2+1}{(-3+1)(-3+2)} = e^{-3t}\,\frac{1}{2} . \end{aligned}

Summing,

y(t)=52e−t−2e−2t+12e−3t.y(t) = \tfrac52 e^{-t} - 2e^{-2t} + \tfrac12 e^{-3t} .

Step 4: the checks of the method. y(0)=2.5−2+0.5=1y(0) = 2.5-2+0.5 = 1, as required. y′(t)=−52e−t+4e−2t−32e−3ty'(t) = -\tfrac52e^{-t}+4e^{-2t}-\tfrac32e^{-3t}, so y′(0)=−2.5+4−1.5=0y'(0) = -2.5+4-1.5 = 0. Substituting the e−3te^{-3t} term alone into the left-hand side gives 12(9−9+2)e−3t=e−3t\tfrac12(9-9+2)e^{-3t} = e^{-3t}, and the e−te^{-t} and e−2te^{-2t} terms are annihilated by (d/dt+1)(d/dt+2)(d/dt+1)(d/dt+2), so the equation holds. Finally syˉ(s)→1=y(0)s\bar y(s) \to 1 = y(0) as s→∞s\to\infty.

A number. At t=1t = 1,

y(1)=2.5(0.3678794412)−2(0.1353352832)+0.5(0.0497870684)=0.6739215706.y(1) = 2.5(0.3678794412) - 2(0.1353352832) + 0.5(0.0497870684) = 0.6739215706 .

A second, shorter check of the table. The entry L[tn]=Γ(n+1)/sn+1\mathcal{L}[t^n] = \Gamma(n+1)/s^{n+1} at n=12n = \tfrac12 gives L[t1/2]=Γ(3/2)/s3/2=12π/s3\mathcal{L}[t^{1/2}] = \Gamma(3/2)/s^{3/2} = \tfrac12\sqrt{\pi/s^3}, which is Riley, Hobson and Bence's (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.2, Table 13.1, p. 455) table entry. At s=4s = 4 this is 12π/64=0.1107784\tfrac12\sqrt{\pi/64} = 0.1107784, and the direct integral ∫0∞t1/2e−4tdt=(π/2)/8=π/16=0.1107784\int_0^\infty t^{1/2}e^{-4t}dt = (\sqrt\pi/2)/8 = \sqrt\pi/16 = 0.1107784 agrees.

ApplicationOriginal

Circuit and mechanical transients. A series RLCRLC circuit driven by a source obeys a constant-coefficient equation in the charge, and transforming it turns the circuit into an algebraic divider: the transform of the response is the transform of the drive divided by Ls2+Rs+1/CLs^2+Rs+1/C. The roots of that quadratic are the natural frequencies, the residues at them are the amplitudes of the transient, and the poles contributed by the drive are the steady state. Switching an input on at time bb costs only a factor e−bse^{-bs}, by rule 4, and that is why a system started from rest is handled with this one-sided transform instead of its two-sided relative.

Transfer functions and stability. In control theory the ratio yˉ(s)/gˉ(s)=1/Q(s)\bar y(s)/\bar g(s) = 1/Q(s) is the transfer function, and the residue calculation of the worked example shows why its poles decide everything: each pole sjs_j contributes a term esjte^{s_jt}, so the response decays exactly when every pole has Re sj<0\mathrm{Re}\,s_j < 0. The Bromwich line, which must lie to the right of all poles, is then in the right half-plane only for an unstable system.

Diffusion and waves on a half-line. Transforming in time rather than in space turns a partial differential equation into an ordinary one in xx with ss as a parameter. Strauss (Strauss (2008), §12.5, Examples 4–5, pp. 355–356) solves utt=c2uxxu_{tt}=c^2u_{xx} on x>0x>0 with boundary data f(t)f(t) this way: the transformed equation gives U(x,s)=fˉ(s)e−sx/cU(x,s) = \bar f(s)e^{-sx/c}, and the delay rule reads off u(x,t)=H(t−x/c)f(t−x/c)u(x,t) = H(t-x/c)f(t-x/c), a signal travelling at speed cc. The same method on the diffusion equation produces e−xs/ke^{-x\sqrt{s/k}} and, through the s\sqrt s pairs in the table, the error-function solution. This is the technique that handles inhomogeneous boundary conditions most cleanly.

Resolvents and semigroups. Evans (Evans (2010), §4.3.3, Example 8, pp. 192–193) observes that transforming the heat equation vt=Δvv_t = \Delta v, v∣t=0=fv|_{t=0}=f, in time yields −Δu+su=f-\Delta u + su = f for u=vˉ(⋅,s)u = \bar v(\cdot,s): the Laplace transform of the heat flow is the resolvent of the Laplacian. This is the bridge between the transform and operator semigroup theory, where the Bromwich integral reappears as the contour formula recovering a semigroup from its resolvent.

Probability and renewal problems. For a non-negative random variable with density pp, pˉ(s)=E[e−sT]\bar p(s) = \mathbb{E}[e^{-sT}] is the moment generating function at −s-s, and rule 6 turns differentiation in ss at s=0s=0 into the moments. Because the convolution rule 8 matches the sum of independent waiting times, renewal equations become algebraic, which is the standard route through queueing and reliability calculations.

Method

Partial fractions for inverse transforms

Adapted

Shows that every rational function splits uniquely into a polynomial plus one singular part per pole, gives the cover-up rule and its derivative extension for the coefficients, the real form that keeps complex-conjugate pairs together as quadratics, and turns the decomposition into a recipe for inverting Laplace and zz-transforms term by term.

Prerequisites: The Laplace transform, The residue theorem, Taylor series of analytic functions

Note(What this unit is for)Original

An inverse Laplace transform is hard in general and easy for a handful of standard shapes: 1/(s−p)1/(s-p), 1/(s−p)m1/(s-p)^m, and the two real forms (s−α)/[(s−α)2+β2](s-\alpha)/[(s-\alpha)^2+\beta^2] and β/[(s−α)2+β2]\beta/[(s-\alpha)^2+\beta^2]. The point of a partial-fraction decomposition is that every rational transform is a finite sum of exactly those shapes, so the inversion is a table lookup once the algebra is done. The Bromwich integral of The Laplace transform is not needed; the decomposition is what the Bromwich contour would have produced anyway, pole by pole.

Everything here is algebra over C\mathbb{C} and applies verbatim to any transform whose inverse is read off a table: Laplace, zz- and discrete-time transforms, and generating functions (Generating functions).

Definition(Proper rational functions, poles and singular parts)AdaptedAdapted from Ahlfors (1979), Ch. 2, §1.4, pp. 30–32; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §1.4, p. 18 and footnote

A rational function is a quotient R=g/hR = g/h of polynomials with complex coefficients, h≢0h\not\equiv0. We always assume the quotient is in lowest terms: gg and hh have no common root. Following Riley, Hobson and Bence we also normalise hh to be monic, dividing both polynomials by the leading coefficient of hh if necessary.

RR is proper when deg⁡g<deg⁡h\deg g < \deg h. Writing

h(s)  =  ∏k=1q (s−pk)mk,p1,…,pq distinct,m1+⋯+mq=deg⁡h,h(s) \;=\; \prod_{k=1}^{q}\,(s-p_k)^{m_k}, \qquad p_1,\dots,p_q \ \text{distinct},\quad m_1+\dots+m_q = \deg h ,

which the fundamental theorem of algebra always permits over C\mathbb{C}, the numbers pkp_k are the poles of RR and mkm_k is the order of the pole pkp_k. A pole of order 11 is simple.

The singular part of RR at pkp_k is a sum

Sk(s)  =  ∑j=1mkak,j(s−pk)j,S_k(s) \;=\; \sum_{j=1}^{m_k}\frac{a_{k,j}}{(s-p_k)^{j}} ,

that is, a polynomial in 1/(s−pk)1/(s-p_k) with no constant term. Ahlfors calls this the singular part of RR at pkp_k and builds the decomposition out of these pieces, one for each pole and one more at ∞\infty.

Method(Partial-fraction decomposition)AdaptedAdapted from Ahlfors (1979), Ch. 2, §1.4, Eq. (14), p. 32; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §1.4, Eq. (1.43) and the two bullets, p. 19, Eq. (1.45), p. 21, Eq. (1.48), p. 23; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §1.5, Eqs. (1.83)–(1.84), pp. 42–43

Let R=g/hR=g/h be rational and in lowest terms, with the factorisation of hh above.

1. Existence and uniqueness. There is exactly one polynomial GG and exactly one family of complex numbers ak,ja_{k,j} (1≤k≤q1\le k\le q, 1≤j≤mk1\le j\le m_k) with

R(s)  =  G(s)  +  ∑k=1q ∑j=1mkak,j(s−pk)j.R(s) \;=\; G(s) \;+\; \sum_{k=1}^{q}\ \sum_{j=1}^{m_k}\frac{a_{k,j}}{(s-p_k)^{j}} .

The polynomial GG is the quotient of gg by hh: it is zero exactly when RR is proper, and otherwise has degree deg⁡g−deg⁡h\deg g-\deg h. The number of unknown coefficients ak,ja_{k,j} is deg⁡h\deg h, one per root counted with multiplicity.

2. The coefficients. For each kk and each 1≤j≤mk1\le j\le m_k,

ak,j  =  1(mk−j)! lim⁡s→pkd mk−jds mk−j[(s−pk)mkR(s)].a_{k,j} \;=\; \frac{1}{(m_k-j)!}\, \lim_{s\to p_k}\frac{\mathrm{d}^{\,m_k-j}}{\mathrm{d}s^{\,m_k-j}} \Bigl[(s-p_k)^{m_k}R(s)\Bigr] .

Two cases are worth naming. The cover-up rule is the case j=mkj=m_k, in which no derivative is taken:

ak,mk  =  lim⁡s→pk(s−pk)mkR(s),a_{k,m_k} \;=\; \lim_{s\to p_k}(s-p_k)^{m_k}R(s) ,

so for a simple pole ak,1=lim⁡s→pk(s−pk)R(s)a_{k,1}=\lim_{s\to p_k}(s-p_k)R(s), which is Arfken's Eq. (1.84) and, in Riley, Hobson and Bence's wording, the instruction to delete the factor s−pks-p_k from hh and evaluate what is left at s=pks=p_k. When every pole is simple this can be written with the derivative of the denominator,

R(s)  =  G(s)+∑k=1qg(pk)h′(pk) 1s−pk,R(s) \;=\; G(s)+\sum_{k=1}^{q}\frac{g(p_k)}{h'(p_k)}\,\frac{1}{s-p_k},

which is Ahlfors's Exercise 2 on p. 32. Each ak,1a_{k,1} is the residue of RR at pkp_k in the sense of The residue theorem.

3. The real form. If gg and hh have real coefficients then ak,ja_{k,j} and al,ja_{l,j} are complex conjugates whenever pl=pk‾p_l=\overline{p_k}, and the two singular parts of a conjugate pair of poles of order mm combine into

∑j=1mBjs+Cj[(s−α)2+β2] j,pk=α+iβ,Bj,Cj∈R,\sum_{j=1}^{m}\frac{B_j s + C_j}{\bigl[(s-\alpha)^2+\beta^2\bigr]^{\,j}}, \qquad p_k=\alpha+\mathrm{i}\beta,\quad B_j,C_j\in\mathbb{R} ,

so a real RR has a decomposition with only real constants, in which each irreducible real quadratic factor of hh carries a numerator of degree at most one. Riley, Hobson and Bence give this real form for factors x2+ai2x^2+a_i^2 (their p. 23), and Arfken for a general quadratic x2+px+qx^2+px+q (his p. 42).

Method(Heaviside expansion theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.10, Exercise 20.10.11, p. 1045

If a Laplace transform can be written as F(s)=g(s)/h(s)F(s)=g(s)/h(s) with gg and hh analytic and hh having simple, isolated zeros at the points sis_i, then

f(t)  =  L−1{F}(t)  =  ∑ig(si)h′(si) esit.f(t)\;=\;\mathcal{L}^{-1}\{F\}(t)\;=\;\sum_i \frac{g(s_i)}{h'(s_i)}\,\mathrm{e}^{s_i t} .

Arfken states this as an exercise and in this generality: gg and hh need only be analytic, not polynomials, so the sum may be infinite — the transform 1/(scosh⁡s )1/\bigl(s\cosh\sqrt{s}\,\bigr) of a heat-conduction problem is of this type. For polynomial gg and hh with deg⁡g<deg⁡h\deg g<\deg h it is exactly part 2 of the decomposition theorem above, inverted term by term with 1/(s−p)↦ept1/(s-p)\mapsto\mathrm{e}^{pt}.

Idea of the proofOriginal

A rational function is determined, up to a polynomial, by how it blows up. Near a pole pkp_k of order mkm_k the function behaves like a finite string of powers (s−pk)−mk,…,(s−pk)−1(s-p_k)^{-m_k},\dots,(s-p_k)^{-1}, and that string is the singular part SkS_k. Subtract all of the singular parts: what remains is rational with no poles anywhere, hence a polynomial. That is the whole of existence, and it is Ahlfors's argument.

Uniqueness is a counting statement: two decompositions would differ by a rational function that is identically zero, and multiplying the difference by (s−pk)mk(s-p_k)^{m_k} and letting s→pks\to p_k kills every term except one, forcing the coefficients to agree. Running that same limit on RR itself, rather than on the difference, is exactly the formula for the coefficients — which is why the cover-up rule is not a trick but the uniqueness proof read forwards.

Proof(Existence, uniqueness and the coefficient formula)AdaptedAdapted from Ahlfors (1979), Ch. 2, §1.4, Eqs. (12)–(14), pp. 31–32

Step 1: isolate the behaviour at one pole. Fix kk and put Φk(s)=(s−pk)mkR(s)\Phi_k(s)=(s-p_k)^{m_k}R(s). Because the quotient is in lowest terms, g(pk)≠0g(p_k)\ne0, and the factor (s−pk)mk(s-p_k)^{m_k} cancels the whole of that factor in hh; so Φk\Phi_k is rational with no pole at pkp_k, and Φk(pk)≠0\Phi_k(p_k)\neq 0. Hence Φk\Phi_k is differentiable at pkp_k to all orders and has a Taylor expansion there (Taylor series of analytic functions),

Φk(s)=∑i≥0ck,i (s−pk)i,ck,i=Φk(i)(pk)i!.\Phi_k(s)=\sum_{i\ge0} c_{k,i}\,(s-p_k)^{i}, \qquad c_{k,i}=\frac{\Phi_k^{(i)}(p_k)}{i!} .

Dividing by (s−pk)mk(s-p_k)^{m_k},

R(s)  =  ∑i=0mk−1ck,i(s−pk)mk−i⏟=:Sk(s)  +  ∑i≥mkck,i(s−pk)i−mk⏟no pole at pk.R(s) \;=\; \underbrace{\sum_{i=0}^{m_k-1}\frac{c_{k,i}}{(s-p_k)^{m_k-i}}}_{\textstyle =:S_k(s)} \;+\; \underbrace{\sum_{i\ge m_k}c_{k,i}(s-p_k)^{i-m_k}}_{\text{no pole at }p_k} .

Setting j=mk−ij=m_k-i identifies the coefficients of SkS_k as ak,j=ck,mk−j=Φk(mk−j)(pk)/(mk−j)!a_{k,j}=c_{k,m_k-j}=\Phi_k^{(m_k-j)}(p_k)/(m_k-j)!, which is the formula in part 2 of the statement. For j=mkj=m_k the derivative order is zero and the formula reads ak,mk=Φk(pk)a_{k,m_k}=\Phi_k(p_k): the cover-up rule.

Step 2: subtract every singular part. Consider

D(s)  =  R(s)−∑k=1qSk(s).D(s) \;=\; R(s)-\sum_{k=1}^{q}S_k(s) .

DD is rational, so its only possible poles are the pkp_k. At pkp_k, Step 1 shows R−SkR-S_k has no pole, and the other SlS_l (l≠kl\ne k) are finite at pkp_k because pl≠pkp_l\neq p_k; so DD has no pole at pkp_k either. A rational function with no poles in C\mathbb{C} has a denominator with no roots, hence a constant denominator: DD is a polynomial, which we name GG. This gives the decomposition.

Step 3: GG is the quotient of the division. Each Sk(s)→0S_k(s)\to0 as ∣s∣→∞\lvert s\rvert\to\infty, so R−G→0R-G\to0. Multiplying the decomposition by hh gives g=Gh+rg = Gh + r with r=h⋅(R−G)r=h\cdot(R-G) a polynomial of degree less than deg⁡h\deg h — because r/h→0r/h\to0 at infinity. By uniqueness of polynomial division, GG is the quotient and rr the remainder of gg by hh. In particular G=0G=0 precisely when RR is proper, and deg⁡G=deg⁡g−deg⁡h\deg G=\deg g-\deg h otherwise. This is the preliminary long division of Riley, Hobson and Bence's Eq. (1.45).

Step 4: uniqueness. Suppose two decompositions of RR exist, with data (G,ak,j)(G,a_{k,j}) and (G~,a~k,j)(\tilde G,\tilde a_{k,j}). Subtracting, the rational function

0  =  (G−G~)(s)+∑k∑jak,j−a~k,j(s−pk)j0 \;=\; (G-\tilde G)(s)+\sum_{k}\sum_{j}\frac{a_{k,j}-\tilde a_{k,j}}{(s-p_k)^{j}}

holds for all ss outside the poles. Fix kk, multiply by (s−pk)mk(s-p_k)^{m_k} and let s→pks\to p_k: every term with l≠kl\ne k, and the polynomial term, carries the factor (s−pk)mk→0(s-p_k)^{m_k}\to0; the terms with j<mkj<m_k carry (s−pk)mk−j→0(s-p_k)^{m_k-j}\to0; only ak,mk−a~k,mka_{k,m_k}-\tilde a_{k,m_k} survives, so it is zero. Remove that term and repeat with (s−pk)mk−1(s-p_k)^{m_k-1} to get ak,mk−1=a~k,mk−1a_{k,m_k-1}=\tilde a_{k,m_k-1}, and so on down to j=1j=1. Doing this at every pole leaves G−G~=0G-\tilde G=0. The count ∑kmk=deg⁡h\sum_k m_k=\deg h of coefficients is immediate from the factorisation.

Step 5: the real form. Let g,hg,h have real coefficients. Taking complex conjugates in R(sˉ)=R(s)‾R(\bar s)=\overline{R(s)} and using uniqueness, the decomposition of RR obtained by conjugating all coefficients and swapping each pkp_k for pk‾\overline{p_k} is again a decomposition of RR; so akˉ,j=ak,j‾a_{\bar k,j}=\overline{a_{k,j}}, where kˉ\bar k indexes the pole pk‾\overline{p_k}. For a conjugate pair p=α+iβp=\alpha+\mathrm{i}\beta, pˉ=α−iβ\bar p=\alpha-\mathrm{i}\beta with β≠0\beta\neq0, the two jjth terms add to

aj(s−p)j+aj‾(s−pˉ)j=aj(s−pˉ)j+aj‾(s−p)j[(s−α)2+β2]j,\frac{a_j}{(s-p)^j}+\frac{\overline{a_j}}{(s-\bar p)^j} =\frac{a_j (s-\bar p)^j+\overline{a_j}(s-p)^j}{\bigl[(s-\alpha)^2+\beta^2\bigr]^{j}} ,

using (s−p)(s−pˉ)=(s−α)2+β2(s-p)(s-\bar p)=(s-\alpha)^2+\beta^2. The numerator is 2Re⁡[aj(s−pˉ)j]=:Nj(s)2\operatorname{Re}\bigl[a_j(s-\bar p)^j\bigr]=:N_j(s), a real polynomial of degree ≤j\le j, and we write Q(s)=(s−α)2+β2Q(s)=(s-\alpha)^2+\beta^2 for the real quadratic in the denominator. It remains to reduce Nj/Q jN_j/Q^{\,j} to the advertised shape. Divide NjN_j by QQ with remainder: Nj=Q Uj+(Bjs+Cj)N_j=Q\,U_j+(B_js+C_j) with Bj,Cj∈RB_j,C_j\in\mathbb{R} and UjU_j real of degree ≤j−2\le j-2, so that

NjQ j=Bjs+CjQ j+UjQ j−1.\frac{N_j}{Q^{\,j}}=\frac{B_js+C_j}{Q^{\,j}}+\frac{U_j}{Q^{\,j-1}} .

The second term has the same shape as the first with the exponent lowered by one and the numerator degree lowered by two, so the division can be repeated on it. After rr repetitions the exponent is j−rj-r and the numerator degree is at most j−2rj-2r; by the time the exponent has fallen to 11, at r=j−1r=j-1, the numerator degree is at most 2−j≤12-j\le1 and nothing is left to divide. So Nj/Q jN_j/Q^{\,j} is a real combination of terms (Bs+C)/Q i(Bs+C)/Q^{\,i} with i≤ji\le j. Summing over j=1,…,mj=1,\dots,m and collecting the terms with equal ii gives the form in part 3. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Lowest terms. Step 1 uses g(pk)≠0g(p_k)\neq0 only to say that pkp_k really is a pole of order mkm_k. If gg and hh share the root pkp_k, the cover-up rule applied to the uncancelled hh returns lim⁡s→pk(s−pk)mkg(s)/h(s)=0\lim_{s\to p_k}(s-p_k)^{m_k}g(s)/h(s)=0, because the numerator still carries the factor s−pks-p_k; and the ansatz of "one term per factor of hh" asks for more terms than the function has poles. Cancel common factors first.
  • Properness. Nothing fails without it — GG simply is not zero. What fails is the naive ansatz: (s3+2)/(s2−1)(s^{3}+2)/(s^{2}-1) is in lowest terms (the numerator is 33 at s=1s=1 and 11 at s=−1s=-1), and if one writes it as A/(s−1)+B/(s+1)A/(s-1)+B/(s+1) the right side tends to 00 as ∣s∣→∞\lvert s\rvert\to\infty while the left side grows like ss, so no choice of A,BA,B can repair it. Riley, Hobson and Bence make the division the first step for exactly this reason.
  • Distinctness of the pkp_k. Step 2 needs SlS_l to be finite at pkp_k for l≠kl\ne k, which is the statement pl≠pkp_l\neq p_k. This is why the factorisation must be organised by distinct roots with multiplicities, not by repeating a factor.
  • The full string of powers at a repeated pole. Dropping the lower powers is the standard error. Take R(s)=1/[(s+1)(s−3)2]R(s)=1/[(s+1)(s-3)^{2}] and suppose it could be written as A/(s+1)+B/(s−3)2A/(s+1)+B/(s-3)^{2}, with no 1/(s−3)1/(s-3) term. Clearing denominators, 1=A(s−3)2+B(s+1)1=A(s-3)^{2}+B(s+1) would have to hold for every ss. Putting s=3s=3 gives B=14B=\tfrac14 and putting s=−1s=-1 gives A=116A=\tfrac1{16}; but then the coefficient of s2s^{2} is A=116A=\tfrac1{16} on the right and 00 on the left. No pair (A,B)(A,B) works, and the missing 1/(s−3)1/(s-3) term is what repairs it. Riley, Hobson and Bence issue the same warning on their p. 23.
  • The cover-up rule at a repeated pole. With mk>1m_k>1 the rule gives only ak,mka_{k,m_k}, the coefficient of the highest inverse power; the remaining ak,ja_{k,j} need the derivatives. Riley, Hobson and Bence state this restriction explicitly on their p. 24. The reason is visible in Step 1: a derivative of Φk\Phi_k is needed to reach the next Taylor coefficient.
  • Real coefficients for the real form. Step 5 is the only place realness is used. For a genuinely complex RR there is no real form, and one works with the complex poles directly.
  • β≠0\beta\ne0 in the real form. A real quadratic with β=0\beta=0 is (s−α)2(s-\alpha)^2, not irreducible; it belongs to the repeated-real-pole case.
Method(Decomposing, and inverting a transform)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §1.4 and §1.4.1, pp. 19–24; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §1.5, pp. 42–43, and §20.7, Example 20.7.2, p. 1013

Given a rational transform F(s)=g(s)/h(s)F(s)=g(s)/h(s):

  1. Cancel and normalise. Remove common factors of gg and hh; divide through so that hh is monic.
  2. Divide if improper. If deg⁡g≥deg⁡h\deg g\ge\deg h, divide to get F=G+r/hF=G+r/h with deg⁡r<deg⁡h\deg r<\deg h. For a Laplace transform a non-zero GG signals a delta function and its derivatives in F(t)F(t), since L{δ}=1\mathcal{L}\{\delta\}=1; a transform of an ordinary function is always proper.
  3. Factor hh and list the distinct poles pkp_k with their orders mkm_k. Decide now whether to work over C\mathbb{C} (every factor linear) or over R\mathbb{R} (complex pairs kept as quadratics). For hand inversion of a real transform the real route is usually shorter, because it lands directly on eαtcos⁡βt\mathrm{e}^{\alpha t}\cos\beta t and eαtsin⁡βt\mathrm{e}^{\alpha t}\sin\beta t.
  4. Write the ansatz with one term per factor: ak,j/(s−pk)ja_{k,j}/(s-p_k)^j for j=1,…,mkj=1,\dots,m_k at each real or complex pole, and (Bjs+Cj)/[(s−α)2+β2]j(B_js+C_j)/[(s-\alpha)^2+\beta^2]^j for each conjugate pair kept real.
  5. Fix the coefficients. Cover-up first: it gives every ak,1a_{k,1} at a simple pole and the top coefficient ak,mka_{k,m_k} at a repeated one, with no simultaneous equations. For the rest, either differentiate as in part 2 of the statement, or subtract the terms already known from FF and simplify, or substitute a few convenient values of ss and solve. Riley, Hobson and Bence list these as methods (i)–(iii) and mix them freely.
  6. Check. Evaluate both sides at one value of ss that is not a pole — s=0s=0 is usually easiest — or compare the coefficient of 1/s1/s as s→∞s\to\infty: for a proper FF, ∑kak,1\sum_k a_{k,1} must equal lim⁡s→∞sF(s)\lim_{s\to\infty} sF(s).
  7. Invert term by term, using linearity and the standard pairs of The Laplace transform:
1(s−p)m ⟼ tm−1ept(m−1)!,s−α(s−α)2+β2 ⟼ eαtcos⁡βt,β(s−α)2+β2 ⟼ eαtsin⁡βt.\frac{1}{(s-p)^{m}}\ \longmapsto\ \frac{t^{m-1}\mathrm{e}^{pt}}{(m-1)!}, \qquad \frac{s-\alpha}{(s-\alpha)^2+\beta^2}\ \longmapsto\ \mathrm{e}^{\alpha t}\cos\beta t, \qquad \frac{\beta}{(s-\alpha)^2+\beta^2}\ \longmapsto\ \mathrm{e}^{\alpha t}\sin\beta t .

To use the last two, first write the numerator of a quadratic term as a multiple of s−αs-\alpha plus a constant; completing the square in the denominator supplies α\alpha and β\beta. This is the step Arfken's Example 20.7.2 performs, reading each piece off a table. 8. Check the answer at t=0t=0. The initial-value theorem f(0+)=lim⁡s→∞sF(s)f(0^+)=\lim_{s\to\infty}sF(s) catches most sign errors in one line.

For a zz-transform X(z)=∑n≥0xnz−nX(z)=\sum_{n\ge0}x_n z^{-n}, apply the same steps to X(z)/zX(z)/z rather than to X(z)X(z), then multiply each resulting term by zz. The reason is that the useful tabulated pair is z/(z−p)↦pnz/(z-p)\mapsto p^{n}, not 1/(z−p)1/(z-p); decomposing X(z)/zX(z)/z puts a factor zz on every term automatically and keeps the n=0n=0 value right. A repeated pole gives z/(z−p)2↦(n/p) pnz/(z-p)^2\mapsto (n/p)\,p^{n}, and a conjugate pair gives a damped oscillation rncos⁡(nθ+φ)r^n\cos(n\theta+\varphi) with p=reiθp=r\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}\theta}.

Example(A fourth-order transform, and a zz-transform)Original

(a) Laplace, with a double pole and a complex pair. Invert

F(s)=2s2+11s+19(s+2)2 (s2+2s+5).F(s)=\frac{2s^{2}+11s+19}{(s+2)^{2}\,\bigl(s^{2}+2s+5\bigr)} .

Step 1–3. The numerator has no root at s=−2s=-2 (8−22+19=5≠08-22+19=5\neq0) nor at the roots of s2+2s+5s^2+2s+5, so the quotient is in lowest terms; it is proper (degree 22 over degree 44), so G=0G=0. The poles are s=−2s=-2, double, and s=−1±2is=-1\pm2\mathrm{i}, simple. We keep the pair real: s2+2s+5=(s+1)2+4s^2+2s+5=(s+1)^2+4, so α=−1\alpha=-1, β=2\beta=2.

Step 4. The ansatz is

F(s)=A(s+2)2+Bs+2+Cs+D(s+1)2+4.F(s)=\frac{A}{(s+2)^{2}}+\frac{B}{s+2}+\frac{Cs+D}{(s+1)^{2}+4} .

Step 5. Write Φ(s)=(s+2)2F(s)=(2s2+11s+19)/(s2+2s+5)\Phi(s)=(s+2)^2F(s)=(2s^2+11s+19)/(s^2+2s+5). Cover-up gives

A=Φ(−2)=8−22+194−4+5=55=1.A=\Phi(-2)=\frac{8-22+19}{4-4+5}=\frac{5}{5}=1 .

For BB we need one derivative. With u=2s2+11s+19u=2s^2+11s+19 and v=s2+2s+5v=s^2+2s+5,

Φ′=u′v−uv′v2,Φ′(−2)=(4(−2)+11)⋅5−5⋅(2(−2)+2)52=3⋅5−5⋅(−2)25=2525=1,\Phi'=\frac{u'v-uv'}{v^{2}},\qquad \Phi'(-2)=\frac{(4(-2)+11)\cdot5-5\cdot(2(-2)+2)}{5^{2}}=\frac{3\cdot5-5\cdot(-2)}{25}=\frac{25}{25}=1 ,

so B=Φ′(−2)/1!=1B=\Phi'(-2)/1!=1, the factor 1/(mk−j)!1/(m_k-j)! of part 2 being 1/(2−1)!=11/(2-1)!=1 here. Subtracting the two known terms and simplifying gives the rest:

F(s)−1(s+2)2−1s+2=2s2+11s+19−(s2+2s+5)−(s+2)(s2+2s+5)(s+2)2(s2+2s+5).F(s)-\frac{1}{(s+2)^{2}}-\frac{1}{s+2} =\frac{2s^{2}+11s+19-(s^{2}+2s+5)-(s+2)(s^{2}+2s+5)}{(s+2)^{2}(s^{2}+2s+5)} .

The numerator is 2s2+11s+19−(s2+2s+5)−(s3+4s2+9s+10)=−s3−3s2+4=−(s+2)2(s−1)2s^2+11s+19-(s^2+2s+5)-(s^3+4s^2+9s+10)=-s^{3}-3s^{2}+4=-(s+2)^{2}(s-1), so the quotient is (−s+1)/(s2+2s+5)(-s+1)/(s^2+2s+5) and C=−1C=-1, D=1D=1.

Step 6: check. At s=0s=0 the left side is 19/(4⋅5)=0.9519/(4\cdot5)=0.95 and the right side is 14+12+15=0.95\tfrac14+\tfrac12+\tfrac15=0.95. Also lim⁡s→∞sF(s)=0\lim_{s\to\infty}sF(s)=0 and the residues sum to B+C=1−1=0B+C=1-1=0, as they must.

Step 7. Split the quadratic term as (−s+1)=−(s+1)+2(-s+1)=-(s+1)+2:

F(s)=1(s+2)2+1s+2−s+1(s+1)2+4+2(s+1)2+4,F(s)=\frac{1}{(s+2)^{2}}+\frac{1}{s+2}-\frac{s+1}{(s+1)^{2}+4}+\frac{2}{(s+1)^{2}+4} ,

so, term by term,

f(t)=t e−2t+e−2t−e−tcos⁡2t+e−tsin⁡2t=(1+t) e−2t+e−t(sin⁡2t−cos⁡2t).f(t)=t\,\mathrm{e}^{-2t}+\mathrm{e}^{-2t}-\mathrm{e}^{-t}\cos2t+\mathrm{e}^{-t}\sin2t =(1+t)\,\mathrm{e}^{-2t}+\mathrm{e}^{-t}\bigl(\sin2t-\cos2t\bigr) .

Step 8: check. f(0)=1+(0−1)=0f(0)=1+(0-1)=0, matching lim⁡s→∞sF(s)=0\lim_{s\to\infty}sF(s)=0; and f′(0)=2f'(0)=2 matches lim⁡s→∞s2F(s)=2\lim_{s\to\infty}s^{2}F(s)=2. At t=1t=1,

f(1)=2e−2+e−1(sin⁡2−cos⁡2)=0.2706706+0.4876037=0.7582743(7 d.p.).f(1)=2\mathrm{e}^{-2}+\mathrm{e}^{-1}(\sin 2-\cos 2)=0.2706706+0.4876037=0.7582743\quad(7\ \text{d.p.}) .

(b) A zz-transform. Invert X(z)=z(z−1)(z−12)X(z)=\dfrac{z}{(z-1)\bigl(z-\tfrac12\bigr)}, the transfer function of a first-order digital accumulator driven by a step.

Decompose X(z)/zX(z)/z, not X(z)X(z):

X(z)z=1(z−1)(z−12)=2z−1−2z−12,\frac{X(z)}{z}=\frac{1}{(z-1)(z-\tfrac12)}=\frac{2}{z-1}-\frac{2}{z-\tfrac12},

the two coefficients by cover-up: 1/(1−12)=21/(1-\tfrac12)=2 and 1/(12−1)=−21/(\tfrac12-1)=-2. Multiplying back by zz,

X(z)=2zz−1−2zz−12⟹xn=2−2(12)n=2−2 1−n.X(z)=\frac{2z}{z-1}-\frac{2z}{z-\tfrac12} \qquad\Longrightarrow\qquad x_n=2-2\Bigl(\tfrac12\Bigr)^{n}=2-2^{\,1-n} .

Check. x0=2−2=0x_0=2-2=0, consistent with X(z)→0X(z)\to0 as z→∞z\to\infty; and expanding XX in powers of z−1z^{-1} directly,

X(z)=z−11−32z−1+12z−2=z−1+32z−2+74z−3+158z−4+⋯ ,X(z)=\frac{z^{-1}}{1-\tfrac32 z^{-1}+\tfrac12 z^{-2}}=z^{-1}+\tfrac32 z^{-2}+\tfrac74 z^{-3}+\tfrac{15}{8}z^{-4}+\cdots ,

which gives x1=1x_1=1, x2=1.5x_2=1.5, x3=1.75x_3=1.75, x4=1.875x_4=1.875 — the same as 2−21−n2-2^{1-n}. The sequence climbs to its limit x∞=2x_\infty=2, and the rate at which it does so is set by the pole at z=12z=\tfrac12: the transient is −2⋅2−n-2\cdot2^{-n}, halving each step.

Application(Where the decomposition does the work)Original

Modes of a linear system. Laplace-transforming a constant-coefficient ODE (Solving initial-value problems with the Laplace transform) turns it into P(s)X(s)=Q(s)P(s)X(s)=Q(s), with PP the characteristic polynomial and QQ carrying the forcing and the initial data. The response is the rational function X=Q/PX=Q/P, and its partial-fraction decomposition is the modal decomposition of the system: one term per root of PP, each inverting to a mode ept\mathrm{e}^{pt}, tjeptt^{j}\mathrm{e}^{pt} or eαtcos⁡βt\mathrm{e}^{\alpha t}\cos\beta t. Stability is read off the poles — all in Re⁡s<0\operatorname{Re}s<0 — and the slowest mode is the pole nearest the imaginary axis, as in part (a), where the pair at −1±2i-1\pm2\mathrm{i} decays more slowly than the double pole at −2-2 and therefore dominates for large tt. A repeated pole is the critically damped case, and the factor tt in te−2tt\mathrm{e}^{-2t} is where it shows itself.

Circuits and transfer functions. A network of resistors, capacitors and inductors has an impedance that is a rational function of ss; so is the transfer function from any input to any output. Partial fractions convert it into a sum of first-order lags and resonant second-order sections, which is both how such a filter is analysed and how it is physically built, section by section. The coefficient ak,1a_{k,1} at a pole is the residue, so the same numbers appear if one instead closes the Bromwich contour of The Laplace transform and sums residues.

Digital filters and difference equations. A linear recurrence ∑jαjyn−j=∑jβjun−j\sum_j \alpha_j y_{n-j}=\sum_j\beta_j u_{n-j} becomes Y(z)=H(z)U(z)Y(z)=H(z)U(z) with HH rational, and part (b) is the pattern for getting the impulse response back: poles inside ∣z∣<1\lvert z\rvert<1 give decaying terms, a pole on the unit circle gives a persistent oscillation or a constant, and a pole outside means the filter diverges. The same algebra on a probability generating function (Generating functions) turns a rational generating function into a closed form for the nnth term — the Fibonacci numbers being the smallest example, with two simple poles.

Rational integrands and series. The decomposition is also what makes ∫R(x) dx\int R(x)\,\mathrm{d}x elementary for every rational RR: each term integrates to a logarithm, a power, or an arctangent. Arfken uses it in the opposite direction, to convert an awkward series into telescoping pieces, and it is the finite counterpart of the pole expansions of a meromorphic function in Pole expansions and infinite products.

Definition · advanced

Hankel and Mellin transforms

Adapted

Defines the Hankel transform of order ν\nu and the Mellin transform in the normalisation of the cited books, shows that each is the Fourier transform seen through a change of variable — Hankel is the plane Fourier transform restricted to radial functions, Mellin is the line Fourier transform after t=ext = e^{x} — and reads the inversion formula for each off that identification.

Prerequisites: The Fourier transform, Fourier inversion, Fourier transform in several dimensions, Bessel functions of the first kind, Asymptotic forms of Bessel functions, Orthogonality and Fourier-Bessel series, Spherical Bessel functions, The Gamma function, The Beta function, Cauchy's theorem, Cauchy's integral formula, Analytic continuation, The residue theorem, Integrals around branch cuts, Dominated convergence, Fubini and Tonelli theorems, Gaussian integrals

Definition(The Hankel transform)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.1, (20.8), p. 965; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.3, example (i), p. 459; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §7.3, (7.3.38)–(7.3.39), p. 451

Fix ν≥0\nu \ge 0 and let JνJ_\nu be the Bessel function of the first kind. Let ff be measurable on (0,∞)(0,\infty) with

∫0∞∣f(r)∣ r dr  <  ∞.\int_0^\infty \lvert f(r)\rvert\,r\,dr \;<\; \infty .

The Hankel transform of order ν\nu of ff is

Hν[f](k)  =  Fν(k)  =  ∫0∞f(r) Jν(kr) r dr,k>0.\mathcal{H}_\nu[f](k) \;=\; F_\nu(k) \;=\; \int_0^\infty f(r)\,J_\nu(kr)\,r\,dr , \qquad k > 0 .

The integral converges absolutely for every kk. The reason is that JνJ_\nu is bounded on [0,∞)[0,\infty): it is continuous there, with Jν(0)=0J_\nu(0) = 0 for ν>0\nu > 0 and J0(0)=1J_0(0) = 1, and it is O(x−1/2)O(x^{-1/2}) as x→∞x \to \infty by Asymptotic forms of Bessel functions, so it tends to 00 at infinity. A continuous function on [0,∞)[0,\infty) with limit 00 at infinity is bounded, say by MνM_\nu. Hence ∣f(r)Jν(kr)r∣≤Mν∣f(r)∣r\lvert f(r)J_\nu(kr)r\rvert \le M_\nu\lvert f(r)\rvert r, which is integrable by hypothesis.

The inversion formula has the same shape with the roles of rr and kk exchanged:

f(r)  =  ∫0∞Fν(k) Jν(kr) k dk.f(r) \;=\; \int_0^\infty F_\nu(k)\,J_\nu(kr)\,k\,dk .

So Hν\mathcal{H}_\nu is, where it is valid, its own inverse. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.3, example (i), p. 459) list exactly this pair, and Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.1, (20.8), p. 965; §21.2, (21.21), p. 1054) give the same forward transform and the same self-reciprocity. The statement and proof below establish the inversion formula for ν=0\nu = 0 on a class of functions for which every step can be justified.

Two remarks on the weight r drr\,dr. It is the Sturm–Liouville weight of Bessel's equation, the one that makes the Bessel functions orthogonal (Orthogonality and Fourier-Bessel series); Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §7.3, (7.3.31)–(7.3.39), pp. 450–451) obtain the pair precisely as the spectral expansion of that singular problem on 0<x<∞0 < x < \infty, with the endpoint condition lim⁡x→0xu′=0\lim_{x\to0}xu' = 0 selecting the solution regular at the origin, and Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.1, p. 965) describe the transform as the continuum limit of a Bessel series. It is also, up to the factor 2π2\pi from the angular integration, the area element of the plane in polar coordinates, which is the content of the first theorem below.

Definition(The Mellin transform)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.1, (20.9), p. 966 and §21.2, (21.20), p. 1054; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.3, example (ii), p. 459; Hassani (2013), §16.3, Problem 16.1, p. 505

Let ff be measurable on (0,∞)(0,\infty). The Mellin transform of ff is

M[f](z)  =  F(z)  =  ∫0∞f(t) t z−1 dt,\mathcal{M}[f](z) \;=\; F(z) \;=\; \int_0^\infty f(t)\,t^{\,z-1}\,dt ,

defined at those complex zz for which the integral converges absolutely. Here t z−1=e(z−1)ln⁡tt^{\,z-1} = e^{(z-1)\ln t} with the real logarithm of the positive number tt, so no branch cut is involved. Since ∣t z−1∣=t σ−1\lvert t^{\,z-1}\rvert = t^{\,\sigma-1} with σ=Re⁡z\sigma = \operatorname{Re}z, convergence depends only on σ\sigma. The set of good σ\sigma is an interval, and the reason is one inequality: if the integral converges absolutely at σ1\sigma_1 and at σ2>σ1\sigma_2 > \sigma_1, then for σ1≤σ≤σ2\sigma_1 \le \sigma \le \sigma_2 we have t σ−1≤t σ1−1+t σ2−1t^{\,\sigma-1} \le t^{\,\sigma_1-1} + t^{\,\sigma_2-1} at every t>0t > 0 — the first term dominating on (0,1](0,1] and the second on [1,∞)[1,\infty) — so it converges absolutely at σ\sigma as well. The domain of FF is therefore a vertical strip. What the next statement adds is a sufficient condition, in terms of power bounds on ff, for a prescribed open strip a<σ<ba < \sigma < b to lie inside that domain.

This unit uses throughout the inversion formula of Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §21.2, (21.20), p. 1054) and Hassani (Hassani (2013), §16.3, Problem 16.1, p. 505),

f(t)  =  12πi∫c−i∞c+i∞F(z) t−z dz,f(t) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_{c-i\infty}^{c+i\infty} F(z)\,t^{-z}\,dz ,

the integral running up a vertical line Re⁡z=c\operatorname{Re}z = c lying inside the strip. Arfken writes the abscissa γ\gamma and Hassani writes it α\alpha; the value of cc is free within the strip, and the two proofs below show both why it is free and why some choice must be made.

Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.1, p. 966) point out that the gamma function is a Mellin transform: M[e−t](z)=Γ(z)\mathcal{M}[e^{-t}](z) = \Gamma(z) is exactly Euler's integral of The Gamma function, convergent for Re⁡z>0\operatorname{Re}z > 0.

Note(Where the sources differ)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.3, example (ii), p. 459; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §21.2, (21.20), p. 1054 and §20.2, Exercise 20.2.15, p. 979; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §7.3, Exercise 7.3.4, (7.3.52)–(7.3.53), p. 456; Hassani (2013), §16, Example 16.0.1, pp. 493–494

The Hankel pair. All three books that write it out — Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), (20.8), p. 965), Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), example (i), p. 459) and, at order zero, Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), (7.3.38)–(7.3.39), p. 451) — agree on the normalisation used above, weight r drr\,dr forward and k dkk\,dk back, with no numerical prefactor anywhere. Hassani (Hassani (2013), Example 16.0.1(e), p. 494) lists the kernel as yJn(xy)yJ_n(xy), which is the same thing with the weight absorbed into the kernel. There is nothing to reconcile.

The Mellin inversion contour. Here the sources genuinely differ. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), (21.20), p. 1054) and Hassani (Hassani (2013), Problem 16.1, p. 505) put the line at a general abscissa, as above. Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), example (ii), p. 459) write the limits as −i∞-i\infty to i∞i\infty, that is, with the line through the origin. The two are not interchangeable, because the strip of convergence need not contain the imaginary axis: for f(t)=1/(1+t)f(t) = 1/(1+t) the strip is 0<Re⁡z<10 < \operatorname{Re}z < 1, computed in the second example below, and the integral defining FF diverges at z=0z = 0. This unit follows Arfken and Hassani and keeps the free abscissa cc. Where the strip does straddle the imaginary axis and the inversion hypotheses below hold at c=0c = 0 as well, the two prescriptions give the same number, since both give f(t)f(t).

A variable on the imaginary axis. Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), Exercise 7.3.4, (7.3.52)–(7.3.53), p. 456) reach the pair from the singular spectral problem −(rR′)′−(λ/r)R=0-(rR')' - (\lambda/r)R = 0 on 0<r<∞0 < r < \infty, with p(r)=rp(r) = r and s(r)=1/rs(r) = 1/r, and write it with a real spectral variable ν\nu in a purely imaginary exponent, FM(ν)=∫0∞f(r)r−iν−1drF_{\mathrm{M}}(\nu) = \int_0^\infty f(r)r^{-i\nu-1}dr. Setting z=−iνz = -i\nu turns their forward formula into ours restricted to the line Re⁡z=0\operatorname{Re}z = 0, and their inversion integral over ν∈R\nu \in \mathbb{R} into ours over that line: dν=i dzd\nu = i\,dz, the limits reverse because z=−iνz = -i\nu runs downwards as ν\nu runs upwards, and the resulting constant −i/2π-i/2\pi is 1/2πi1/2\pi i. So theirs is the special case c=0c = 0 in a different variable, not a different transform.

The sign in the plane. Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Exercise 20.2.15, p. 979) write the two-dimensional Fourier pair with e+i(ux+vy)e^{+i(ux+vy)} forward. As recorded in Fourier transform in several dimensions, the sign is invisible on radial functions, because their transforms are even; so their statement that the order-zero Hankel pair is a special case of the Fourier pair is the same statement as ours, proved below in the convention of that unit.

Definition(Hankel at order zero is Fourier in the plane)AdaptedAdapted from Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, Exercise 20.2.15, p. 979; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.10, (13.52), p. 453

Let f:(0,∞)→Cf : (0,\infty) \to \mathbb{C} be such that g(ρ)=f(∣ρ∣)g(\boldsymbol\rho) = f(\lvert\boldsymbol\rho\rvert) belongs to the Schwartz class S(R2)\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^2), and write g~\tilde g for its two-dimensional Fourier transform in the symmetric convention of Fourier transform in several dimensions,

g~(k)  =  12π∫R2g(ρ) e−ik⋅ρ d2ρ.\tilde g(\mathbf{k}) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{\mathbb{R}^2} g(\boldsymbol\rho)\,e^{-i\mathbf{k}\cdot\boldsymbol\rho}\,d^2\rho .

Then:

  1. Identification. g~\tilde g is radial and its profile is the order-zero Hankel transform of the profile of gg: g~(k)  =  F0(k)  =  ∫0∞f(r) J0(kr) r dr,k=∣k∣.\tilde g(\mathbf{k}) \;=\; F_0(k) \;=\; \int_0^\infty f(r)\,J_0(kr)\,r\,dr , \qquad k = \lvert\mathbf{k}\rvert . No prefactor survives: in this one convention the two-dimensional Fourier transform of a radial function is the order-zero Hankel transform of its profile.
  2. Inversion. F0F_0 is itself the profile of a Schwartz function on R2\mathbb{R}^2 — because the Fourier transform maps S(Rd)\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^d) into itself, which is Stein and Shakarchi's (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, §2, Cor. 2.2, p. 181) Corollary 2.2 — and for every r>0r > 0 f(r)  =  ∫0∞F0(k) J0(kr) k dk.f(r) \;=\; \int_0^\infty F_0(k)\,J_0(kr)\,k\,dk . Thus H02=I\mathcal{H}_0^2 = I on this class: the order-zero Hankel transform is an involution.
  3. Parseval. ∫0∞∣f(r)∣2 r dr  =  ∫0∞∣F0(k)∣2 k dk.\displaystyle\int_0^\infty \lvert f(r)\rvert^2\,r\,dr \;=\; \int_0^\infty \lvert F_0(k)\rvert^2\,k\,dk .
  4. Three dimensions, order 12\tfrac12. If instead g(r)=f(∣r∣)g(\mathbf{r}) = f(\lvert\mathbf{r}\rvert) lies in S(R3)\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^3), then with the same convention g~(k)  =  k−1/2 H1/2 ⁣[r1/2f(r)] ⁣(k).\tilde g(k) \;=\; k^{-1/2}\,\mathcal{H}_{1/2}\!\left[r^{1/2}f(r)\right]\!(k) . Arfken, Weber and Harris (Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), Exercise 20.2.15 and its Note, p. 979) record that the construction continues through ν=0,12,1,32,…\nu = 0,\tfrac12,1,\tfrac32,\dots — the two cases proved here, n=2n = 2 giving ν=0\nu = 0 and n=3n = 3 giving ν=12\nu = \tfrac12, fit the pattern ν=n2−1\nu = \tfrac{n}{2}-1, which is our reading of it and not something they assert — and that at the two half-integral orders ν=±12\nu = \pm\tfrac12 what results is a Fourier sine or cosine transform. Their ν=−12\nu = -\tfrac12 lies outside the range ν≥0\nu \ge 0 fixed in the definition above, so of the two orders they name only ν=+12\nu = +\tfrac12 is a Hankel transform in the sense defined here — it is the one in part 4, and the sine transform is the one that appears in its proof. (The cosine transform is the companion statement, since J−1/2(x)=2/πx cos⁡xJ_{-1/2}(x) = \sqrt{2/\pi x}\,\cos x; but H−1/2\mathcal{H}_{-1/2} is not defined in this unit, and nothing below uses it.) They refer to Sneddon for the general case, and this unit proves only the two cases n=2n = 2 and n=3n = 3 displayed above.
Definition(The strip, and Mellin inversion)Original

Let ff be measurable on (0,∞)(0,\infty) and suppose there are real numbers a<ba < b and a constant CC with

∣f(t)∣≤C t−a  (0<t≤1),∣f(t)∣≤C t−b  (t≥1).\lvert f(t)\rvert \le C\,t^{-a}\ \ (0 < t \le 1), \qquad \lvert f(t)\rvert \le C\,t^{-b}\ \ (t \ge 1).
  1. The strip. These bounds make the integral defining F(z)=M[f](z)F(z) = \mathcal{M}[f](z) converge absolutely on the open strip a<Re⁡z<ba < \operatorname{Re}z < b, and there FF is holomorphic, with F′(z)  =  ∫0∞f(t) (ln⁡t) t z−1 dt.F'(z) \;=\; \int_0^\infty f(t)\,(\ln t)\,t^{\,z-1}\,dt .
  2. It is a Fourier transform. Fix cc with a<c<ba < c < b and put g(x)=ecxf(ex)g(x) = e^{cx}f(e^{x}) for x∈Rx \in \mathbb{R}. Then g∈L1(R)g \in L^1(\mathbb{R}) and, in the convention g^(k)=∫−∞∞g(x)e−ikxdx\hat g(k) = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} g(x)e^{-ikx}dx of The Fourier transform, F(c+iξ)  =  g^(−ξ)(ξ∈R).F(c + i\xi) \;=\; \hat g(-\xi) \qquad (\xi \in \mathbb{R}) .
  3. Inversion. If in addition ff is continuous on (0,∞)(0,\infty) and ξ↦F(c+iξ)\xi \mapsto F(c+i\xi) is integrable on R\mathbb{R}, then for every t>0t > 0 f(t)  =  12πi∫c−i∞c+i∞F(z) t−z dz  =  12π∫−∞∞F(c+iξ) t−c−iξ dξ.f(t) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_{c-i\infty}^{c+i\infty} F(z)\,t^{-z}\,dz \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} F(c+i\xi)\,t^{-c-i\xi}\,d\xi . The value does not depend on which admissible cc is used: if the hypotheses hold at two abscissas, both integrals equal f(t)f(t) and so equal each other.

This is the statement Hassani's (Hassani (2013), §16.3, Problem 16.1, p. 505) substitution k=ln⁡tk = \ln t asks for, with hypotheses supplied; the decay bounds and the holomorphy are ours.

Definition(Operational rules for the Mellin transform)Original

Let F=M[f]F = \mathcal{M}[f] with strip a<Re⁡z<ba < \operatorname{Re}z < b. For λ>0\lambda > 0, p>0p > 0 and μ∈R\mu \in \mathbb{R}:

  1. Scaling. M[f(λt)](z)=λ−zF(z)\mathcal{M}[f(\lambda t)](z) = \lambda^{-z}F(z), on the same strip.
  2. Weighting. M[tμf(t)](z)=F(z+μ)\mathcal{M}[t^{\mu}f(t)](z) = F(z+\mu), on the strip shifted by −μ-\mu.
  3. Powers. M[f(tp)](z)=p−1F(z/p)\mathcal{M}[f(t^{p})](z) = p^{-1}F(z/p), on the strip pa<Re⁡z<pbpa < \operatorname{Re}z < pb.
  4. Reciprocal. M[f(1/t)](z)=F(−z)\mathcal{M}[f(1/t)](z) = F(-z), on the strip −b<Re⁡z<−a-b < \operatorname{Re}z < -a.
  5. The Euler operator. Write D=t d/dtD = t\,d/dt. If ff is continuously differentiable and tzf(t)→0t^{z}f(t) \to 0 as t→0+t \to 0^{+} and as t→∞t \to \infty, then M[Df](z)  =  −z F(z),henceM[Dnf](z)  =  (−z)nF(z)\mathcal{M}[Df](z) \;=\; -z\,F(z) , \qquad\text{hence}\qquad \mathcal{M}[D^{n}f](z) \;=\; (-z)^{n}F(z) whenever the corresponding limits vanish at each stage.

Rule 5 is the reason the transform exists: it converts the operator DD, which generates dilations t↦λtt \mapsto \lambda t, into multiplication by −z-z, exactly as the Fourier transform converts d/dxd/dx into multiplication by ikik. Rules 1 and 5 together say that the Mellin transform diagonalises dilations of the half-line, as the Fourier transform diagonalises translations of the line.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Neither transform is new. Each is the Fourier transform read in coordinates adapted to a symmetry, and each inversion formula is Fourier inversion carried back through the change of variable.

For Mellin the symmetry is dilation. The map t=ext = e^{x} carries the multiplicative half-line (0,∞)(0,\infty) onto the additive line R\mathbb{R}, and under it the Mellin kernel together with its measure, t z−1dtt^{\,z-1}dt, becomes ezxdxe^{zx}dx. On the vertical line z=c+iξz = c + i\xi that is a Fourier kernel eiξxe^{i\xi x} times a fixed real weight ecxe^{cx}, so the Mellin transform on that line is the Fourier transform of ecxf(ex)e^{cx}f(e^{x}). The free abscissa cc is not an artefact: it is the exponential weight one is allowed to insert to make f(ex)f(e^{x}) integrable, and different admissible weights give the same answer because each of them returns ff.

For Hankel the symmetry is rotation about an axis. The Fourier transform on R2\mathbb{R}^2 commutes with rotations, so it maps radial functions to radial functions; and when the angular integral in the plane is done, the plane-wave kernel collapses to J0J_0. The two-dimensional pair is symmetric between ρ\boldsymbol\rho and k\mathbf{k}, so the resulting one-dimensional pair is symmetric between rr and kk — which is precisely the self-reciprocity of H0\mathcal{H}_0. The weight r drr\,dr is the polar area element with the angle integrated out, which is why it appears on both sides.

Proof(The Hankel theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.1.10, (13.52), p. 453; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.2, Exercise 20.2.15, p. 979

Step 1: the angular integral. Let g(ρ)=f(∣ρ∣)g(\boldsymbol\rho) = f(\lvert\boldsymbol\rho\rvert) lie in S(R2)\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^2). Two facts from Fourier transform in several dimensions apply at once: the transform of a radial Schwartz function is radial, and in the plane the radial reduction reads

g~(k)  =  12π∫0∞2π ρ f(ρ) J0(kρ) dρ.\tilde g(k) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_0^\infty 2\pi\,\rho\,f(\rho)\,J_0(k\rho)\,d\rho .

Its hypothesis, ∫0∞ρ∣f(ρ)∣ dρ<∞\int_0^\infty \rho\lvert f(\rho)\rvert\,d\rho < \infty, holds because a Schwartz function decays faster than any power. The two factors of 2π2\pi — one from the symmetric normalisation, one from integrating e−ikρcos⁡φe^{-ik\rho\cos\varphi} over φ\varphi — cancel, leaving

g~(k)  =  ∫0∞f(ρ) J0(kρ) ρ dρ  =  F0(k),\tilde g(k) \;=\; \int_0^\infty f(\rho)\,J_0(k\rho)\,\rho\,d\rho \;=\; F_0(k) ,

which is part 1. The cancellation is special to n=2n = 2 and to this normalisation; it is what makes the order-zero pair as clean as it is.

Step 2: inversion. Because g∈S(R2)g \in \mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^2), so is g~\tilde g. This is the one ingredient not among the rules of Fourier transform in several dimensions, and it is Stein and Shakarchi's (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, §2, Cor. 2.2, p. 181) Corollary 2.2, that the Fourier transform maps S(Rd)\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^d) to itself; they deduce it from their Proposition 2.1 (iv)–(v), which are items 3 of the rules in our unit, since those turn kα∂kβg~\mathbf{k}^{\alpha}\partial_{\mathbf k}^{\beta}\tilde g into a constant times the transform of ∂α(ρβg)\partial^{\alpha}\bigl(\boldsymbol\rho^{\beta}g\bigr) and a transform is bounded by the L1L^1 norm of what it transforms. Their convention differs from the one used here only by the fixed factor (2π)−n/2(2\pi)^{-n/2} and the dilation ξ=k/2π\boldsymbol\xi = \mathbf k/2\pi of the transform variable, and S(R2)\mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^2) is closed under both. Two consequences are used below: ∫0∞k∣g~(k)∣ dk<∞\int_0^\infty k\lvert\tilde g(k)\rvert\,dk < \infty, which is the hypothesis step 1 needs before it can be applied to g~\tilde g in place of gg; and the first clause of part 2.

With that in hand, Fourier transform in several dimensions gives

g(ρ)  =  12π∫R2g~(k) e+ik⋅ρ d2k.g(\boldsymbol\rho) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{\mathbb{R}^2}\tilde g(\mathbf{k})\,e^{+i\mathbf{k}\cdot\boldsymbol\rho}\,d^2k .

The right-hand side is the forward transform of g~\tilde g evaluated at −ρ-\boldsymbol\rho. Now g~\tilde g is radial, so step 1 applies to it word for word, and it says that the forward transform of g~\tilde g at any point of length rr equals ∫0∞g~(k)J0(kr)k dk\int_0^\infty \tilde g(k)J_0(kr)k\,dk. Since ∣−ρ∣=∣ρ∣=r\lvert-\boldsymbol\rho\rvert = \lvert\boldsymbol\rho\rvert = r, that is the value of the right-hand side. Since the left-hand side is f(r)f(r) and g~(k)=F0(k)\tilde g(k) = F_0(k), this is the displayed formula of part 2. Its first clause, that F0F_0 is the profile of a Schwartz function, is the statement g~∈S(R2)\tilde g \in \mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^2) settled at the start of this step by Stein and Shakarchi's corollary; it is an input to the argument, not a consequence of the inversion formula just proved.

Step 3: Parseval. Plancherel's identity in the plane, item 6 of the rules in Fourier transform in several dimensions, says ∫R2∣g~∣2d2k=∫R2∣g∣2d2ρ\int_{\mathbb{R}^2}\lvert\tilde g\rvert^2 d^2k = \int_{\mathbb{R}^2}\lvert g\rvert^2 d^2\rho. Both sides are integrals of radial functions, so each reduces by the polar area element: ∫R2∣g∣2d2ρ=2π∫0∞∣f(r)∣2r dr\int_{\mathbb{R}^2}\lvert g\rvert^2 d^2\rho = 2\pi\int_0^\infty\lvert f(r)\rvert^2 r\,dr, and likewise on the other side with F0F_0. Dividing by 2π2\pi gives part 3.

Step 4: three dimensions. For g∈S(R3)g \in \mathcal{S}(\mathbb{R}^3) radial, the same unit gives the reduction

g~(k)  =  1(2π)3/2 4πk∫0∞r f(r) sin⁡(kr) dr.\tilde g(k) \;=\; \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{3/2}}\,\frac{4\pi}{k}\int_0^\infty r\,f(r)\,\sin(kr)\,dr .

Collect the constants: 4π/(2π)3/2=2/(2π)1/2=2/π4\pi/(2\pi)^{3/2} = 2/(2\pi)^{1/2} = \sqrt{2/\pi}. Now use the closed form J1/2(x)=2/πx sin⁡xJ_{1/2}(x) = \sqrt{2/\pi x}\,\sin x of Spherical Bessel functions, which gives sin⁡(kr)=πkr/2 J1/2(kr)\sin(kr) = \sqrt{\pi k r/2}\,J_{1/2}(kr). Substituting,

g~(k)  =  2π 1k∫0∞rf(r)πkr2 J1/2(kr) dr  =  k−1/2∫0∞[r1/2f(r)]J1/2(kr) r dr,\tilde g(k) \;=\; \sqrt{\frac{2}{\pi}}\,\frac{1}{k}\int_0^\infty r f(r)\sqrt{\frac{\pi k r}{2}}\,J_{1/2}(kr)\,dr \;=\; k^{-1/2}\int_0^\infty \left[r^{1/2}f(r)\right] J_{1/2}(kr)\,r\,dr ,

since 2/π⋅πk/2=k\sqrt{2/\pi}\cdot\sqrt{\pi k/2} = \sqrt{k} and one factor r1/2r^{1/2} is left over after writing the measure as r drr\,dr. The bracket is the function whose order-12\tfrac12 Hankel transform is taken, which is part 4. □\square

Proof(The Mellin theorems)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), §16.3, Problem 16.1, p. 505

Step 1: the strip. Let σ=Re⁡z\sigma = \operatorname{Re}z. Split the integral at t=1t = 1 and use the two bounds:

∫01∣f(t)∣t σ−1dt≤C∫01t σ−a−1dt,∫1∞∣f(t)∣t σ−1dt≤C∫1∞t σ−b−1dt.\int_0^1 \lvert f(t)\rvert t^{\,\sigma-1}dt \le C\int_0^1 t^{\,\sigma-a-1}dt , \qquad \int_1^\infty \lvert f(t)\rvert t^{\,\sigma-1}dt \le C\int_1^\infty t^{\,\sigma-b-1}dt .

The first right-hand integral is finite exactly when σ−a>0\sigma - a > 0, the second exactly when σ−b<0\sigma - b < 0. So both bounds are finite precisely on a<σ<ba < \sigma < b, and there the defining integral converges absolutely. Outside that range the bounds say nothing; a particular ff may of course decay better than its bounds, which is why the strip is only guaranteed, not determined, by aa and bb. What the hypothesis a<ba < b supplies is that the range is not empty, and emptiness really does happen: for f(t)=1/tf(t) = 1/t, where the two bounds are attained with a=b=1a = b = 1, the integral is ∫0∞t σ−2dt\int_0^\infty t^{\,\sigma-2}dt, which diverges for every σ\sigma.

Step 2: holomorphy. The Leibniz rule for differentiating under the integral sign (Differentiation under the integral sign) is not available here, and exhibiting a dominating function does not make it so: that rule is stated for a bounded interval, a real parameter and a real integrand continuous together with its partial derivatives, whereas our interval is (0,∞)(0,\infty), our parameter is complex, and the integrand is unbounded at t=0t = 0 whenever a>0a > 0. The Gamma function records exactly this obstruction for Euler's integral — which is the case f(t)=e−tf(t) = e^{-t} of the present one, as noted above — and the route taken there is the route taken here: Morera's theorem.

A dominating function on each closed substrip. Fix a<σ1≤σ2<ba < \sigma_1 \le \sigma_2 < b and let S={σ1≤Re⁡z≤σ2}S = \{\sigma_1 \le \operatorname{Re}z \le \sigma_2\}. For z∈Sz \in S and t>0t > 0,

∣f(t) t z−1∣  =  ∣f(t)∣ t Re⁡z−1  ≤  ∣f(t)∣(t σ1−1+t σ2−1)  =:  h(t),\lvert f(t)\,t^{\,z-1}\rvert \;=\; \lvert f(t)\rvert\,t^{\,\operatorname{Re}z-1} \;\le\; \lvert f(t)\rvert\bigl(t^{\,\sigma_1-1} + t^{\,\sigma_2-1}\bigr) \;=:\; h(t) ,

the first power dominating on (0,1](0,1] and the second on [1,∞)[1,\infty). Step 1, applied at the two abscissas σ1\sigma_1 and σ2\sigma_2, says hh is integrable. Note that hh does not depend on zz.

Continuity. If zm→zz_m \to z inside SS then f(t)t zm−1→f(t)t z−1f(t)t^{\,z_m-1} \to f(t)t^{\,z-1} for each fixed tt, because z↦e(z−1)ln⁡tz \mapsto e^{(z-1)\ln t} is continuous, and every term is bounded by hh. So Dominated convergence gives F(zm)→F(z)F(z_m) \to F(z). Every point of the open strip is interior to some such SS, so FF is continuous on the strip.

Closed-contour integrals vanish. Let γ\gamma be a closed contour in the strip. Its image is compact, hence contained in some SS as above, and

∫γ ⁣∫0∞∣f(t) t z−1∣ dt ∣dz∣  ≤  length⁡(γ)∫0∞h(t) dt  <  ∞,\int_\gamma\!\int_0^\infty \lvert f(t)\,t^{\,z-1}\rvert\,dt\,\lvert dz\rvert \;\le\; \operatorname{length}(\gamma)\int_0^\infty h(t)\,dt \;<\; \infty ,

so the two integrations may be exchanged (Fubini and Tonelli theorems):

∮γF(z) dz  =  ∫0∞f(t)(∮γt z−1 dz)dt  =  0,\oint_\gamma F(z)\,dz \;=\; \int_0^\infty f(t)\left(\oint_\gamma t^{\,z-1}\,dz\right)dt \;=\; 0 ,

each inner integral vanishing by Cauchy's theorem, since for fixed t>0t > 0 the function z↦t z−1=e(z−1)ln⁡tz \mapsto t^{\,z-1} = e^{(z-1)\ln t} is entire. A continuous function all of whose closed-contour integrals vanish is holomorphic, by Morera's theorem (part 4 of the consequences in Cauchy's integral formula). Hence FF is holomorphic on the strip. Morera delivers holomorphy outright, so no separate appeal to the Cauchy–Riemann equations is needed, and none is made.

The derivative. Fix zz in the strip and a circle C={∣w−z∣=r}C = \{\lvert w - z\rvert = r\} whose closed disc lies in the strip. Cauchy's formula for the first derivative (Cauchy's integral formula) gives F′(z)=(2πi)−1∮CF(w)(w−z)−2dwF'(z) = (2\pi i)^{-1}\oint_C F(w)(w-z)^{-2}dw, and the exchange above is available again — the extra factor ∣w−z∣−2\lvert w-z\rvert^{-2} is the constant r−2r^{-2} on CC — so

F′(z)  =  ∫0∞f(t)(12πi∮Ct w−1(w−z)2 dw)dt  =  ∫0∞f(t) (ln⁡t) t z−1 dt,F'(z) \;=\; \int_0^\infty f(t)\left(\frac{1}{2\pi i}\oint_C \frac{t^{\,w-1}}{(w-z)^{2}}\,dw\right)dt \;=\; \int_0^\infty f(t)\,(\ln t)\,t^{\,z-1}\,dt ,

the inner integral being the same Cauchy formula applied to the entire function w↦t w−1w \mapsto t^{\,w-1}, whose derivative at zz is (ln⁡t)t z−1(\ln t)t^{\,z-1}. That the final integral converges absolutely is the one place the logarithm has to be absorbed into the powers. For u≥1u \ge 1 and ε>0\varepsilon > 0 one has ln⁡u≤uε/ε\ln u \le u^{\varepsilon}/\varepsilon: the difference uε/ε−ln⁡uu^{\varepsilon}/\varepsilon - \ln u equals 1/ε>01/\varepsilon > 0 at u=1u = 1 and has derivative uε−1−u−1=(uε−1)/u≥0u^{\varepsilon-1} - u^{-1} = (u^{\varepsilon}-1)/u \ge 0 there and beyond; applying it to u=1/tu = 1/t and to u=tu = t gives ∣ln⁡t∣≤ε−1t−ε\lvert\ln t\rvert \le \varepsilon^{-1}t^{-\varepsilon} on (0,1](0,1] and ∣ln⁡t∣≤ε−1tε\lvert\ln t\rvert \le \varepsilon^{-1}t^{\varepsilon} on [1,∞)[1,\infty). Choose ε\varepsilon small enough that a<σ1−εa < \sigma_1 - \varepsilon and σ2+ε<b\sigma_2 + \varepsilon < b; then on SS

∣f(t)(ln⁡t)t z−1∣  ≤  ε−1∣f(t)∣(t σ1−ε−1+t σ2+ε−1),\lvert f(t)(\ln t)t^{\,z-1}\rvert \;\le\; \varepsilon^{-1}\lvert f(t)\rvert\bigl(t^{\,\sigma_1-\varepsilon-1} + t^{\,\sigma_2+\varepsilon-1}\bigr) ,

which step 1, applied now at the abscissas σ1−ε\sigma_1-\varepsilon and σ2+ε\sigma_2+\varepsilon, makes integrable. This is part 1 of the statement.

Step 3: the substitution. Put t=ext = e^{x}, so dt=exdxdt = e^{x}dx and xx runs over all of R\mathbb{R} as tt runs over (0,∞)(0,\infty). This is a smooth increasing bijection, so for z=c+iξz = c + i\xi,

F(c+iξ)  =  ∫−∞∞f(ex) e(c+iξ−1)x ex dx  =  ∫−∞∞[ecxf(ex)]eiξx dx  =  ∫−∞∞g(x) eiξx dx.F(c+i\xi) \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} f(e^{x})\,e^{(c+i\xi-1)x}\,e^{x}\,dx \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} \left[e^{cx}f(e^{x})\right] e^{i\xi x}\,dx \;=\; \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} g(x)\,e^{i\xi x}\,dx .

By step 1 at σ=c\sigma = c this converges absolutely, which says exactly that g∈L1(R)g \in L^1(\mathbb{R}). Comparing with g^(k)=∫g(x)e−ikxdx\hat g(k) = \int g(x)e^{-ikx}dx gives F(c+iξ)=g^(−ξ)F(c+i\xi) = \hat g(-\xi), which is part 2 of the statement. Note which way the sign goes: the Mellin variable runs up the line while the Fourier variable runs down it.

Step 4: inversion. Suppose further that ff is continuous and ξ↦F(c+iξ)\xi \mapsto F(c+i\xi) is integrable. Then g∈L1g \in L^1 and g^∈L1\hat g \in L^1, so the integrable version of Fourier inversion applies: gg agrees almost everywhere with a continuous function given by the inversion integral. But g(x)=ecxf(ex)g(x) = e^{cx}f(e^{x}) is already continuous, and two continuous functions equal almost everywhere are equal everywhere, so for every xx

g(x)  =  12π∫−∞∞g^(k) eikx dk  =  12π∫−∞∞F(c+iξ) e−iξx dξ,g(x) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\hat g(k)\,e^{ikx}\,dk \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} F(c+i\xi)\,e^{-i\xi x}\,d\xi ,

the second form obtained by the substitution k=−ξk = -\xi, which reverses the limits and the sign of the measure, leaving the integral over R\mathbb{R} unchanged. Multiply by e−cxe^{-cx} and move it inside:

f(ex)  =  12π∫−∞∞F(c+iξ) e−(c+iξ)x dξ.f(e^{x}) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} F(c+i\xi)\,e^{-(c+i\xi)x}\,d\xi .

Finally write t=ext = e^{x}, so e−(c+iξ)x=t−ze^{-(c+i\xi)x} = t^{-z} with z=c+iξz = c+i\xi, and parametrise the vertical line by zz: along it dz=i dξdz = i\,d\xi, so dξ=dz/id\xi = dz/i and the limits ξ=∓∞\xi = \mp\infty become z=c∓i∞z = c \mp i\infty. This turns the display into f(t)=(2πi)−1∫c−i∞c+i∞F(z)t−zdzf(t) = (2\pi i)^{-1}\int_{c-i\infty}^{c+i\infty}F(z)t^{-z}dz, which is part 3. Independence of cc needs no further argument: if the hypotheses hold at two abscissas in the strip, each of the two integrals equals f(t)f(t). (Moving the contour directly, by applying Cauchy's theorem to a long rectangle, is a different and stronger statement: it needs F(σ+iT)→0F(\sigma+iT) \to 0 as ∣T∣→∞\lvert T\rvert \to \infty uniformly for σ\sigma between the two abscissas, so that the two horizontal sides contribute nothing. That is the kind of hypothesis checked by hand in the second example below.)

Step 5: the operational rules. Each is one substitution.

  • Scaling. ∫0∞f(λt)t z−1dt=λ−z∫0∞f(u)u z−1du\int_0^\infty f(\lambda t)t^{\,z-1}dt = \lambda^{-z}\int_0^\infty f(u)u^{\,z-1}du after u=λtu = \lambda t, since t z−1dt=λ−zu z−1dut^{\,z-1}dt = \lambda^{-z}u^{\,z-1}du.
  • Weighting. ∫0∞tμf(t)t z−1dt=∫0∞f(t)t (z+μ)−1dt\int_0^\infty t^{\mu}f(t)t^{\,z-1}dt = \int_0^\infty f(t)t^{\,(z+\mu)-1}dt, which converges whenever z+μz+\mu lies in the original strip.
  • Powers. u=tpu = t^{p} gives t=u1/pt = u^{1/p} and t z−1dt=p−1u z/p−1dut^{\,z-1}dt = p^{-1}u^{\,z/p-1}du, whence M[f(tp)](z)=p−1F(z/p)\mathcal{M}[f(t^{p})](z) = p^{-1}F(z/p).
  • Reciprocal. u=1/tu = 1/t gives dt=−u−2dudt = -u^{-2}du and reverses the limits, so ∫0∞f(1/t)t z−1dt=∫0∞f(u)u −z−1du=F(−z)\int_0^\infty f(1/t)t^{\,z-1}dt = \int_0^\infty f(u)u^{\,-z-1}du = F(-z).
  • The Euler operator. Df=tf′Df = tf', so M[Df](z)=∫0∞f′(t)tzdt\mathcal{M}[Df](z) = \int_0^\infty f'(t)t^{z}dt. Integrate by parts: the boundary term is [f(t)tz]0∞\left[f(t)t^{z}\right]_0^\infty, which vanishes by hypothesis, and what is left is −z∫0∞f(t)t z−1dt=−zF(z)-z\int_0^\infty f(t)t^{\,z-1}dt = -zF(z). Applying this to DfDf in place of ff gives M[D2f]=−z M[Df]=z2F\mathcal{M}[D^{2}f] = -z\,\mathcal{M}[Df] = z^{2}F, and induction gives (−z)nF(-z)^{n}F. □\square
Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • a<ba < b is used in step 1 of the Mellin proof, and is the one condition that can fail outright. The function f(t)=1/tf(t) = 1/t has a=b=1a = b = 1: the strip is empty and ff has no Mellin transform at any zz. The transform exists only for functions whose behaviour at the two ends leaves a gap between the two exponents, and the width of that gap is the whole freedom in the inversion contour.
  • Integrability of FF along the line is used only in step 4, to invoke the L1L^1 inversion theorem. Without it the inversion integral must be read as a symmetric principal value, exactly as in the corresponding Fourier statement of Fourier inversion; the formula is not thereby false, but it is a different theorem.
  • Continuity of ff is used in step 4 to upgrade "almost everywhere" to "everywhere". It cannot be dropped: changing ff at one point changes neither FF nor the right-hand side, so the pointwise formula must fail at that point.
  • The vanishing boundary term in rule 5 is a real restriction. For f(t)=e−tf(t) = e^{-t} we have tzf(t)→0t^{z}f(t) \to 0 at both ends when Re⁡z>0\operatorname{Re}z > 0, so rule 5 applies. Here Df=tf′=−te−tDf = tf' = -te^{-t}, whose Mellin transform is −Γ(z+1)-\Gamma(z+1) by rule 2, while rule 5 says it is −zΓ(z)-z\Gamma(z). Equating the two gives Γ(z+1)=zΓ(z)\Gamma(z+1) = z\Gamma(z): the functional equation of The Gamma function is rule 5 in disguise. For f≡1f \equiv 1 the boundary term never vanishes, and indeed ff has no strip at all.
  • The Schwartz hypothesis in the Hankel theorem is used twice, and more strongly than necessary. Step 1 needs only ∫0∞ρ∣f∣dρ<∞\int_0^\infty\rho\lvert f\rvert d\rho < \infty, which is what makes F0F_0 defined. Step 2 needs the transform to be integrable too, so that the inverse Fourier integral converges absolutely; Schwartz decay is the cheapest hypothesis that delivers both, and it is preserved by the transform — Corollary 2.2 of Stein and Shakarchi (Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 6, §2, Cor. 2.2, p. 181), used in step 2 — which is what makes the involution statement clean. Part 3 says that H0\mathcal{H}_0 preserves the norm of L2((0,∞),r dr)L^2((0,\infty), r\,dr), but it says this only on the profiles of radial Schwartz functions. Promoting it to an isometry of the whole space is a further step, in two parts: those profiles must be dense in L2((0,∞),r dr)L^2((0,\infty), r\,dr), and a norm-preserving map defined on a dense subspace must be extended to the closure. Neither is carried out here. Granted them, the inversion formula holds on L2L^2 in the mean-square sense rather than pointwise.
  • Radial symmetry is used in step 1 and again in step 2. In step 2 it is applied to g~\tilde g, which is legitimate only because step 2 of the proof in Fourier transform in several dimensions — the step after the orthogonal-commutation lemma, and deduced from it — shows the transform of a radial function is radial. Without that, the inverse transform would not reduce to a one-dimensional integral and there would be no inversion formula of Hankel type.
  • The cancellation of 2π2\pi in step 1 depends on the convention, not on the mathematics. In the convention f^(k)=∫fe−ik⋅xd2x\hat f(\mathbf k) = \int f e^{-i\mathbf k\cdot\mathbf x}d^2x of The Fourier transform the same calculation gives g^(k)=2πF0(k)\hat g(k) = 2\pi F_0(k), and the inversion formula then carries a compensating 1/(2π)1/(2\pi). The Hankel pair itself is unaffected: it has no free constant, because the forward and inverse formulas are the same formula.
Method(Choosing and using one of these transforms)AdaptedAdapted from Stakgold & Holst (2011), §7.3, (7.3.40)–(7.3.43), pp. 451–452, and Exercise 7.3.4(d), p. 456
  1. Match the transform to the symmetry of the domain. A problem on 0<r<∞0 < r < \infty that is invariant under rotations about an axis — the radial part of a cylindrical or plane-polar problem — calls for a Hankel transform. A problem on 0<r<∞0 < r < \infty that is invariant under dilations r↦λrr \mapsto \lambda r — a wedge, a cone, an equation whose radial part is of Euler type — calls for a Mellin transform. The test is which operator the transform diagonalises: 1r∂r(r ∂r)−ν2/r2\frac{1}{r}\partial_r(r\,\partial_r) - \nu^{2}/r^{2} for Hankel, r ∂rr\,\partial_r for Mellin.
  2. Fix the order, or the strip. For Hankel, the order ν\nu is set by the angular dependence: separating the Helmholtz equation in plane polars with an angular factor eiνφe^{i\nu\varphi} leaves Bessel's equation of order ν\nu for the radial factor, so a term eiνφe^{i\nu\varphi} in the data forces Hν\mathcal{H}_\nu. For Mellin, read the strip off the behaviour of the data at r→0r \to 0 and r→∞r \to \infty using step 1 of the proof, and keep cc inside it.
  3. Transform the equation. The two key identities are these.
    • Hankel. If uu and u′u' decay fast enough at both ends that the boundary terms below vanish, then Hν ⁣[1rddr ⁣(rdudr)−ν2r2u] ⁣(k)  =  −k2 Uν(k).\mathcal{H}_\nu\!\left[\frac{1}{r}\frac{d}{dr}\!\left(r\frac{du}{dr}\right) - \frac{\nu^{2}}{r^{2}}u\right]\!(k) \;=\; -k^{2}\,U_\nu(k) . This is two integrations by parts, with boundary term [ru′Jν(kr)−ruddrJν(kr)]0∞\left[r u' J_\nu(kr) - r u \frac{d}{dr}J_\nu(kr)\right]_0^\infty, followed by the observation that Jν(kr)J_\nu(kr) satisfies Bessel's equation in the form (ry′)′−(ν2/r)y=−k2ry(r y')' - (\nu^2/r)y = -k^2 r y, so the surviving integral is −k2∫0∞uJν(kr)r dr-k^2\int_0^\infty u J_\nu(kr) r\,dr. Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §7.3, (7.3.41), p. 452) perform exactly this step on the ring-source problem.
    • Mellin. Multiply the equation by r2r^{2} first. In plane polars r2∇2u=D2u+∂φ2ur^{2}\nabla^{2}u = D^{2}u + \partial_\varphi^{2}u with D=r ∂rD = r\,\partial_r, so applying ∫0∞(⋅) r s−1dr\int_0^\infty (\cdot)\,r^{\,s-1}dr and rule 5 turns ∇2u=0\nabla^2 u = 0 into the ordinary differential equation ∂2U∂φ2(s,φ)+s2U(s,φ)  =  0,U(s,φ)=∫0∞u(r,φ) r s−1 dr.\frac{\partial^{2}U}{\partial\varphi^{2}}(s,\varphi) + s^{2}U(s,\varphi) \;=\; 0 , \qquad U(s,\varphi) = \int_0^\infty u(r,\varphi)\,r^{\,s-1}\,dr .
  4. Solve the transformed problem. It is an ordinary differential equation in the remaining variable, or an algebraic equation if only one variable is left. Impose the boundary conditions, transformed the same way.
  5. Invert. For Hankel, apply Hν\mathcal{H}_\nu again. For Mellin, evaluate (2πi)−1∫c−i∞c+i∞F(z)t−zdz(2\pi i)^{-1}\int_{c-i\infty}^{c+i\infty}F(z)t^{-z}dz — usually by closing the contour to one side and summing residues, which is legitimate when the integrand's contribution over the closing sides tends to zero; see The residue theorem and the second example below for how that is checked.
  6. Check the strip at the end. The poles of the transformed solution tell you where the contour may be placed and hence which behaviour at r=0r = 0 and r=∞r = \infty the solution has. A pole crossed when the contour is shifted contributes a power of rr to the answer; this is how Mellin inversion produces asymptotic expansions, discussed in Asymptotic series.
Example(The Gaussian is its own order-zero Hankel transform)Original

Take f(r)=e−αr2f(r) = e^{-\alpha r^{2}} with α>0\alpha > 0. Then g(ρ)=e−α∣ρ∣2g(\boldsymbol\rho) = e^{-\alpha\lvert\boldsymbol\rho\rvert^{2}} is radial and Schwartz on R2\mathbb{R}^2, so the theorem applies and F0=g~F_0 = \tilde g. Compute g~\tilde g by factorising rather than by the radial integral.

Step 1: factorise. With ρ=(x,y)\boldsymbol\rho = (x,y) and k=(k1,k2)\mathbf{k} = (k_1,k_2),

e−α(x2+y2)  =  e−αx2 e−αy2,e^{-\alpha(x^{2}+y^{2})} \;=\; e^{-\alpha x^{2}}\,e^{-\alpha y^{2}} ,

a product of one-dimensional factors, so by the separability rule — item 5 of Fourier transform in several dimensions — the two-dimensional transform is the product of the two one-dimensional ones.

Keep the normalisation in view, because it is the one place this calculation can go wrong. In item 5 each factor is itself a transform in the symmetric convention, so each carries its own (2π)−1/2(2\pi)^{-1/2}, and the two together supply (2π)−1/2⋅(2π)−1/2=1/2π(2\pi)^{-1/2}\cdot(2\pi)^{-1/2} = 1/2\pi — the same 1/2π1/2\pi that the two-dimensional symmetric convention carries, as it must be. Steps 2 and 3 below therefore compute the two un-normalised integrals and apply that single factor 1/2π1/2\pi once, at the end. Dividing by 2π\sqrt{2\pi} inside each factor and by 2π2\pi at the end would divide by 2π2\pi twice.

Step 2: one dimension, un-normalised. By Gaussian integrals, completing the square in the exponent gives

∫−∞∞e−αx2e−ik1x dx  =  πα  e−k12/4α.\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} e^{-\alpha x^{2}}e^{-ik_1x}\,dx \;=\; \sqrt{\frac{\pi}{\alpha}}\;e^{-k_1^{2}/4\alpha} .

Step 3: multiply and normalise. Multiplying the two un-normalised answers, one in k1k_1 and one in k2k_2, gives (π/α) e−(k12+k22)/4α(\pi/\alpha)\,e^{-(k_1^{2}+k_2^{2})/4\alpha}; the two prefactors set aside in step 1 now divide this by 2π2\pi in total, and by nothing further, so with k2=k12+k22k^{2} = k_1^{2}+k_2^{2}

F0(k)  =  g~(k)  =  12π⋅πα e−k2/4α  =  12α e−k2/4α.F_0(k) \;=\; \tilde g(k) \;=\; \frac{1}{2\pi}\cdot\frac{\pi}{\alpha}\,e^{-k^{2}/4\alpha} \;=\; \frac{1}{2\alpha}\,e^{-k^{2}/4\alpha} .

Step 4: read off the fixed point. The transform is again a Gaussian, with α\alpha replaced by 1/4α1/4\alpha and multiplied by 1/2α1/2\alpha. It equals the original exactly when 1/2α=11/2\alpha = 1 and 1/4α=α1/4\alpha = \alpha, both of which say α=12\alpha = \tfrac12. So

∫0∞e−r2/2 J0(kr) r dr  =  e−k2/2,\int_0^\infty e^{-r^{2}/2}\,J_0(kr)\,r\,dr \;=\; e^{-k^{2}/2} ,

and e−r2/2e^{-r^2/2} is a fixed point of H0\mathcal{H}_0, as the Gaussian is of the Fourier transform. Consistency check on the involution: applying the formula of step 3 twice sends α↦1/4α\alpha \mapsto 1/4\alpha with prefactor 1/2α1/2\alpha, then 1/4α↦α1/4\alpha \mapsto \alpha with prefactor 1/(2⋅14α)=2α1/(2\cdot\tfrac{1}{4\alpha}) = 2\alpha, and the two prefactors multiply to 11 — which is part 2 of the theorem, verified by hand.

A number. At α=12\alpha = \tfrac12 and k=2k = 2 the formula gives

∫0∞e−r2/2 J0(2r) r dr  =  e−2  =  0.1353352832…,\int_0^\infty e^{-r^{2}/2}\,J_0(2r)\,r\,dr \;=\; e^{-2} \;=\; 0.1353352832\ldots ,

and numerical quadrature of the left-hand side returns 0.135335283236612…0.135335283236612\ldots, agreeing to every digit shown.

Example(A Mellin pair, and recovering the function by residues)Original

Take f(t)=1/(1+t)f(t) = 1/(1+t) on (0,∞)(0,\infty).

Step 1: the strip. As t→0+t \to 0^{+}, f(t)→1f(t) \to 1, so ∣f(t)∣≤1=1⋅t0\lvert f(t)\rvert \le 1 = 1\cdot t^{0} on (0,1](0,1] and the exponent at the origin is a=0a = 0. As t→∞t \to \infty, f(t)≤1/tf(t) \le 1/t, so the exponent at infinity is b=1b = 1. By step 1 of the proof the strip is

0  <  Re⁡z  <  1,0 \;<\; \operatorname{Re}z \;<\; 1 ,

and it does not contain the imaginary axis — which is the point made in the note on conventions above.

Step 2: evaluate the transform. For 0<Re⁡z<10 < \operatorname{Re}z < 1 the integral ∫0∞t z−1(1+t)−1dt\int_0^\infty t^{\,z-1}(1+t)^{-1}dt is the half-line form of Euler's Beta integral, part 4 of The Beta function at p=zp = z and q=1−zq = 1-z: there p+q=1p+q = 1, so the denominator is (1+t)1(1+t)^{1}, and the two hypotheses Re⁡p>0\operatorname{Re}p > 0 and Re⁡q>0\operatorname{Re}q > 0 are precisely the two edges of our strip. So the integral is B(z,1−z)=Γ(z)Γ(1−z)B(z,1-z) = \Gamma(z)\Gamma(1-z), and part 6 of the same unit evaluates that by the reflection formula of The Gamma function as π/sin⁡πz\pi/\sin\pi z — for complex zz in the strip, which is what is needed here, and not merely for real exponents.

The keyhole-contour computation of Integrals around branch cuts returns the same value, but it is carried out there for a real exponent 0<p<10 < p < 1, so on its own it settles only the real segment of the strip. It reaches the rest by continuation: both sides are holomorphic on the strip, the left by part 1 of the strip theorem and the right because sin⁡πz\sin\pi z has no zero there, and two holomorphic functions agreeing on a segment agree on the connected open set containing it, by the identity theorem of Analytic continuation. Either way

F(z)  =  M ⁣[11+t] ⁣(z)  =  πsin⁡πz,0<Re⁡z<1.F(z) \;=\; \mathcal{M}\!\left[\frac{1}{1+t}\right]\!(z) \;=\; \frac{\pi}{\sin \pi z} , \qquad 0 < \operatorname{Re}z < 1 .

Observe the consistency: π/sin⁡πz\pi/\sin\pi z is holomorphic exactly on C∖Z\mathbb{C}\setminus\mathbb{Z}, and its poles nearest the strip sit at z=0z = 0 and z=1z = 1, the two endpoints predicted by step 1. This is the usual picture: the ends of the strip are set by how ff behaves at 00 and at ∞\infty, and they are where the analytic continuation of FF first becomes singular.

A number. At z=12z = \tfrac12 the formula gives F(12)=π/sin⁡(π/2)=πF(\tfrac12) = \pi/\sin(\pi/2) = \pi, that is

∫0∞dtt (1+t)  =  π  =  3.14159265…,\int_0^\infty \frac{dt}{\sqrt{t}\,(1+t)} \;=\; \pi \;=\; 3.14159265\ldots ,

which is checked in three lines without any of the above: substituting t=u2t = u^{2} turns the left-hand side into 2∫0∞du/(1+u2)=2⋅π2=π2\int_0^\infty du/(1+u^{2}) = 2\cdot\tfrac{\pi}{2} = \pi. Numerical quadrature returns 3.1415926535897932…3.1415926535897932\ldots

Step 3: invert, and get a series for free. Fix cc with 0<c<10 < c < 1 and take t>1t > 1. In the inversion integral (2πi)−1∫c−i∞c+i∞πt−z(sin⁡πz)−1dz(2\pi i)^{-1}\int_{c-i\infty}^{c+i\infty}\pi t^{-z}(\sin\pi z)^{-1}dz the factor t−z=e−zln⁡tt^{-z} = e^{-z\ln t} decays as Re⁡z→+∞\operatorname{Re}z \to +\infty, because ln⁡t>0\ln t > 0; and 1/sin⁡πz1/\sin\pi z decays like e−π∣Im⁡z∣e^{-\pi\lvert\operatorname{Im}z\rvert} away from the real axis. So close the contour to the right. Take the rectangle with vertical sides Re⁡z=c\operatorname{Re}z = c and Re⁡z=N+12\operatorname{Re}z = N+\tfrac12 and horizontal sides Im⁡z=±T\operatorname{Im}z = \pm T, and let T→∞T \to \infty first and then N→∞N \to \infty through the integers. On the horizontal sides ∣sin⁡πz∣≥sinh⁡πT\lvert\sin\pi z\rvert \ge \sinh\pi T, and the sides have length N+12−cN + \tfrac12 - c, so their contribution is at most (N+12−c) πt−c/sinh⁡πT(N+\tfrac12-c)\,\pi t^{-c}/\sinh\pi T, which tends to 00 as T→∞T \to \infty with NN fixed. On the right-hand side, ∣sin⁡π(N+12+iy)∣=cosh⁡πy\lvert\sin\pi(N+\tfrac12+iy)\rvert = \cosh\pi y, so that edge contributes at most

π t−(N+1/2)∫−∞∞dycosh⁡πy  =  π t−(N+1/2),\pi\,t^{-(N+1/2)}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dy}{\cosh \pi y} \;=\; \pi\,t^{-(N+1/2)} ,

using ∫−∞∞sech⁡(πy) dy=1\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\operatorname{sech}(\pi y)\,dy = 1; and this tends to 00 as N→∞N \to \infty because t>1t > 1. For each fixed NN the rectangle encloses the poles z=1,…,Nz = 1,\dots,N and no others, so the residue theorem applies to it; traversed anticlockwise it runs down the side Re⁡z=c\operatorname{Re}z = c, so letting T→∞T \to \infty and then N→∞N \to \infty leaves

12πi∫c−i∞c+i∞π t−zsin⁡πz dz  =  −∑n=1∞Res⁡z=nπ t−zsin⁡πz.\frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_{c-i\infty}^{c+i\infty}\frac{\pi\,t^{-z}}{\sin\pi z}\,dz \;=\; -\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\operatorname*{Res}_{z=n}\frac{\pi\,t^{-z}}{\sin\pi z} .

The poles to the right of the line are z=1,2,3,…z = 1, 2, 3, \dots, and at z=nz = n the function sin⁡πz\sin\pi z has a simple zero with derivative πcos⁡πn=π(−1)n\pi\cos\pi n = \pi(-1)^{n}, so

Res⁡z=n π t−zsin⁡πz  =  π t−nπ(−1)n  =  (−1)nt−n.\operatorname*{Res}_{z=n}\,\frac{\pi\,t^{-z}}{\sin\pi z} \;=\; \frac{\pi\,t^{-n}}{\pi(-1)^{n}} \;=\; (-1)^{n}t^{-n} .

By The residue theorem,

f(t)  =  −∑n=1∞(−1)nt−n  =  ∑n=1∞(−1)n+1t−n  =  1/t1+1/t  =  11+t,f(t) \;=\; -\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}(-1)^{n}t^{-n} \;=\; \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}(-1)^{n+1}t^{-n} \;=\; \frac{1/t}{1+1/t} \;=\; \frac{1}{1+t} ,

the geometric series converging for t>1t > 1. The inversion has returned the function we started from, and in the form of its expansion at large tt. Closing to the left instead picks up the poles at z=0,−1,−2,…z = 0,-1,-2,\dots with residues (−1)ntn(-1)^n t^{n} and reproduces the expansion 1−t+t2−⋯1 - t + t^{2} - \cdots valid for t<1t < 1. This is the mechanism of step 6 of the method: which way the contour is closed decides which end of the range the resulting expansion describes.

Application(Axisymmetric potentials in cylindrical coordinates)AdaptedAdapted from Stakgold & Holst (2011), §7.3, (7.3.40)–(7.3.45), pp. 451–452

The Hankel transform is the natural tool for a field produced by a source with an axis of symmetry. Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §7.3, (7.3.40)–(7.3.43), pp. 451–452) take steady heat conduction with absorption, −∇2u+k2u=source-\nabla^{2}u + k^{2}u = \text{source}, driven by a unit ring of sources at radius aa in the plane z=0z = 0. Because the source and the domain are invariant under rotation about the zz axis, an order-zero Hankel transform in the cylindrical radius rr removes that variable, exactly as in step 3 of the method; what is left is a one-dimensional problem in zz, solved by requiring decay as z→±∞z \to \pm\infty, and the answer is read back as an inverse Hankel transform.

The payoff of that calculation is a representation theorem. Letting the ring shrink to a point source at the origin, the solution must agree with the familiar screened potential e−kr2+z2/4πr2+z2e^{-k\sqrt{r^{2}+z^{2}}}/4\pi\sqrt{r^{2}+z^{2}}, and comparing the two expressions gives what they attribute in essence to Sommerfeld: a spherically symmetric function is written as a superposition of cylindrical waves. At k=0k = 0 it reduces to

1r2+z2  =  ∫0∞J0(γr) e−γ∣z∣ dγ,\frac{1}{\sqrt{r^{2}+z^{2}}} \;=\; \int_0^\infty J_0(\gamma r)\,e^{-\gamma\lvert z\rvert}\,d\gamma ,

which is their (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §7.3, (7.3.45), p. 452) formula (7.3.45). Read as a Hankel transform it says that the order-zero transform of γ↦e−γ∣z∣/γ\gamma \mapsto e^{-\gamma\lvert z\rvert}/\gamma is the Coulomb potential at height zz above the plane; read physically it resolves a point charge into plane-parallel modes, which is what one wants near a conducting plate or a layered medium, where each mode can be reflected separately. As a check at r=1r = 1, z=12z = \tfrac12, both sides equal 2/5=0.8944271909999…2/\sqrt5 = 0.8944271909999\ldots

The same identity is the reason the Hankel transform appears in Green's function constructions for layered problems; compare the direct constructions of Green's functions for Laplace and Poisson problems.

Application(Diffraction by a circular aperture, and a wedge)Original

The Airy pattern. In the Fraunhofer regime the amplitude diffracted into a direction is proportional to the two-dimensional Fourier transform of the aperture function, as the one-dimensional version in The Fourier transform explains. For a circular hole of radius aa the aperture function is radial — it is 11 for r<ar < a and 00 beyond — so by part 1 of the Hankel theorem the amplitude is an order-zero Hankel transform:

F0(k)  =  ∫0aJ0(kr) r dr  =  ak J1(ka).F_0(k) \;=\; \int_0^{a} J_0(kr)\,r\,dr \;=\; \frac{a}{k}\,J_1(ka) .

The evaluation is one line from the recurrence ddx[xJ1(x)]=xJ0(x)\frac{d}{dx}\left[xJ_1(x)\right] = xJ_0(x) of Bessel functions of the first kind: substituting x=krx = kr turns the integral into k−2∫0kaxJ0(x)dx=k−2[xJ1(x)]0kak^{-2}\int_0^{ka}xJ_0(x)dx = k^{-2}\left[xJ_1(x)\right]_0^{ka}, and xJ1(x)xJ_1(x) vanishes at 00.

The intensity is ∣F0∣2\lvert F_0\rvert^{2}, that is the Airy pattern [2J1(ka)/(ka)]2\left[2J_1(ka)/(ka)\right]^{2} up to normalisation, and its first dark ring sits at the first positive zero of J1J_1, namely ka=3.831705970…ka = 3.831705970\ldots With k=(2π/λ)sin⁡θk = (2\pi/\lambda)\sin\theta and aperture diameter D=2aD = 2a this is

sin⁡θ  =  3.831705970π⋅λD  =  1.2197 λD,\sin\theta \;=\; \frac{3.831705970}{\pi}\cdot\frac{\lambda}{D} \;=\; 1.2197\,\frac{\lambda}{D} ,

the Rayleigh resolution limit of a telescope or a microscope objective, usually quoted as 1.22λ/D1.22\lambda/D. The factor 1.221.22 is nothing but the first zero of J1J_1 divided by π\pi. Had the aperture been a slit rather than a hole, the same argument in one dimension would have given the first zero of sin⁡\sin, and the factor would have been 11: the extra 22%22\% is the price of the circular geometry, and it enters through J1J_1 rather than through any physics.

A wedge. The Mellin counterpart is the Laplace equation in a wedge 0<φ<α0 < \varphi < \alpha of infinite extent, with u=0u = 0 on one face and prescribed data h(r)h(r) on the other — the problem set as Exercise 7.3.4(d) by Stakgold and Holst (Stakgold & Holst (2011), §7.3, Exercise 7.3.4(d), p. 456). The domain is invariant under r↦λrr \mapsto \lambda r and has no length scale, so by step 1 of the method the Mellin transform is the right one. Step 3 turns the problem into Uφφ+s2U=0U_{\varphi\varphi} + s^{2}U = 0 with U(s,0)=0U(s,0) = 0 and U(s,α)=H(s)U(s,\alpha) = H(s), whose solution is

U(s,φ)  =  H(s) sin⁡sφsin⁡sα,U(s,\varphi) \;=\; H(s)\,\frac{\sin s\varphi}{\sin s\alpha} ,

and uu is recovered by one inverse Mellin integral. The poles of 1/sin⁡sα1/\sin s\alpha, at the points s=mπ/αs = m\pi/\alpha with m∈Zm \in \mathbb{Z}, are the physics. Near the corner rr is small, so ∣r−s∣=r−σ\lvert r^{-s}\rvert = r^{-\sigma} is small for very negative σ\sigma and the contour is pushed to the left; each pole it crosses, at s=−mπ/αs = -m\pi/\alpha with m=1,2,…m = 1,2,\dots, contributes a term in r mπ/αr^{\,m\pi/\alpha}. The pole at s=0s = 0 contributes nothing, because the zero of sin⁡sφ\sin s\varphi there cancels it. So the leading behaviour at the tip is r π/αr^{\,\pi/\alpha}, set by the opening angle alone. For a re-entrant wedge, α>π\alpha > \pi, the exponent is less than 11 and the gradient blows up at the tip — the standard corner singularity that forces mesh refinement in numerical work and concentrates stress or electric field at a sharp edge.

Method

The discrete Fourier transform and the FFT

Adapted

Defines the discrete Fourier transform of NN samples and its competing normalisations, proves the discrete orthogonality relation and from it the inversion formula, the discrete Parseval identity and the circular convolution theorem, derives the aliasing formula that says exactly which Fourier coefficients a finite sample confuses with which, and sets out the even-odd splitting that turns the O(N2)O(N^2) sum into the O(Nlog⁡N)O(N\log N) radix-2 FFT.

Prerequisites: Fourier series, Mean-square convergence and Parseval's identity, Smoothness and decay of Fourier coefficients, Inner products and norms, Absolute and conditional convergence

Definition(The discrete Fourier transform)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 7, §1.2, pp. 221–223; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.6, Eqs. (20.115), (20.121)–(20.122), pp. 1003–1004; Hassani (2013), §9.2.2, Eq. (9.34), p. 287

Fix N∈NN\in\mathbb{N} and write ζ=e2πi/N\zeta=\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}/N}, a primitive NNth root of unity. A sample vector is a function F:Z→CF:\mathbb{Z}\to\mathbb{C} with F(k+N)=F(k)F(k+N)=F(k); equivalently an NN-tuple (F(0),…,F(N−1))\bigl(F(0),\dots,F(N-1)\bigr), with all indices read modulo NN. The space VV of such functions is NN-dimensional, with the Hermitian inner product and norm

(F,G)=∑k=0N−1F(k) G(k)‾,∥F∥2=(F,F).(F,G)=\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}F(k)\,\overline{G(k)},\qquad \lVert F\rVert^{2}=(F,F) .

The discrete exponentials are eℓ(k)=ζℓk=e2πiℓk/Ne_\ell(k)=\zeta^{\ell k}=\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}\ell k/N} for ℓ∈Z\ell\in\mathbb{Z}; only NN of them are different, since eℓ+N=eℓe_{\ell+N}=e_\ell.

The discrete Fourier transform (DFT) of FF is the sample vector F^\hat F given by

F^(n)  =  1N∑k=0N−1F(k) e−2πink/N,n∈Z,\hat F(n)\;=\;\frac1N\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}F(k)\,\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nk/N}, \qquad n\in\mathbb{Z} ,

which is again NN-periodic in nn. This is the convention of Stein and Shakarchi, chosen here because it makes F^(0)\hat F(0) the mean of the samples and because it is the one that matches the Fourier coefficients f^(n)\hat f(n) of Fourier series in the limit of fine sampling; the statement below makes both of those precise.

Conventions. Three choices are free: the sign in the exponent, where the factor NN goes, and whether the index runs over 0,…,N−10,\dots,N-1 or symmetrically.

Source Forward transform Inverse
here, and Stein & Shakarchi p. 223 N−1∑kF(k)e−2πink/NN^{-1}\sum_k F(k)\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nk/N} ∑nF^(n)e2πink/N\sum_n \hat F(n)\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}nk/N}
Arfken, Weber & Harris, Eqs. (20.121)–(20.122) N−1/2∑kfk e+2πikp/NN^{-1/2}\sum_k f_k\,\mathrm{e}^{+2\pi\mathrm{i}kp/N} N−1/2∑pgp e−2πijp/NN^{-1/2}\sum_p g_p\,\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}jp/N}
Hassani, Eq. (9.34) N−1/2∑nf(tn)e−iωjtnN^{-1/2}\sum_n f(t_n)\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\omega_j t_n} N−1/2∑jf~(ωj)eiωjtnN^{-1/2}\sum_j \tilde f(\omega_j)\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}\omega_j t_n}
Stakgold & Holst, Eq. (2.3.31) (2NSH+1)−1∑k=−NSHNSHfk e−imxk(2N_{\mathrm{SH}}+1)^{-1}\sum_{k=-N_{\mathrm{SH}}}^{N_{\mathrm{SH}}} f_k\,\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}mx_k}, xk=2πk/(2NSH+1)x_k=2\pi k/(2N_{\mathrm{SH}}+1) ∑m=−NSHNSHcmeimx\sum_{m=-N_{\mathrm{SH}}}^{N_{\mathrm{SH}}}c_m\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i}mx}

Arfken's sign is the opposite of everyone else's, which conjugates the result; his and Hassani's symmetric N−1/2N^{-1/2} makes the transform a unitary matrix, which is convenient in theory and a nuisance in bookkeeping. Stakgold and Holst use an odd number of symmetric indices, which avoids the awkward lone index at n=N/2n=N/2. Their NN is not ours: writing it NSHN_{\mathrm{SH}} to keep them apart, their data sit at the 2NSH+12N_{\mathrm{SH}}+1 points xk=2πk/(2NSH+1)x_k=2\pi k/(2N_{\mathrm{SH}}+1) with k=−NSH,…,NSHk=-N_{\mathrm{SH}},\dots,N_{\mathrm{SH}}, so NSHN_{\mathrm{SH}} is the highest harmonic index while their number of samples is 2NSH+12N_{\mathrm{SH}}+1. Our NN is their 2NSH+12N_{\mathrm{SH}}+1. Converting between conventions is a matter of a factor N±1/2N^{\pm1/2} and possibly a complex conjugation; nothing below depends on the choice except the constants we state.

Method(Orthogonality, inversion, Parseval and circular convolution)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 7, Lemma 1.1 and Theorem 1.2, pp. 222–223; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.6, Eqs. (20.119)–(20.120) and (20.123)–(20.125), pp. 1003–1005; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.3, Eqs. (2.3.30)–(2.3.31), pp. 140–141

Let F,G∈VF,G\in V and let F^,G^\hat F,\hat G be their transforms.

1. Orthogonality. For integers m,ℓm,\ell,

(em,eℓ)=∑k=0N−1e2πi(m−ℓ)k/N={N,m≡ℓ(modN),0,otherwise.(e_m,e_\ell)=\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}(m-\ell)k/N} =\begin{cases} N, & m\equiv \ell \pmod N,\\[2pt] 0, & \text{otherwise.}\end{cases}

Arfken writes this as N∑r∈Zδm−ℓ, rNN\sum_{r\in\mathbb{Z}}\delta_{m-\ell,\,rN}, which keeps the congruence visible; restricted to 0≤m,ℓ≤N−10\le m,\ell\le N-1 it is NδmℓN\delta_{m\ell}. Consequently {N−1/2e0,…,N−1/2eN−1}\{N^{-1/2}e_0,\dots,N^{-1/2}e_{N-1}\} is an orthonormal basis of VV (Inner products and norms).

2. Inversion. For every kk,

F(k)=∑n=0N−1F^(n) e2πink/N.F(k)=\sum_{n=0}^{N-1}\hat F(n)\,\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}nk/N} .

Equivalently: there is exactly one trigonometric polynomial with the NN prescribed frequencies that takes the values F(k)F(k) at the NN points xk=2πk/Nx_k=2\pi k/N, and its coefficients are the F^(n)\hat F(n). This is how Stakgold and Holst introduce the transform, as the solution of an interpolation problem.

3. Parseval. 1N∑k=0N−1∣F(k)∣2=∑n=0N−1∣F^(n)∣2\displaystyle \frac1N\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\lvert F(k)\rvert^{2}=\sum_{n=0}^{N-1}\lvert\hat F(n)\rvert^{2}, and more generally 1N(F,G)=∑nF^(n)G^(n)‾\frac1N(F,G)=\sum_n \hat F(n)\overline{\hat G(n)}.

4. Shift. For j∈Zj\in\mathbb{Z}, the transform of k↦F(k−j)k\mapsto F(k-j) is n↦e−2πijn/NF^(n)n\mapsto \mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}jn/N}\hat F(n).

5. Circular convolution. Define (F∗G)(k)=∑j=0N−1F(j) G(k−j)(F\ast G)(k)=\sum_{j=0}^{N-1}F(j)\,G(k-j), the index k−jk-j read modulo NN. Then

F∗G^(n)=N F^(n) G^(n).\widehat{F\ast G}(n)=N\,\hat F(n)\,\hat G(n) .

The factor NN is an artefact of our normalisation; with Arfken's symmetric convention, and his N−1/2N^{-1/2} in front of the convolution sum as well, the rule is simply the product of the transforms, his Eq. (20.125).

6. Aliasing. Let f:R→Cf:\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{C} be continuous and 11-periodic, with an absolutely convergent Fourier series, ∑m∈Z∣f^(m)∣<∞\sum_{m\in\mathbb{Z}}\lvert\hat f(m)\rvert<\infty. Sample it at NN equally spaced points, F(k)=f(k/N)F(k)=f(k/N). Then

F^(n)  =  ∑m ≡ n (mod N)f^(m)  =  ⋯+f^(n−N)+f^(n)+f^(n+N)+⋯ .\hat F(n)\;=\;\sum_{m\,\equiv\,n\ (\mathrm{mod}\ N)}\hat f(m) \;=\;\cdots+\hat f(n-N)+\hat f(n)+\hat f(n+N)+\cdots .

So the DFT returns each Fourier coefficient contaminated by every coefficient whose frequency differs from it by a multiple of NN: the sampling cannot tell those frequencies apart, because the corresponding exponentials agree at all NN sample points. In particular, if f^(m)=0\hat f(m)=0 for all ∣m∣≥N/2\lvert m\rvert\ge N/2, then F^(n)=f^(n)\hat F(n)=\hat f(n) for −N/2<n<N/2-N/2<n<N/2 and the DFT is exact.

Idea of the proofOriginal

Everything comes from one finite geometric sum. Put q=ζm−ℓq=\zeta^{m-\ell}, which satisfies qN=1q^{N}=1. Whenever q≠1q\neq1 the sum ∑k<Nqk\sum_{k<N}q^{k} collapses to (1−qN)/(1−q)(1-q^{N})/(1-q), and its numerator is zero. That single line gives orthogonality, and orthogonality gives everything else, exactly as on the circle: inversion is expansion in an orthogonal basis, Parseval is Pythagoras, and convolution factorises because the exponentials satisfy en(k+j)=en(k)en(j)e_n(k+j)=e_n(k)e_n(j).

Aliasing is the same identity read the other way. The sum is 00 when m≢ℓm\not\equiv\ell, but it is NN whenever m≡ℓm\equiv\ell — not only when m=ℓm=\ell. A finite sample has no way to distinguish the frequency nn from the frequency n+Nn+N, so the discrete transform reports their sum.

Proof(Parts 1–6)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 7, Lemma 1.1 and Theorem 1.2, pp. 222–223; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.6, pp. 1003–1005

1. Orthogonality. Put q=ζm−ℓ=e2πi(m−ℓ)/Nq=\zeta^{m-\ell}=\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}(m-\ell)/N}, so (em,eℓ)=∑k=0N−1qk(e_m,e_\ell)=\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}q^{k}. If m≡ℓm\equiv\ell modulo NN then q=1q=1 and the sum is NN. Otherwise q≠1q\ne1, so the geometric sum equals (1−qN)/(1−q)(1-q^{N})/(1-q); and qN=e2πi(m−ℓ)=1q^{N}=\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}(m-\ell)}=1 because m−ℓm-\ell is an integer, so the sum is 00. The NN vectors e0,…,eN−1e_0,\dots,e_{N-1} are therefore orthogonal and non-zero, hence linearly independent, hence a basis of the NN-dimensional space VV; dividing by ∥eℓ∥=N\lVert e_\ell\rVert=\sqrt N makes it orthonormal.

2. Inversion. Expand FF in that orthonormal basis: F=∑n(F,N−1/2en)N−1/2en=∑n1N(F,en) enF=\sum_{n}\bigl(F,N^{-1/2}e_n\bigr)N^{-1/2}e_n=\sum_n \frac1N (F,e_n)\,e_n. Now 1N(F,en)=1N∑kF(k)ζnk‾=F^(n)\frac1N(F,e_n)=\frac1N\sum_k F(k)\overline{\zeta^{nk}}=\hat F(n), which is the definition. So F=∑nF^(n)enF=\sum_n\hat F(n)e_n, which is the claim.

3. Parseval. Writing cn=(F,N−1/2en)=N F^(n)c_n=\bigl(F,N^{-1/2}e_n\bigr)=\sqrt N\,\hat F(n) and likewise dnd_n for GG, Parseval's identity in an orthonormal basis gives (F,G)=∑ncndn‾=N∑nF^(n)G^(n)‾(F,G)=\sum_n c_n\overline{d_n}=N\sum_n\hat F(n)\overline{\hat G(n)}. Taking G=FG=F gives the norm statement. The asymmetry — a factor 1/N1/N on the sample side and none on the transform side — is forced by our normalisation; it is the discrete counterpart of the 1/L1/L in the Fourier coefficient of Fourier series.

4. Shift. Substituting k′=k−jk'=k-j and using that both FF and e−2πink/N\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nk/N} are NN-periodic in kk, so that the sum over any NN consecutive indices is the same,

1N∑k=0N−1F(k−j)e−2πink/N=e−2πinj/N 1N∑k′=−jN−1−jF(k′)e−2πink′/N=e−2πinj/NF^(n).\frac1N\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}F(k-j)\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nk/N} =\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nj/N}\,\frac1N\sum_{k'=-j}^{N-1-j}F(k')\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nk'/N} =\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nj/N}\hat F(n) .

Periodicity is used twice here, and it is exactly what the word circular will mean in part 5.

5. Circular convolution. Both sums are finite, so they may be exchanged freely:

F∗G^(n)=1N∑k=0N−1 ∑j=0N−1F(j)G(k−j) e−2πink/N=1N∑j=0N−1F(j)e−2πinj/N∑k=0N−1G(k−j)e−2πin(k−j)/N,\widehat{F\ast G}(n)=\frac1N\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\ \sum_{j=0}^{N-1}F(j)G(k-j)\,\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nk/N} =\frac1N\sum_{j=0}^{N-1}F(j)\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nj/N}\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}G(k-j)\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}n(k-j)/N} ,

where the exponential was split by en(k)=en(j)en(k−j)e_n(k)=e_n(j)e_n(k-j). Take the inner sum first. Substituting k′=k−jk'=k-j and using, as in part 4, that both GG and e−2πink′/N\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nk'/N} are NN-periodic in k′k', so that any NN consecutive indices give the same total,

∑k=0N−1G(k−j)e−2πin(k−j)/N=∑k′=0N−1G(k′)e−2πink′/N=NG^(n),\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}G(k-j)\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}n(k-j)/N} =\sum_{k'=0}^{N-1}G(k')\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nk'/N}=N\hat G(n) ,

the last equality being the definition of G^(n)\hat G(n) multiplied by NN. This value does not depend on jj, so it comes out of the outer sum:

F∗G^(n)=1N⋅NG^(n)∑j=0N−1F(j)e−2πinj/N=G^(n)⋅NF^(n),\widehat{F\ast G}(n)=\frac1N\cdot N\hat G(n)\sum_{j=0}^{N-1}F(j)\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nj/N} =\hat G(n)\cdot N\hat F(n) ,

again because ∑jF(j)e−2πinj/N=NF^(n)\sum_j F(j)\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nj/N}=N\hat F(n) by definition. So F∗G^(n)=NF^(n)G^(n)\widehat{F\ast G}(n)=N\hat F(n)\hat G(n).

6. Aliasing. First, ff really is the sum of its Fourier series at every point. Absolute convergence makes ∑mf^(m)e2πimx\sum_m\hat f(m)\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}mx} converge uniformly, by the Weierstrass MM-test, to a continuous 11-periodic function uu; integrating the uniformly convergent series term by term against e−2πimx\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}mx} gives u^(m)=f^(m)\hat u(m)=\hat f(m) for every mm. So f−uf-u is continuous with all Fourier coefficients zero, hence ∥f−u∥2=0\lVert f-u\rVert_{2}=0 by Parseval (Mean-square convergence and Parseval's identity), and a continuous function of zero mean square vanishes identically. This is where the continuity of ff is used, and it is used nowhere else; without it the two sides could differ at the NN sample points. Now insert the series at x=k/Nx=k/N:

F^(n)=1N∑k=0N−1(∑m∈Zf^(m)e2πimk/N)e−2πink/N=∑m∈Zf^(m)⋅1N∑k=0N−1e2πi(m−n)k/N.\hat F(n)=\frac1N\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\Bigl(\sum_{m\in\mathbb{Z}}\hat f(m)\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}mk/N}\Bigr)\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nk/N} =\sum_{m\in\mathbb{Z}}\hat f(m)\cdot\frac1N\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}(m-n)k/N} .

The interchange of the two sums is legitimate because ∑m∣f^(m)∣<∞\sum_m\lvert\hat f(m)\rvert<\infty — this is the one place absolute convergence is used — so the double family is absolutely summable and Absolute and conditional convergence permits the rearrangement. By part 1 the inner average is 11 when m≡nm\equiv n modulo NN and 00 otherwise, leaving F^(n)=∑m≡nf^(m)\hat F(n)=\sum_{m\equiv n}\hat f(m). If f^\hat f vanishes outside ∣m∣<N/2\lvert m\rvert<N/2 then for each nn in that range the congruence class of nn meets the support only at m=nm=n, since two distinct members of a class differ by at least NN while the support has width less than NN. □\square

Method(The radix-2 fast Fourier transform)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 7, §1.3, Theorem 1.3 and Lemma 1.4, pp. 224–226; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.6, Fast Fourier Transform, p. 1006

Let N=2MN=2M be even and let F∈VF\in V. Split the samples by parity,

F0(r)=F(2r),F1(r)=F(2r+1),r=0,…,M−1,F_0(r)=F(2r),\qquad F_1(r)=F(2r+1),\qquad r=0,\dots,M-1 ,

two vectors of length MM, and write F^0,F^1\hat F_0,\hat F_1 for their MM-point transforms. Then, with ω=e−2πi/N\omega=\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}/N},

F^(n)  =  12[F^0(n)+ω n F^1(n)],n=0,1,…,N−1,\hat F(n)\;=\;\tfrac12\Bigl[\hat F_0(n)+\omega^{\,n}\,\hat F_1(n)\Bigr], \qquad n=0,1,\dots,N-1 ,

in which F^0(n)\hat F_0(n) and F^1(n)\hat F_1(n) are read MM-periodically, so that the two half-length transforms are each used twice.

Cost. Applying the splitting recursively when N=2nN=2^n gives the fast Fourier transform. Stein and Shakarchi count one addition or one multiplication of complex numbers as one operation; their Lemma 1.4 is the recursion #(2M)≤2#(M)+8M\#(2M)\le 2\#(M)+8M for the minimum number #(⋅)\#(\cdot) of operations, and their Theorem 1.3 concludes

#(N)  ≤  4Nlog⁡2N  =  O(Nlog⁡N)\#(N)\;\le\;4N\log_2 N \;=\; O(N\log N)

against the bound 2N2+N2N^2+N they give for evaluating the defining sums directly. Arfken, Weber and Harris count only multiplications and report (N/2)log⁡2N(N/2)\log_2 N for the Cooley–Tukey procedure against about N2N^2 for the direct calculation; the two statements are consistent, counting different things, and we follow Stein and Shakarchi's accounting below. The ratio Arfken quotes belongs to his count and not to theirs: on multiplications alone, N=1024N=1024 gives (N/2)log⁡2N=5120(N/2)\log_2N=5120 against about N2=1.05×106N^{2}=1.05\times10^{6}, a saving of a factor 204.8204.8 — "better than 200200".

Proof(The splitting formula and the cost)AdaptedAdapted from Stein & Shakarchi (2003), Ch. 7, Lemma 1.4, p. 225

The formula. Separate the defining sum into even and odd indices, k=2rk=2r and k=2r+1k=2r+1:

F^(n)=12M∑k=02M−1F(k) ω nk=12M[∑r=0M−1F(2r) ω 2nr+∑r=0M−1F(2r+1) ω n(2r+1)].\hat F(n)=\frac1{2M}\sum_{k=0}^{2M-1}F(k)\,\omega^{\,nk} =\frac1{2M}\Bigl[\sum_{r=0}^{M-1}F(2r)\,\omega^{\,2nr}+\sum_{r=0}^{M-1}F(2r+1)\,\omega^{\,n(2r+1)}\Bigr] .

Now ω2=e−2πi/M\omega^{2}=\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}/M} is the corresponding root of unity for length MM, so ω2nr=e−2πinr/M\omega^{2nr}=\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nr/M}. Pulling ωn\omega^{n} out of the second sum and inserting a factor M/MM/M in each,

F^(n)=12[1M∑rF0(r)e−2πinr/M]+ωn2[1M∑rF1(r)e−2πinr/M]=12[F^0(n)+ωnF^1(n)].\hat F(n)=\frac12\Bigl[\frac1M\sum_{r}F_0(r)\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nr/M}\Bigr] +\frac{\omega^{n}}{2}\Bigl[\frac1M\sum_{r}F_1(r)\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}nr/M}\Bigr] =\tfrac12\bigl[\hat F_0(n)+\omega^{n}\hat F_1(n)\bigr] .

The MM-point transforms are MM-periodic in nn, which is why the MM values of each suffice for all N=2MN=2M values of nn: this is the entire saving, and it is where the evenness of NN is used.

The cost. Suppose the two half-length transforms are available at a cost of #(M)\#(M) operations each. Producing the powers ω,ω2,…,ω2M\omega,\omega^{2},\dots,\omega^{2M} costs at most 2M2M operations, and gives ω2\omega^{2}, the root of unity needed at length MM, for free. Each of the 2M2M outputs then costs at most three further operations — two multiplications and one addition — so

#(2M)  ≤  2M+2 #(M)+3⋅2M  =  2#(M)+8M,\#(2M)\;\le\;2M+2\,\#(M)+3\cdot2M\;=\;2\#(M)+8M ,

which is Stein and Shakarchi's Lemma 1.4. Induct on nn where N=2nN=2^{n}. At n=1n=1 the two outputs are 12(F(0)±F(1))\tfrac12(F(0)\pm F(1)), costing at most five operations, and 4⋅2⋅1=8≥54\cdot2\cdot1=8\ge5. If #(2n−1)≤4⋅2n−1(n−1)\#(2^{n-1})\le 4\cdot2^{n-1}(n-1) then

#(2n)  ≤  2⋅4⋅2n−1(n−1)+8⋅2n−1=4⋅2n(n−1)+4⋅2n=4⋅2nn,\#(2^{n})\;\le\;2\cdot4\cdot2^{n-1}(n-1)+8\cdot2^{n-1}=4\cdot2^{n}(n-1)+4\cdot2^{n}=4\cdot2^{n}n ,

which is 4Nlog⁡2N4N\log_2 N. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used, and what goes wrong without them)Original
  • Periodicity of the index. Parts 4 and 5 need FF and GG extended NN-periodically. This is not a convenience: the convolution the DFT diagonalises is the circular one, in which data runs off the right end and reappears on the left. If one wants the ordinary (linear) convolution of two finite sequences of lengths L1L_1 and L2L_2, both must first be padded with zeros to a common length N≥L1+L2−1N\ge L_1+L_2-1; otherwise the tail wraps around and corrupts the head. This single point is the commonest bug in fast convolution code.
  • Absolute convergence in the aliasing formula. It is used only to exchange the two sums. Without it the formula can fail: the right-hand side need not converge. For a merely continuous ff whose Fourier series is not absolutely convergent, the left-hand side is still perfectly well defined — it is a finite sum — but it need not be the sum of the coefficients in a congruence class.
  • The band-limit ∣m∣<N/2\lvert m\rvert<N/2. The last sentence of part 6 needs the support of f^\hat f to have width less than NN, so that no two frequencies in it are congruent modulo NN. At the boundary the conclusion fails: the frequencies m=N/2m=N/2 and m=−N/2m=-N/2 are congruent modulo NN, so their coefficients are added and cannot be separated. The worked example below shows this happening, with a component that vanishes entirely. This boundary case is the Nyquist frequency, and it is why The sampling theorem asks for a strict band limit.
  • Even NN in the FFT. The splitting needs N=2MN=2M. For a prime NN no such splitting exists and the radix-2 algorithm has nothing to say; general NN is handled by splitting on any factor, and a prime length needs a different idea.
  • No smoothness anywhere. Parts 1–3 are statements about NN complex numbers and assume nothing at all. Parts 4 and 5 assume one thing only, and it is bookkeeping rather than analysis: that the index is read modulo NN, as the first bullet above says. Only part 6, which relates the DFT to a function on the circle, puts a hypothesis on a function — continuity and an absolutely convergent Fourier series, the first used to identify ff with the sum of its series and the second to exchange the sums.
  • Why the DFT is not the Fourier transform. The DFT of a sampled signal estimates the Fourier coefficients of its periodic extension. If the data does not in fact come from a periodic function, the implied jump between the last sample and the first is real as far as the transform is concerned, and its coefficients decay only like 1/n1/n (Smoothness and decay of Fourier coefficients). This is spectral leakage, and it is a separate effect from aliasing: leakage comes from truncating in time, aliasing from sampling in time.
Method(Using the DFT on measured data)AdaptedAdapted from Hassani (2013), §9.2.2, Eq. (9.33), p. 286; Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), Exercise 13.10, p. 462; Arfken, Weber & Harris (2013), §20.6, Example 20.6.1, p. 1006

Suppose a signal f(t)f(t) is sampled NN times at spacing τ\tau, giving fk=f(kτ)f_k=f(k\tau), k=0,…,N−1k=0,\dots,N-1, over a total record length T=NτT=N\tau.

  1. Fix the frequency grid. The NN available frequencies are ωn=2πn/T\omega_n=2\pi n/T, equivalently νn=n/(Nτ)\nu_n=n/(N\tau) cycles per unit time. Hassani derives this spacing by requiring the discrete orthogonality to hold, which is what forces Δω Δt=2π/N\Delta\omega\,\Delta t=2\pi/N. The resolution 1/T1/T is set by the record length and the highest frequency by the sample spacing — the two are independent.
  2. Fold the index to a frequency. The output index nn runs 0,…,N−10,\dots,N-1, but the frequencies it represents run 0,1,…0,1,\dots up to N/2N/2 and then negative: for n>N/2n>N/2, bin nn carries the frequency (n−N)/(Nτ)(n-N)/(N\tau). For real data this makes F^(N−n)=F^(n)‾\hat F(N-n)=\overline{\hat F(n)}, so only the first half of the output is independent. Plotting bins N/2N/2 to N−1N-1 as high frequencies is a standard and badly misleading error.
  3. Identify the Nyquist frequency νNyq=1/(2τ)\nu_{\mathrm{Nyq}}=1/(2\tau), half the sampling rate. Any content above it is reported at a false, lower frequency by part 6 above. If the signal may contain such content, filter it out before sampling; no processing afterwards can undo it.
  4. Scale to the quantity you want. The F^(n)\hat F(n) are estimates of Fourier coefficients (dimensionless fractions of the signal). To estimate the continuous Fourier transform instead, read the defining sum as a Riemann sum: ∫f(t)e−iωnt dt≈Nτ F^(n)=T F^(n)\int f(t)\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\omega_n t}\,\mathrm{d}t\approx N\tau\,\hat F(n)=T\,\hat F(n). This is Riley, Hobson and Bence's Exercise 13.10(a) up to their (2π)−1/2(2\pi)^{-1/2}; they also note there that the estimate is good for n<N/2n<N/2 and poor above it, which is step 2 restated.
  5. Choose NN a power of two if the transform is to be computed many times, so that the radix-2 recursion applies all the way down. Zero-padding to the next power of two is harmless for spectral estimation — it interpolates the frequency grid without adding information — but it is not harmless if a circular convolution of a specific length is wanted.
  6. Check the answer. F^(0)\hat F(0) must be the mean of the samples; for real data F^(N−n)=F^(n)‾\hat F(N-n)=\overline{\hat F(n)}; and Parseval must hold, 1N∑k∣fk∣2=∑n∣F^(n)∣2\frac1N\sum_k\lvert f_k\rvert^{2}=\sum_n\lvert\hat F(n)\rvert^{2}. These three cost nothing and catch almost every normalisation error.
Example(Eight samples, the radix-2 step, and an alias)Original

Take the 11-periodic signal

f(x)=1+2cos⁡2πx−sin⁡4πx,f(x)=1+2\cos 2\pi x-\sin 4\pi x ,

whose Fourier coefficients we know exactly: writing the trigonometric functions as exponentials, f^(0)=1\hat f(0)=1, f^(±1)=1\hat f(\pm1)=1, f^(2)=−12i=i2\hat f(2)=-\tfrac1{2\mathrm{i}}=\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}2, f^(−2)=−i2\hat f(-2)=-\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}2, and all other coefficients zero.

(a) Sampling at N=8N=8. With xk=k/8x_k=k/8 the samples fk=1+2cos⁡(πk/4)−sin⁡(πk/2)f_k=1+2\cos(\pi k/4)-\sin(\pi k/2) are

F=(3, 2, 1, 2−2, −1, −2, 1, 2+2)F=\bigl(3,\ \sqrt2,\ 1,\ 2-\sqrt2,\ -1,\ -\sqrt2,\ 1,\ 2+\sqrt2\bigr)

(to six decimals, 3, 1.414214, 1, 0.585786, −1, −1.414214, 1, 3.4142143,\ 1.414214,\ 1,\ 0.585786,\ -1,\ -1.414214,\ 1,\ 3.414214). Their sum is 88, so F^(0)=1\hat F(0)=1, already matching f^(0)\hat f(0).

(b) The radix-2 step, done by hand. Split by parity: F0=(3,1,−1,1)F_0=(3,1,-1,1) from k=0,2,4,6k=0,2,4,6 and F1=(2, 2−2, −2, 2+2)F_1=(\sqrt2,\,2-\sqrt2,\,-\sqrt2,\,2+\sqrt2) from k=1,3,5,7k=1,3,5,7. Their four-point transforms, computed from the definition with e−2πi/4=−i\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}/4}=-\mathrm{i}, are

F^0=14(3+1−1+1, 3−i+1+i, 3−1−1−1, 3+i+1−i)=(1, 1, 0, 1),\hat F_0=\tfrac14\bigl(3+1-1+1,\ 3-\mathrm{i}+1+\mathrm{i},\ 3-1-1-1,\ 3+\mathrm{i}+1-\mathrm{i}\bigr)=(1,\,1,\,0,\,1) ,F^1=(1, 22(1+i), −1, 22(1−i)),\hat F_1=\Bigl(1,\ \tfrac{\sqrt2}{2}(1+\mathrm{i}),\ -1,\ \tfrac{\sqrt2}{2}(1-\mathrm{i})\Bigr) ,

the second entry of F^1\hat F_1 because 14[2−i(2−2)+2+i(2+2)]=14[22+22 i]\tfrac14\bigl[\sqrt2-\mathrm{i}(2-\sqrt2)+\sqrt2+\mathrm{i}(2+\sqrt2)\bigr]=\tfrac14\bigl[2\sqrt2+2\sqrt2\,\mathrm{i}\bigr]. Now recombine with ω=e−iπ/4=22(1−i)\omega=\mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{i}\pi/4}=\tfrac{\sqrt2}{2}(1-\mathrm{i}), remembering that F^0,F^1\hat F_0,\hat F_1 are 44-periodic:

nn F^0(n)\hat F_0(n) F^1(n)\hat F_1(n) ωn\omega^{n} F^(n)=12[F^0+ωnF^1]\hat F(n)=\tfrac12[\hat F_0+\omega^n\hat F_1]
00 11 11 11 11
11 11 22(1+i)\tfrac{\sqrt2}2(1+\mathrm{i}) 22(1−i)\tfrac{\sqrt2}2(1-\mathrm{i}) 12[1+1]=1\tfrac12[1+1]=1
22 00 −1-1 −i-\mathrm{i} 12[i]=i/2\tfrac12[\mathrm{i}]=\mathrm{i}/2
33 11 22(1−i)\tfrac{\sqrt2}2(1-\mathrm{i}) 22(−1−i)\tfrac{\sqrt2}2(-1-\mathrm{i}) 12[1−1]=0\tfrac12[1-1]=0
44 11 11 −1-1 00
55 11 22(1+i)\tfrac{\sqrt2}2(1+\mathrm{i}) 22(−1+i)\tfrac{\sqrt2}2(-1+\mathrm{i}) 12[1−1]=0\tfrac12[1-1]=0
66 00 −1-1 i\mathrm{i} −i/2-\mathrm{i}/2
77 11 22(1−i)\tfrac{\sqrt2}2(1-\mathrm{i}) 22(1+i)\tfrac{\sqrt2}2(1+\mathrm{i}) 12[1+1]=1\tfrac12[1+1]=1

The products are all of the form 12(1±i)(1∓i)=12⋅2=1\tfrac12(1\pm\mathrm{i})(1\mp\mathrm{i})=\tfrac12\cdot2=1 or 12(1∓i)(−1∓i)=12⋅(−2)=−1\tfrac12(1\mp\mathrm{i})(-1\mp\mathrm{i})=\tfrac12\cdot(-2)=-1, which is why the arithmetic closes so neatly.

Reading the table with the folding rule of step 2 — bins 5,6,75,6,7 are the frequencies −3,−2,−1-3,-2,-1 — gives F^(0)=1\hat F(0)=1, F^(±1)=1\hat F(\pm1)=1, F^(2)=i/2\hat F(2)=\mathrm{i}/2, F^(−2)=−i/2\hat F(-2)=-\mathrm{i}/2 and nothing else: exactly the Fourier coefficients of ff. This is part 6 in the good case, since f^\hat f is supported in ∣m∣≤2<4=N/2\lvert m\rvert\le2<4=N/2. Parseval checks the whole computation in one line. On the sample side (2−2)2+(2+2)2=2(4+2)=12(2-\sqrt2)^2+(2+\sqrt2)^2=2(4+2)=12 and the remaining squares are 9+2+1+1+2+1=169+2+1+1+2+1=16, so

18∑k=07fk2=12+168=288=3.5,\frac18\sum_{k=0}^{7} f_k^{2}=\frac{12+16}{8}=\frac{28}{8}=3.5 ,

while on the transform side ∑n=07∣F^(n)∣2=1+1+1+14+14=3.5\sum_{n=0}^{7}\lvert\hat F(n)\rvert^{2}=1+1+1+\tfrac14+\tfrac14=3.5. The two agree.

(c) Sampling at N=4N=4: an alias and a vanishing act. Now take xk=k/4x_k=k/4. The samples are F=(3,1,−1,1)F=(3,1,-1,1), the vector F0F_0 above, and its transform is F^=(1,1,0,1)\hat F=(1,1,0,1). Compare with the aliasing formula:

F^(1)=f^(1)+f^(−3)+f^(5)+⋯=1,F^(3)=f^(3)+f^(−1)+⋯=1,\hat F(1)=\hat f(1)+\hat f(-3)+\hat f(5)+\cdots=1,\qquad \hat F(3)=\hat f(3)+\hat f(-1)+\cdots=1,F^(2)=f^(2)+f^(−2)=i2−i2=0.\hat F(2)=\hat f(2)+\hat f(-2)=\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}2-\tfrac{\mathrm{i}}2=0 .

Every entry matches. The last line is the interesting one: the component −sin⁡4πx-\sin4\pi x, of amplitude 11, has disappeared completely. Its frequency 22 is exactly the Nyquist frequency N/2N/2 for four samples, so the bins m=2m=2 and m=−2m=-2 have collapsed onto one another and the two coefficients, being negatives, have cancelled. The signal 1+2cos⁡2πx1+2\cos2\pi x and the signal 1+2cos⁡2πx−sin⁡4πx1+2\cos2\pi x-\sin4\pi x have the same four samples, and no amount of analysis of those four numbers can separate them. A sine at exactly the Nyquist frequency is sampled at its zeros.

Application(What the fast transform is used for)Original

Spectral estimation. Every digital spectrum analyser, vibration monitor and audio equaliser computes a DFT of a windowed block of samples and plots ∣F^(n)∣\lvert\hat F(n)\rvert against νn=n/(Nτ)\nu_n=n/(N\tau). The two facts a user must carry are those of the method above: the resolution is 1/T1/T and the ceiling is 1/(2τ)1/(2\tau). Doubling the record length sharpens the peaks; doubling the sampling rate raises the ceiling; neither does the other's job.

Fast convolution and filtering. Part 5 turns an O(N2)O(N^2) convolution into three transforms and NN multiplications, so O(Nlog⁡N)O(N\log N). This is how long digital filters are applied, how large integers and polynomials are multiplied in computer algebra systems, and how cross-correlations are computed in radio astronomy and in seismology. The zero-padding caveat of the remark is what separates a working implementation from a broken one.

Spectral methods for differential equations. On a periodic domain, differentiation is diagonal in the Fourier basis: f′^(n)=2πin f^(n)\widehat{f'}(n)=2\pi\mathrm{i}n\,\hat f(n) for the series of Smoothness and decay of Fourier coefficients, and the same multiplication acts on the DFT of the samples. A pseudo-spectral solver therefore steps a PDE by transforming, multiplying by in\mathrm{i}n, transforming back, and evaluating the nonlinear terms in physical space — each step O(Nlog⁡N)O(N\log N) instead of the O(N2)O(N^2) of a dense differentiation matrix. The same idea solves Poisson's equation on a periodic box in one pass, by dividing by −4π2∣n∣2-4\pi^2\lvert n\rvert^{2}.

Crystallography and imaging. A diffraction pattern is the squared modulus of a Fourier transform, and the reconstruction of a density from measured intensities is done on a grid with the FFT. In magnetic resonance imaging the measured data are samples of the transform, and the image is a single inverse DFT; aliasing there appears as the familiar wrap-around artefact, in which anatomy outside the chosen field of view is drawn folded back inside it — part 6, in two dimensions, made visible.

Theorem

The sampling theorem

Adapted

Proves that a function whose Fourier transform vanishes outside [−a,a][-a,a] is recovered exactly from its values at the points k/2ak/2a by a sum of shifted sinc functions, identifies 2a2a as the Nyquist rate below which distinct frequencies become indistinguishable, and shows what the same series returns when the function is not band-limited.

Prerequisites: Fourier series, Mean-square convergence and Parseval's identity, The Fourier transform, Fourier inversion, Plancherel's theorem, Poisson summation formula, Differentiation under the integral sign, Analytic continuation, L^p spaces, Orthonormal bases in Hilbert space

Definition(Band-limited functions, bandwidth and the sinc)AdaptedAdapted from Folland (1999), §8.3, Exercise 15, p. 255; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.4, p. 147

We use the Fourier transform in the convention that puts the 2π2\pi in the exponent,

f^(ξ)=∫−∞∞f(x) e−2πixξ dx,\hat f(\xi)=\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}f(x)\,\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}x\xi}\,\mathrm{d}x ,

so that the inversion formula carries no constant at all. This is Folland's convention and the one in which the sampling theorem is cleanest, but it is local to this unit and is not the handbook's default: the Fourier transform defines f^(k)=∫f(x)e−ikx dx\hat f(k)=\int f(x)e^{-ikx}\,dx, whose inversion formula carries 12π\tfrac{1}{2\pi}. The dictionary is ξ↦2πξ\xi\mapsto2\pi\xi: the f^(ξ)\hat f(\xi) of this unit is the f^(2πξ)\hat f(2\pi\xi) of that one. Read through that dictionary, the inversion formula of Fourier inversion and Plancherel's identity of Plancherel's theorem lose their constants, which is what every step below uses. The translation to the angular-frequency convention ω=2πξ\omega=2\pi\xi is given at the end of the statement.

The normalised sinc is

sinc⁡x=sin⁡πxπx(x≠0),sinc⁡0=1,\operatorname{sinc}x=\frac{\sin \pi x}{\pi x}\quad(x\ne0),\qquad \operatorname{sinc}0=1 ,

Folland's definition. It is continuous, even, equal to 11 at x=0x=0 and to 00 at every other integer, and it is the transform pair of an interval: χ[−a,a]^(x)=2asinc⁡2ax\widehat{\chi_{[-a,a]}}(x)=2a\operatorname{sinc}2ax. Warning on conventions: Stakgold and Holst, and Riley, Hobson and Bence (Riley, Hobson & Bence (2006), §13.4, Exercise 13.4, p. 460), write sinc⁡x=sin⁡x/x\operatorname{sinc}x=\sin x/x without the π\pi, so their sampling formula reads sinc⁡Ω(x−xk)\operatorname{sinc}\Omega(x-x_k) where ours reads sinc⁡(2ax−k)\operatorname{sinc}(2ax-k). Every statement below uses the normalised one.

For a>0a>0 let

Ha={f∈L2(R):f^(ξ)=0  for almost every ∣ξ∣>a}.\mathcal{H}_a=\bigl\{f\in L^{2}(\mathbb{R}) : \hat f(\xi)=0 \ \text{ for almost every }\lvert\xi\rvert>a\bigr\} .

A member of Ha\mathcal{H}_a is band-limited, and in the language of signal analysis, which Folland adopts, its bandwidth is 2a2a — the full width of the band, counting negative frequencies. The spacing h=1/(2a)h=1/(2a) is the Nyquist spacing: it is the reciprocal of the bandwidth, which is how Folland puts it on his p. 255. The corresponding rate 1/h=2a1/h=2a samples per unit of xx is the Nyquist rate; numerically it equals the bandwidth 2a2a, and it is twice the highest frequency aa present. Rate and spacing are reciprocal to one another, so only one of the two can be the reciprocal of the bandwidth, and it is the spacing.

Stakgold and Holst state the same condition in angular frequency: ϕ\phi is Ω\Omega-band-limited when ϕ^(ω)=0\hat\phi(\omega)=0 for ∣ω∣≥Ω\lvert\omega\rvert\ge\Omega, and Ω\Omega is called the bandwidth. Their Ω\Omega is our 2πa2\pi a, and their sample spacing π/Ω\pi/\Omega is our 1/(2a)1/(2a).

Warning on the word bandwidth. The two books use it for two different numbers, and we keep both because we cite both. Folland's bandwidth is the two-sided width 2a2a in cycles per unit of xx; Stakgold and Holst's bandwidth is the one-sided cut-off Ω=2πa\Omega=2\pi a in radians per unit of xx. Their ratio is Ω/(2a)=π\Omega/(2a)=\pi: one factor 2π2\pi from the change of frequency unit, one factor 12\tfrac12 from counting one side of the band instead of two. In this unit "bandwidth" unqualified always means Folland's 2a2a; wherever Stakgold and Holst's Ω\Omega is meant it is written Ω\Omega.

Theorem(Shannon sampling theorem)AdaptedAdapted from Folland (1999), §8.3, Exercise 15b–c, p. 255; Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.4, Eqs. (2.4.10)–(2.4.10a), p. 148; Strauss (2008), §12.3, Exercise 6, p. 348

Let a>0a>0.

1. Ha\mathcal{H}_a is a Hilbert space, and the functions

sk(x)=2a sinc⁡(2ax−k),k∈Z,s_k(x)=\sqrt{2a}\,\operatorname{sinc}(2ax-k),\qquad k\in\mathbb{Z},

form an orthonormal basis of it.

2. (Sampling theorem.) Every f∈Haf\in\mathcal{H}_a agrees almost everywhere with a function in C0(R)C_0(\mathbb{R}) — continuous and tending to 00 at ±∞\pm\infty — and, taking that continuous version,

f(x)  =  ∑k=−∞∞f ⁣(k2a)sinc⁡(2ax−k)for every x∈R,f(x)\;=\;\sum_{k=-\infty}^{\infty} f\!\left(\frac{k}{2a}\right)\operatorname{sinc}(2ax-k) \qquad\text{for every }x\in\mathbb{R},

the series converging both uniformly on R\mathbb{R} and in L2(R)L^{2}(\mathbb{R}). In words: a signal of bandwidth 2a2a is determined by its values on a lattice of spacing 1/2a1/2a, the reciprocal of the bandwidth.

3. (Energy.) ∑k∈Z∣f(k2a)∣2=2a ∥f∥22\displaystyle \sum_{k\in\mathbb{Z}}\Bigl\lvert f\bigl(\tfrac{k}{2a}\bigr)\Bigr\rvert^{2}=2a\,\lVert f\rVert_{2}^{2}, so the samples are square-summable and carry exactly the energy of the signal.

4. (Aliasing.) Suppose f∈L1∩L2f\in L^{1}\cap L^{2} does not lie in Ha\mathcal{H}_a — either because it is not band-limited at all, or because its band is wider than [−a,a][-a,a]. Suppose moreover that f^∈L1(R)\hat f\in L^{1}(\mathbb{R}) and that the periodised series ∑mf^(ξ+2am)\sum_{m}\hat f(\xi+2am) converges absolutely and uniformly on [−a,a][-a,a], and take for ff the continuous representative

f(x)=∫−∞∞f^(ξ) e2πixξ dξ,f(x)=\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\hat f(\xi)\,\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}x\xi}\,\mathrm{d}\xi ,

which exists because f^∈L1\hat f\in L^{1} and which makes the individual samples f(k/2a)f(k/2a) meaningful numbers rather than values of an equivalence class. Then the series of part 2, built from those samples, does not reproduce ff. It reproduces the function falf_{\mathrm{al}} with

f^al(ξ)=χ[−a,a](ξ)∑m∈Zf^(ξ+2am),\hat f_{\mathrm{al}}(\xi)=\chi_{[-a,a]}(\xi)\sum_{m\in\mathbb{Z}}\hat f(\xi+2am) ,

the spectrum of ff folded into the band [−a,a][-a,a] in strips of width 2a2a. Content at frequency ξ0\xi_0 with ∣ξ0∣>a\lvert\xi_0\rvert>a is reported at the frequency ξ0−2am\xi_0-2am that lies in the band: this is aliasing, and the discrete version of the same statement is part 6 of The discrete Fourier transform and the FFT.

In Stakgold and Holst's angular-frequency notation, part 2 is their Eq. (2.4.10a): an Ω\Omega-band-limited ϕ\phi satisfies ϕ(x)=∑kϕ(xk)sinc⁡[Ω(x−xk)]\phi(x)=\sum_k\phi(x_k)\operatorname{sinc}[\Omega(x-x_k)] with xk=kπ/Ωx_k=k\pi/\Omega and their unnormalised sinc. Strauss states the case Ω=π\Omega=\pi, in which the samples fall at the integers.

Idea of the proofOriginal

The hypothesis is that f^\hat f lives on a bounded interval. A function on a bounded interval has a Fourier series, so f^\hat f has one — and the Fourier coefficients of f^\hat f on [−a,a][-a,a] are, by the inversion formula read backwards, the values of ff at the lattice points k/2ak/2a — up to the factor 1/(2a)1/(2a) and a reflection of the index, as Step 2 works out. So the samples are not an arbitrary list of numbers: they are a complete set of coefficients for f^\hat f, and therefore determine f^\hat f, and therefore determine ff.

To get the interpolation formula, transform the series back. Each exponential e−πikξ/a\mathrm{e}^{-\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a}, cut off to the band, inverts to a shifted sinc, because the transform of an interval is a sinc. That is the whole proof: a Fourier series in the frequency variable becomes a sinc series in the space variable.

The shape of the result is also forced by the first statement. The sincs sks_k are an orthonormal basis of Ha\mathcal{H}_a, so f=∑k(f,sk)skf=\sum_k(f,s_k)s_k for some coefficients; the content of the theorem is that the coefficient (f,sk)(f,s_k) is nothing but the sample f(k/2a)f(k/2a) divided by 2a\sqrt{2a}.

ProofAdaptedAdapted from Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.4, the derivation of (2.4.10a), p. 148; Folland (1999), §8.3, Exercise 15, p. 255

Throughout, g=f^g=\hat f, which by hypothesis is supported in [−a,a][-a,a] and lies in L2[−a,a]L^{2}[-a,a].

Step 1: ff is continuous and bounded. By the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality on an interval of finite length,

∫−aa∣g∣  ≤  2a ∥g∥2<∞,\int_{-a}^{a}\lvert g\rvert \;\le\; \sqrt{2a}\,\lVert g\rVert_{2}<\infty ,

so g∈L1(R)g\in L^{1}(\mathbb{R}) as well as L2L^{2}. The inversion theorem of Fourier inversion is not what justifies the next line: every version of it assumes f∈L1f\in L^{1}, and a band-limited ff need not be integrable — g=χ[−1/2,1/2]g=\chi_{[-1/2,1/2]} gives f=sinc⁡f=\operatorname{sinc}, which is not. The L2L^{2} theory is in Plancherel's theorem instead, and it is enough. Its part 3 extends the transform to a unitary map of L2(R)L^{2}(\mathbb{R}) onto itself, so the inverse map F−1\mathcal{F}^{-1} is defined on all of L2L^{2} and f=F−1gf=\mathcal{F}^{-1}g, by the definition g=f^g=\hat f. On the overlap L1∩L2L^{1}\cap L^{2} — where gg lies, by the display above — that extension is still given by the defining integral rather than by a limit in the mean, as the definition block of the same unit records; and in the convention local to this unit the inverse transform is the transform followed by a reflection, (F−1g)(x)=(Fg)(−x)(\mathcal{F}^{-1}g)(x)=(\mathcal{F}g)(-x), so the same is true of it. Hence, for almost every xx,

f(x)=∫−aag(ξ) e2πixξ dξ.f(x)=\int_{-a}^{a}g(\xi)\,\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}x\xi}\,\mathrm{d}\xi .

The right-hand side is continuous in xx by dominated convergence and tends to 00 at ±∞\pm\infty by the Riemann–Lebesgue lemma, which for an L1L^{1} function is the statement F(L1)⊂C0\mathcal{F}(L^{1})\subset C_0 of The Fourier transform; so it is the C0C_0 representative promised in part 2. From now on ff is that integral. Note for later that this formula is a bounded linear map: writing (Tg)(x)(Tg)(x) for the integral,

∣(Tg)(x)∣≤∫−aa∣g∣≤2a ∥g∥L2[−a,a]for every x,\lvert (Tg)(x)\rvert\le\int_{-a}^{a}\lvert g\rvert\le\sqrt{2a}\,\lVert g\rVert_{L^{2}[-a,a]} \qquad\text{for every }x ,

again by Cauchy–Schwarz. So convergence of functions in L2[−a,a]L^{2}[-a,a] forces uniform convergence of their images under TT. This is the only analytic point in the proof, and it is where the boundedness of the band is used.

Step 2: the Fourier coefficients of gg are the samples of ff. Regard gg as a function on the interval [−a,a][-a,a], of length 2a2a, and expand it in the Fourier series of Fourier series with period L=2aL=2a:

g(ξ)=∑k∈Zck e2πikξ/(2a)=∑k∈Zck eπikξ/a,ck=12a∫−aag(ξ) e−πikξ/a dξ,g(\xi)=\sum_{k\in\mathbb{Z}}c_k\,\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/(2a)} =\sum_{k\in\mathbb{Z}}c_k\,\mathrm{e}^{\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a}, \qquad c_k=\frac{1}{2a}\int_{-a}^{a}g(\xi)\,\mathrm{e}^{-\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a}\,\mathrm{d}\xi ,

the series converging in L2[−a,a]L^{2}[-a,a] because the normalised exponentials {(2a)−1/2eπikξ/a}\{(2a)^{-1/2}\mathrm{e}^{\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a}\} are not merely orthonormal there but complete: that is the mean-square convergence of Mean-square convergence and Parseval's identity, and it is the only fact about Fourier series this proof needs. Compare the integral for ckc_k with the inversion formula of Step 1 evaluated at x=−k/(2a)x=-k/(2a): the exponents match, since 2πixξ=−πikξ/a2\pi\mathrm{i}x\xi=-\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a there. Hence

ck=12a f ⁣(−k2a).c_k=\frac{1}{2a}\,f\!\left(-\frac{k}{2a}\right) .

The samples of ff have appeared without being asked for; this is the heart of the matter.

Step 3: the transform of one term. For real uu,

∫−aae2πiξu dξ=e2πiau−e−2πiau2πiu=sin⁡2πauπu=2asinc⁡(2au),\int_{-a}^{a}\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}\xi u}\,\mathrm{d}\xi =\frac{\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}au}-\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}au}}{2\pi\mathrm{i}u} =\frac{\sin 2\pi a u}{\pi u} =2a\operatorname{sinc}(2au) ,

valid at u=0u=0 too, where both sides equal 2a2a. This is Folland's pair χ[−a,a]^=2asinc⁡2a ⋅\widehat{\chi_{[-a,a]}}=2a\operatorname{sinc}2a\,\cdot read as an inverse transform. Applying TT to the kkth term of Step 2, with u=x+k/(2a)u=x+k/(2a),

T(ckeπikξ/a)(x)=ck∫−aae2πiξ(x+k2a)dξ=ck⋅2asinc⁡(2ax+k)=f ⁣(−k2a)sinc⁡(2ax+k).T\Bigl(c_k\mathrm{e}^{\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a}\Bigr)(x) =c_k\int_{-a}^{a}\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}\xi\left(x+\frac{k}{2a}\right)}\mathrm{d}\xi =c_k\cdot 2a\operatorname{sinc}(2ax+k) =f\!\left(-\frac{k}{2a}\right)\operatorname{sinc}(2ax+k) .

Step 4: pass to the limit. The partial sums gK=∑∣k∣≤Kckeπikξ/ag_K=\sum_{\lvert k\rvert\le K}c_k\mathrm{e}^{\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a} converge to gg in L2[−a,a]L^{2}[-a,a] by Step 2. By the bound in Step 1, TgK→Tg=fTg_K\to Tg=f uniformly on R\mathbb{R}. By Step 3,

(TgK)(x)=∑∣k∣≤Kf ⁣(−k2a)sinc⁡(2ax+k)=∑∣k∣≤Kf ⁣(k2a)sinc⁡(2ax−k),(Tg_K)(x)=\sum_{\lvert k\rvert\le K}f\!\left(-\frac{k}{2a}\right)\operatorname{sinc}(2ax+k) =\sum_{\lvert k\rvert\le K}f\!\left(\frac{k}{2a}\right)\operatorname{sinc}(2ax-k) ,

relabelling k↦−kk\mapsto-k, which is legitimate because the sum is symmetric and finite. Letting K→∞K\to\infty gives part 2 with uniform convergence. For the L2L^{2} convergence, Plancherel's theorem (Plancherel's theorem), in the convention local to this unit — where the transform is unitary, the (2π)−1/2(2\pi)^{-1/2} of that unit having been absorbed by the dictionary — gives ∥f−TgK∥L2(R)=∥g−gK∥L2[−a,a]→0\lVert f-Tg_K\rVert_{L^{2}(\mathbb{R})}=\lVert g-g_K\rVert_{L^{2}[-a,a]}\to0, since the transform of TgKTg_K is gKg_K extended by zero.

Step 5: the orthonormal basis. Applying TT to the function 12ae−πikξ/a\frac{1}{2a}\mathrm{e}^{-\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a} and using Step 3's integral with u=x−k/(2a)u=x-k/(2a) shows that the transform of x↦sinc⁡(2ax−k)x\mapsto\operatorname{sinc}(2ax-k) is 12ae−πikξ/aχ[−a,a](ξ)\frac{1}{2a}\mathrm{e}^{-\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a}\chi_{[-a,a]}(\xi). These lie in Ha\mathcal{H}_a, and by Plancherel

(sk,sl)=2a∫−aa14a2 e−πi(k−l)ξ/a dξ=δkl,(s_k,s_l)=2a\int_{-a}^{a}\frac{1}{4a^{2}}\,\mathrm{e}^{-\pi\mathrm{i}(k-l)\xi/a}\,\mathrm{d}\xi=\delta_{kl} ,

using Step 3's integral with u=(l−k)/(2a)u=(l-k)/(2a), which is 2asinc⁡(l−k)=2aδkl2a\operatorname{sinc}(l-k)=2a\delta_{kl}. They are complete in Ha\mathcal{H}_a because their transforms are, up to the constant (2a)−1/2(2a)^{-1/2}, the exponential basis of L2[−a,a]L^{2}[-a,a], and the transform maps Ha\mathcal{H}_a onto L2[−a,a]L^{2}[-a,a] unitarily. Since Ha\mathcal{H}_a is the preimage under the unitary transform of the closed subspace of L2L^2 of functions vanishing off [−a,a][-a,a], it is closed in L2(R)L^{2}(\mathbb{R}), hence a Hilbert space.

Step 6: the energy identity. Expanding ff in the orthonormal basis of Step 5 (Orthonormal bases in Hilbert space), f=∑k(f,sk)skf=\sum_k(f,s_k)s_k; comparing with part 2, (f,sk)=f(k/2a)/2a(f,s_k)=f(k/2a)/\sqrt{2a}. Parseval's identity along that basis then reads ∥f∥22=∑k∣f(k/2a)∣2/(2a)\lVert f\rVert_{2}^{2}=\sum_k\lvert f(k/2a)\rvert^{2}/(2a), which is part 3.

Step 7: aliasing. Drop the band-limitation and assume instead the hypotheses of part 4. Since f∈L1f\in L^{1}, f^\hat f is continuous and bounded, so each term of P(ξ)=∑mf^(ξ+2am)P(\xi)=\sum_{m}\hat f(\xi+2am), the periodisation of f^\hat f with period 2a2a, is continuous; by hypothesis the series converges uniformly on [−a,a][-a,a], so PP is continuous and bounded there and in particular lies in L2[−a,a]L^{2}[-a,a]. Uniform convergence also lets the series be integrated term by term against the bounded factor e−πikξ/a\mathrm{e}^{-\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a}, and the resulting strips reassemble into one integral over R\mathbb{R}, absolutely convergent because f^∈L1(R)\hat f\in L^{1}(\mathbb{R}):

12a∫−aaP(ξ)e−πikξ/a dξ=12a∑m∫−aaf^(ξ+2am)e−πikξ/a dξ=12a∫−∞∞f^(ξ)e−πikξ/a dξ,\frac{1}{2a}\int_{-a}^{a}P(\xi)\mathrm{e}^{-\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a}\,\mathrm{d}\xi =\frac{1}{2a}\sum_{m}\int_{-a}^{a}\hat f(\xi+2am)\mathrm{e}^{-\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a}\,\mathrm{d}\xi =\frac{1}{2a}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\hat f(\xi)\mathrm{e}^{-\pi\mathrm{i}k\xi/a}\,\mathrm{d}\xi ,

the exponential being unchanged by the shift ξ↦ξ+2am\xi\mapsto\xi+2am because e−πik(2am)/a=e−2πikm=1\mathrm{e}^{-\pi\mathrm{i}k(2am)/a}=\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}km}=1. The last integral is the inversion integral of part 4 at the point −k/(2a)-k/(2a) — again f^∈L1\hat f\in L^{1} is what makes it an honest absolutely convergent integral and its value the sample of the continuous representative — so the coefficient equals 12af(−k/2a)\frac1{2a}f(-k/2a). (This chain is exactly the Poisson summation formula of Poisson summation formula applied to f^\hat f.) So PP has on [−a,a][-a,a] exactly the coefficients ck=12af(−k/2a)c_k=\tfrac1{2a}f(-k/2a) that Step 2 produced, and running Steps 3 and 4 with PP in place of gg shows that the sinc series converges to the function whose transform is Pχ[−a,a]P\chi_{[-a,a]}. That is part 4; and when ff is band-limited, P=f^P=\hat f on the band and nothing changes, which is the second, Poisson-summation route to part 2 that Stakgold and Holst mention. □\square

Remark(Where the hypotheses are used)Original
  • Boundedness of the band. Used twice, both times in Step 1: to get f^∈L1\hat f\in L^{1}, which makes ff continuous so that pointwise samples mean anything at all, and to get the bound ∣Tg(x)∣≤2a∥g∥2\lvert Tg(x)\rvert\le\sqrt{2a}\lVert g\rVert_2 that upgrades L2L^{2} convergence of the Fourier series to uniform convergence of the sinc series. For f∈L2f\in L^{2} alone, "the value of ff at k/2ak/2a" is not even defined, since ff is an equivalence class.
  • Sampling at or above the Nyquist rate. Step 2 expands f^\hat f with period exactly 2a2a. Sampling more slowly, at spacing h>1/2ah>1/2a, amounts to using a period 1/h<2a1/h<2a, which does not cover the support of f^\hat f; the strips then overlap and part 4 takes over. Sampling faster is harmless: if f∈Haf\in\mathcal{H}_a then f∈Ha′f\in\mathcal{H}_{a'} for every a′>aa'>a, and the theorem applies with the finer lattice.
  • The strictness at the band edge. Part 2 says nothing about a function whose spectrum has an atom exactly at ±a\pm a — in L2L^{2} a single point is a null set, so such a function is simply not distinguished. The reason engineers insist on sampling strictly faster than the Nyquist rate is visible in the classical counterexample f(x)=sin⁡(2πax)f(x)=\sin(2\pi a x): every sample f(k/2a)=sin⁡πkf(k/2a)=\sin\pi k is zero, yet f≠0f\neq0. This is not a counterexample to the theorem as stated, because sin⁡\sin is not in L2(R)L^{2}(\mathbb{R}); but it is why Stakgold and Holst define Ω\Omega-band-limited with the closed condition ϕ^(ω)=0\hat\phi(\omega)=0 for ∣ω∣≥Ω\lvert\omega\rvert\ge\Omega, which excludes it, and why in practice one oversamples.
  • Convergence is absolute but slow. By part 3 the samples lie in ℓ2\ell^{2}, and for each fixed xx one also has ∑k∣sinc⁡(2ax−k)∣2=1\sum_k\lvert\operatorname{sinc}(2ax-k)\rvert^{2}=1. This is part 3 applied to one particular signal, not Step 5, which proves only orthonormality: fix xx and put u(y)=sinc⁡(2a(y−x))u(y)=\operatorname{sinc}\bigl(2a(y-x)\bigr), which by Step 3 with uu-variable y−xy-x equals 12a∫−aae−2πixξe2πiyξ dξ\frac1{2a}\int_{-a}^{a}\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}x\xi}\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}y\xi}\,\mathrm{d}\xi and so lies in Ha\mathcal{H}_a with transform 12ae−2πixξχ[−a,a](ξ)\frac1{2a}\mathrm{e}^{-2\pi\mathrm{i}x\xi}\chi_{[-a,a]}(\xi); Plancherel gives ∥u∥22=2a/(2a)2=1/(2a)\lVert u\rVert_2^{2}=2a/(2a)^{2}=1/(2a), so part 3 applied to uu reads ∑k∣u(k/2a)∣2=2a∥u∥22=1\sum_k\lvert u(k/2a)\rvert^{2}=2a\lVert u\rVert_2^{2}=1; and u(k/2a)=sinc⁡(k−2ax)=sinc⁡(2ax−k)u(k/2a)=\operatorname{sinc}(k-2ax)=\operatorname{sinc}(2ax-k), the sinc being even. Then Cauchy–Schwarz makes the series absolutely convergent at every point. But sinc⁡\operatorname{sinc} decays only like 1/∣k∣1/\lvert k\rvert, so truncating at ∣k∣≤K\lvert k\rvert\le K leaves an error controlled only by the ℓ2\ell^{2} tail of the samples. Reconstruction from a short record is correspondingly poor near the ends of the record, which is why practical interpolators use a windowed or tapered kernel rather than the bare sinc.
  • No band-limited signal has compact support. If f∈Haf\in\mathcal{H}_a then Step 1's formula makes sense for complex xx: the integrand is continuous on the compact set [−a,a][-a,a] and entire in xx, so differentiation under the integral sign (Differentiation under the integral sign) shows ff extends to an entire function. An entire function vanishing on an interval vanishes identically, by the identity theorem (Analytic continuation). So a non-zero signal cannot be both band-limited and time-limited, and every real measurement — which is time-limited — is strictly speaking undersampled. The theorem is an idealisation, and the practical question is always how much aliasing one is willing to tolerate.
  • What part 4 needs. Two things, and the same hypothesis buys both. First, f^∈L1(R)\hat f\in L^{1}(\mathbb{R}): this makes the inversion integral f(x)=∫f^(ξ)e2πixξ dξf(x)=\int\hat f(\xi)\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}x\xi}\,\mathrm{d}\xi absolutely convergent, hence gives a continuous representative of ff whose individual samples f(k/2a)f(k/2a) are defined — without it the statement has no subject, by the first bullet above — and it is what makes the unfolded integral in Step 7 legitimate. Second, absolute and uniform convergence of the periodised series on [−a,a][-a,a]: this is what licenses the term-by-term integration there, and it puts PP in L2[−a,a]L^{2}[-a,a] so that Steps 3 and 4 may be rerun. Decay of f^\hat f faster than ∣ξ∣−1\lvert\xi\rvert^{-1} — say ∣f^(ξ)∣≤C(1+∣ξ∣)−1−ε\lvert\hat f(\xi)\rvert\le C(1+\lvert\xi\rvert)^{-1-\varepsilon} — gives both at once, by comparison with ∑m∣m∣−1−ε\sum_m\lvert m\rvert^{-1-\varepsilon}; a compactly supported f^\hat f, as in the example, gives them trivially, the periodised series then having only finitely many non-zero terms on the band. Without any decay the folded series can diverge and nothing can be said.
Method(Sampling and reconstructing a signal)AdaptedAdapted from Stakgold & Holst (2011), §2.4, pp. 147–148
  1. Find the highest frequency νmax⁡\nu_{\max} present, in cycles per unit of xx. If the signal is not band-limited — and no real signal is — choose the frequency above which its content is negligible for the purpose at hand.
  2. Band-limit it physically, before sampling. Pass the signal through a low-pass (anti-alias) filter with cut-off at νmax⁡\nu_{\max}. This step cannot be postponed: once the samples are taken, the out-of-band content has already been folded into the band and no processing can separate it from the genuine content there, by part 4.
  3. Sample at a rate at or above 2νmax⁡2\nu_{\max}. The Nyquist rate 2νmax⁡2\nu_{\max} is the theoretical minimum, and it is attained rather than merely approached — part 2 holds at the rate 2a2a itself; because no filter cuts off abruptly, practice uses 1010–20%20\% more. The sample spacing is h=1/(2νmax⁡)h=1/(2\nu_{\max}) at the Nyquist rate.
  4. Reconstruct with f(x)=∑kf(kh)sinc⁡((x−kh)/h)f(x)=\sum_k f(kh)\operatorname{sinc}\bigl((x-kh)/h\bigr), which is part 2 written with h=1/2ah=1/2a. In software this is done by zero-padding the discrete transform and transforming back, which is the same sum computed with the FFT of The discrete Fourier transform and the FFT; in hardware it is done by holding each sample and low-pass filtering, which approximates the sinc kernel.
  5. Check the energy. The identity of part 3, h∑k∣f(kh)∣2=∥f∥22h\sum_k\lvert f(kh)\rvert^{2}=\lVert f\rVert_{2}^{2}, is a cheap test that the sampling rate and scaling are consistent.
  6. If the rate is fixed and too low, predict the alias rather than be surprised by it: content at ν\nu is reported at the ν′\nu' with ν−ν′\nu-\nu' an integer multiple of 1/h1/h and ∣ν′∣<1/(2h)\lvert\nu'\rvert<1/(2h), and that ν′\nu' is unique. The strict inequality matters: if ν\nu is an odd multiple of the Nyquist frequency 1/(2h)1/(2h) then both ν′=+1/(2h)\nu'=+1/(2h) and ν′=−1/(2h)\nu'=-1/(2h) satisfy the congruence, the two cannot be told apart by the samples, and the pair of frequencies is reported as one — the degenerate band-edge case of part 4, which part 6 of The discrete Fourier transform and the FFT shows in its discrete form. Away from that edge the fold is unambiguous: a sinusoid just above the Nyquist frequency appears just below it, running backwards — the wagon-wheel effect.
  7. For quadrature, use the trapezoidal rule. On a band-limited function the trapezoidal rule is not an approximation but an identity: ∫f=h∑kf(kh)\int f=h\sum_k f(kh). Poisson summation (Poisson summation formula) gives h∑kf(kh)=∑mf^(m/h)h\sum_k f(kh)=\sum_m\hat f(m/h), and every term with m≠0m\ne0 vanishes as soon as 1/h>a1/h>a, so the identity holds for every h<1/ah<1/a — twice as coarse as the Nyquist spacing 1/(2a)1/(2a), because quadrature needs only the value f^(0)\hat f(0) and not the whole band. Stakgold and Holst state it in their notation as 0<λ≤2π/Ω0<\lambda\le2\pi/\Omega, that is h≤1/ah\le1/a with the non-strict inequality their closed band condition ϕ^(ω)=0\hat\phi(\omega)=0 for ∣ω∣≥Ω\lvert\omega\rvert\ge\Omega allows. The example below verifies the identity at the Nyquist spacing 1/(2a)1/(2a), twice as fine as the quadrature bound requires.
Example(A root-raised-cosine pulse, and a carrier that lies about its frequency)Original

(a) Exact reconstruction. Let f^(ξ)=cos⁡(πξ/2)\hat f(\xi)=\cos(\pi\xi/2) for ∣ξ∣≤1\lvert\xi\rvert\le1 and 00 outside, so f∈H1f\in\mathcal{H}_1: the bandwidth is 22, the Nyquist spacing is h=12h=\tfrac12. (This spectrum is the square root of the raised cosine 12[1+cos⁡πξ]\tfrac12[1+\cos\pi\xi], whence the name used in the application; the root and the full raised cosine behave quite differently at the sampling instants, as noted there.) The pulse itself is

f(x)=∫−11cos⁡πξ2 e2πixξ dξ=∫01[cos⁡(π2+2πx)ξ+cos⁡(π2−2πx)ξ]dξ,f(x)=\int_{-1}^{1}\cos\frac{\pi\xi}{2}\,\mathrm{e}^{2\pi\mathrm{i}x\xi}\,\mathrm{d}\xi =\int_{0}^{1}\Bigl[\cos\Bigl(\tfrac\pi2+2\pi x\Bigr)\xi+\cos\Bigl(\tfrac\pi2-2\pi x\Bigr)\xi\Bigr]\mathrm{d}\xi ,

using evenness of f^\hat f and the product formula for cosines. Each integral is elementary:

f(x)=sin⁡(π2+2πx)π2+2πx+sin⁡(π2−2πx)π2−2πx=cos⁡2πx[1π2+2πx+1π2−2πx]=4cos⁡2πxπ(1−16x2),f(x)=\frac{\sin\bigl(\tfrac\pi2+2\pi x\bigr)}{\tfrac\pi2+2\pi x}+\frac{\sin\bigl(\tfrac\pi2-2\pi x\bigr)}{\tfrac\pi2-2\pi x} =\cos 2\pi x\left[\frac{1}{\tfrac\pi2+2\pi x}+\frac{1}{\tfrac\pi2-2\pi x}\right] =\frac{4\cos 2\pi x}{\pi\bigl(1-16x^{2}\bigr)} ,

since sin⁡(π2±θ)=cos⁡θ\sin(\tfrac\pi2\pm\theta)=\cos\theta and 1A+B+1A−B=2AA2−B2\frac1{A+B}+\frac1{A-B}=\frac{2A}{A^{2}-B^{2}} with A=π/2A=\pi/2, B=2πxB=2\pi x. (At x=±14x=\pm\tfrac14 both numerator and denominator vanish; l'Hopital's rule gives the removable value f(±14)=1f(\pm\tfrac14)=1, which also follows directly from ∫−11cos⁡2(πξ/2) dξ=1\int_{-1}^{1}\cos^{2}(\pi\xi/2)\,\mathrm{d}\xi=1.)

The samples. At xk=k/2x_k=k/2,

f ⁣(k2)=4cos⁡πkπ(1−4k2)=4(−1)kπ(1−4k2),f\!\left(\frac k2\right)=\frac{4\cos\pi k}{\pi(1-4k^{2})}=\frac{4(-1)^{k}}{\pi\bigl(1-4k^{2}\bigr)} ,

that is 1.2732401.273240 at k=0k=0, then 0.4244130.424413, −0.084883-0.084883, 0.0363780.036378, −0.020210-0.020210 for k=1,2,3,4k=1,2,3,4 and the mirror images at negative kk. They decay like k−2k^{-2}, so the series converges respectably.

Reconstruct at x=18x=\tfrac18. The exact value is

f ⁣(18)=4cos⁡(π/4)π(1−14)=4⋅223π4=823π=1.200422.f\!\left(\tfrac18\right)=\frac{4\cos(\pi/4)}{\pi\bigl(1-\tfrac14\bigr)}=\frac{4\cdot\tfrac{\sqrt2}{2}}{\tfrac{3\pi}{4}}=\frac{8\sqrt2}{3\pi}=1.200422 .

The sampling series at this point is ∑kf(k/2)sinc⁡(14−k)\sum_k f(k/2)\operatorname{sinc}(\tfrac14-k), and since sinc⁡(14−k)=(−1)ksin⁡(π/4)/[π(14−k)]\operatorname{sinc}(\tfrac14-k)=(-1)^{k}\sin(\pi/4)/[\pi(\tfrac14-k)] the terms combine to

∑k22π2 (1−4k2)(14−k),\sum_{k}\frac{2\sqrt2}{\pi^{2}\,\bigl(1-4k^{2}\bigr)\bigl(\tfrac14-k\bigr)} ,

the two factors (−1)k(-1)^k cancelling. Summing symmetrically:

∣k∣≤K\lvert k\rvert\le K 11 22 33 44 66 1010
partial sum 1.1972661.197266 1.1996921.199692 1.2001501.200150 1.2002931.200293 1.2003791.200379 1.2004111.200411

against the exact 1.2004221.200422: the error falls from 3.2×10−33.2\times10^{-3} to 1.0×10−51.0\times10^{-5}, and the series is converging to the right number.

The trapezoidal check of step 7. Here ∫−∞∞f=f^(0)=cos⁡0=1\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}f=\hat f(0)=\cos 0=1, while

h∑kf ⁣(k2)=12⋅4π∑k∈Z(−1)k1−4k2=2π[1+2∑k≥1(−1)k+14k2−1].h\sum_k f\!\left(\frac k2\right)=\frac12\cdot\frac4\pi\sum_{k\in\mathbb{Z}}\frac{(-1)^{k}}{1-4k^{2}} =\frac2\pi\left[1+2\sum_{k\ge1}\frac{(-1)^{k+1}}{4k^{2}-1}\right] .

Splitting 14k2−1=12[12k−1−12k+1]\frac{1}{4k^2-1}=\frac12\bigl[\frac1{2k-1}-\frac1{2k+1}\bigr] and using the two Leibniz sums 1−13+15−⋯=π41-\tfrac13+\tfrac15-\cdots=\tfrac\pi4 and 13−15+17−⋯=1−π4\tfrac13-\tfrac15+\tfrac17-\cdots=1-\tfrac\pi4, the bracketed series is 12[π4−(1−π4)]=π4−12\tfrac12\bigl[\tfrac\pi4-(1-\tfrac\pi4)\bigr]=\tfrac\pi4-\tfrac12, so the whole expression is 2π[1+π2−1]=1\frac2\pi\bigl[1+\tfrac\pi2-1\bigr]=1. The trapezoidal rule with spacing 12\tfrac12 gives the integral exactly, as it must.

(b) An alias. A pure cosine is not in L2(R)L^{2}(\mathbb{R}) and so is not in any Ha\mathcal{H}_a; to put a carrier inside the theorem we give it a band-limited envelope. Rescale the pulse of part (a): q(x)=12f(x/2)q(x)=\tfrac12 f(x/2) has q^(ξ)=f^(2ξ)=cos⁡πξ\hat q(\xi)=\hat f(2\xi)=\cos\pi\xi on ∣ξ∣≤12\lvert\xi\rvert\le\tfrac12 and 00 outside, that is

q(x)=2cos⁡πxπ(1−4x2),q(0)=2π,q(±12)=12,q(x)=\frac{2\cos\pi x}{\pi\bigl(1-4x^{2}\bigr)},\qquad q(0)=\frac2\pi,\quad q\bigl(\pm\tfrac12\bigr)=\tfrac12 ,

the value at ±12\pm\tfrac12 being the removable one, equal to ∫−1/21/2cos⁡2πξ dξ=12\int_{-1/2}^{1/2}\cos^{2}\pi\xi\,\mathrm{d}\xi=\tfrac12. Now modulate it onto a carrier of frequency 77 and onto a carrier of frequency 11:

g(x)=q(x)cos⁡(2π⋅7x),g~(x)=q(x)cos⁡(2π⋅1x).g(x)=q(x)\cos(2\pi\cdot7x),\qquad \tilde g(x)=q(x)\cos(2\pi\cdot1x) .

Multiplying by cos⁡2πνx\cos2\pi\nu x splits the spectrum into two copies at ±ν\pm\nu: g^(ξ)=12[q^(ξ−7)+q^(ξ+7)]\hat g(\xi)=\tfrac12[\hat q(\xi-7)+\hat q(\xi+7)] is supported in [6.5,7.5]∪[−7.5,−6.5][6.5,7.5]\cup[-7.5,-6.5] and g~^\hat{\tilde g} in [0.5,1.5]∪[−1.5,−0.5][0.5,1.5]\cup[-1.5,-0.5]. Both qq and the two modulated signals decay like x−2x^{-2}, so all three are in L1∩L2L^{1}\cap L^{2}, and

g∈H7.5 (bandwidth 15, Nyquist rate 15),g~∈H1.5⊂H3 (bandwidth 3, Nyquist rate 3).g\in\mathcal{H}_{7.5}\ \text{(bandwidth $15$, Nyquist rate $15$)},\qquad \tilde g\in\mathcal{H}_{1.5}\subset\mathcal{H}_{3}\ \text{(bandwidth $3$, Nyquist rate $3$)} .

Sample both at 66 per unit, h=16h=\tfrac16 — far too slow for gg, comfortably fast for g~\tilde g. Step 6 predicts the alias: 1/h=61/h=6 and 1/(2h)=31/(2h)=3, and 7−6=17-6=1 with ∣1∣<3\lvert1\rvert<3, so the carrier at 77 is reported at 11. The samples confirm it exactly, since cos⁡(2π⋅7⋅k6)=cos⁡(πk3+2πk)=cos⁡(2π⋅1⋅k6)\cos(2\pi\cdot7\cdot\tfrac k6)=\cos\bigl(\tfrac{\pi k}{3}+2\pi k\bigr)=\cos\bigl(2\pi\cdot1\cdot\tfrac k6\bigr):

g(k6)=q(k6)cos⁡πk3=g~(k6)for every k∈Z.g\Bigl(\frac k6\Bigr)=q\Bigl(\frac k6\Bigr)\cos\frac{\pi k}{3}=\tilde g\Bigl(\frac k6\Bigr)\qquad\text{for every }k\in\mathbb{Z} .

Numerically, for k=0,…,6k=0,\dots,6 the common samples are

0.6366198,  0.3101225, −0.2864789, −0.5, −0.2046278,  0.1550613,  0.21220660.6366198,\ \ 0.3101225,\ -0.2864789,\ -0.5,\ -0.2046278,\ \ 0.1550613,\ \ 0.2122066

(the value −0.5-0.5 at k=3k=3 is q(12)cos⁡πq(\tfrac12)\cos\pi), with the mirror images g(−k/6)=g(k/6)g(-k/6)=g(k/6) at negative kk, both functions being even.

What the reconstruction returns. Apply part 2 to g~\tilde g with a=3a=3, which is legitimate because g~∈H1.5⊂H3\tilde g\in\mathcal{H}_{1.5}\subset\mathcal{H}_3 and 1/(2a)=16=h1/(2a)=\tfrac16=h. It gives g~(x)=∑kg~(k/6)sinc⁡(6x−k)\tilde g(x)=\sum_k\tilde g(k/6)\operatorname{sinc}(6x-k). Since the samples of gg are the same numbers, the sinc series built from gg's samples converges to g~\tilde g, not to gg: the reconstruction has silently moved the carrier from 77 to 11. (Part 4 says the same thing in the frequency domain, and its hypotheses hold here: g∈L1∩L2g\in L^{1}\cap L^{2} and g∉H3g\notin\mathcal{H}_3; g^\hat g is continuous — q^\hat q vanishes at ξ=±12\xi=\pm\tfrac12, so the two copies join the axis without a jump — and, being continuous with support in [6.5,7.5]∪[−7.5,−6.5][6.5,7.5]\cup[-7.5,-6.5], it lies in L1(R)L^{1}(\mathbb{R}); and on [−3,3][-3,3] the periodised series ∑mg^(ξ+6m)\sum_m\hat g(\xi+6m) has only the two terms m=1m=1 and m=−1m=-1 non-zero, so it converges absolutely and uniformly there. The periodisation of g^\hat g with period 2a=62a=6, cut to [−3,3][-3,3], keeps only the copy at 77 shifted down by 66 and the copy at −7-7 shifted up by 66, giving 12[q^(ξ−1)+q^(ξ+1)]=g~^\tfrac12[\hat q(\xi-1)+\hat q(\xi+1)]=\hat{\tilde g}.)

The damage, at one point. Take x=112x=\tfrac1{12}, halfway between the samples at k=0k=0 and k=1k=1. There q(112)=72cos⁡(π/12)35π=18(6+2)35π=0.6324968q(\tfrac1{12})=\frac{72\cos(\pi/12)}{35\pi}=\frac{18(\sqrt6+\sqrt2)}{35\pi}=0.6324968, so

g(112)=q(112)cos⁡7π6=−9(32+6)35π=−0.5477583,g~(112)=+0.5477583,g\Bigl(\tfrac1{12}\Bigr)=q\Bigl(\tfrac1{12}\Bigr)\cos\frac{7\pi}{6}=-\frac{9\bigl(3\sqrt2+\sqrt6\bigr)}{35\pi}=-0.5477583, \qquad \tilde g\Bigl(\tfrac1{12}\Bigr)=+0.5477583 ,

the same magnitude with the opposite sign — the reconstruction is not merely inaccurate, it is in antiphase with the truth. Summing the sinc series symmetrically over ∣k∣≤K\lvert k\rvert\le K confirms which of the two it finds:

KK 44 1010 5050 200200
partial sum at x=112x=\tfrac1{12} 0.54716830.5471683 0.54775790.5477579 0.54775830.5477583 0.54775830.5477583

against g~(112)=0.5477583\tilde g(\tfrac1{12})=0.5477583 and g(112)=−0.5477583g(\tfrac1{12})=-0.5477583. To recover gg by the sinc series of part 2 one must sample at 1515 per unit or faster: g∈H7.5g\in\mathcal{H}_{7.5}, so part 2 applies with a=7.5a=7.5 and the Nyquist rate 1515 itself suffices. Fifteen is not, however, the slowest rate at which these samples contain gg at all. The calculation just made shows that at 66 per unit the two copies of q^\hat q fold into [−3,3][-3,3] without overlapping, so a listener who knows that the signal lives in [6.5,7.5]∪[−7.5,−6.5][6.5,7.5]\cup[-7.5,-6.5] can shift them back and recover gg exactly; that is bandpass sampling, and it needs a reconstruction built for the known band rather than the lowpass series of part 2, which has no way to tell gg from g~\tilde g. The alternative, when the band is not known in advance, is to filter the content near frequency 77 away before sampling. In practice one samples faster still, by the margin of step 3.

Application(Where the theorem is used)Original

Digital audio. Human hearing stops near 2020 kHz, so the compact-disc standard samples at 44.144.1 kHz — above the Nyquist rate 4040 kHz, with the margin of step 3 left for the anti-alias filter to roll off. The sincs of part 2 are the reconstruction filter; the theorem is the reason a sequence of numbers can be an exact representation of a continuous waveform rather than an approximation to one, and the reason the question "but what happens between the samples?" has the answer "nothing that is not already determined".

Instrumentation and the anti-alias filter. Any digitiser — an oscilloscope, a seismometer, a satellite radiometer, a climate data logger — carries an analogue filter ahead of its converter, and part 4 is its justification. Without it, a 6060 Hz mains hum sampled at 100100 Hz would appear as a 4040 Hz oscillation indistinguishable from signal. The same arithmetic explains the wagon-wheel effect in film, where 2424 frames per second alias the rotation of a wheel down to a slow forward or backward drift.

Magnetic resonance imaging and radio astronomy. Here the measured data are samples of the Fourier transform rather than of the signal, so the theorem applies in the transposed form: sampling f^\hat f on a lattice of spacing Δ\Delta determines ff exactly provided ff vanishes outside an interval of length 1/Δ1/\Delta. The field of view is the reciprocal of the sample spacing in kk-space, and anatomy outside it is folded back in — the wrap-around artefact, which is part 4 seen in an image.

Numerical quadrature and spectral accuracy. Step 7 and the example show that the trapezoidal rule is exact on band-limited functions. For a function that is merely very smooth and rapidly decaying, the spectrum is not compactly supported but is extremely small outside a band, and the trapezoidal error is correspondingly tiny — which is why the trapezoidal rule, usually a second-order method, converges faster than any power of hh for smooth decaying integrands on the whole line, and is the method of choice there.

Information theory. Part 3 says that a signal occupying a band of full width W=2aW=2a, observed over a time TT, is carried by about WTWT numbers: the sampling rate is 2a=W2a=W samples per unit time, so TT units of time hold WTWT of them. The familiar "2WT2WT" of the engineering literature is the same count with WW read as the one-sided bandwidth — the highest frequency aa — rather than as Folland's full width 2a2a. Under the convention of this unit the count is WTWT, equivalently 2aT2aT; the warning in the definition about the two meanings of "bandwidth" is exactly what the factor 22 turns on. This count is the starting point of Shannon's channel-capacity theorem, and it is why bandwidth, not merely power, is the scarce resource in a communication link. The pulse of the example is not an accident either, though it must be named carefully. Its spectrum cos⁡(πξ/2)\cos(\pi\xi/2) on [−1,1][-1,1] is the root-raised cosine with roll-off 11, and that is the standard transmit shape in digital communication: the receiver applies a matched filter with the same response, the two multiply in the frequency domain, and the cascade realises the full raised cosine cos⁡2(πξ/2)=12[1+cos⁡πξ]\cos^{2}(\pi\xi/2)=\tfrac12\bigl[1+\cos\pi\xi\bigr]. It is the full raised cosine, not the transmit pulse, that has the zero-intersymbol-interference property: its inverse transform equals 11 at x=0x=0 and vanishes at every other integer, so symbols spaced one unit of time apart are read off cleanly. The transmit pulse of the example does not vanish at those instants — its samples f(k/2)=4(−1)k/[π(1−4k2)]f(k/2)=4(-1)^{k}/[\pi(1-4k^{2})] are all non-zero, which is exactly what makes the reconstruction in the example work — and its band of full width 22 is twice the width 11 that a symbol rate of 11 needs at minimum. That factor is the 100%100\% excess bandwidth bought by the roll-off, and it is paid for the pulse's rapid decay; the trade between excess bandwidth and decay rate is the design question the raised-cosine family answers.